+ All Categories
Home > Documents > ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

Date post: 01-Apr-2016
Category:
Upload: eriks-bv
View: 221 times
Download: 1 times
Share this document with a friend
Description:
PPE Safety - Engelstalige catalogus ERIKS Persoonlijke beschermingsmiddelen Bescherming Veiligheid 3M - Mascot - Emma - Ansell - Mammoet - Workwear - Centurion - Atlas - Tractel - PortWest - RX
Popular Tags:
360
Personal Protection Equipment
Transcript
Page 1: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 1

2

12

11

10

9

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

Gehoorbescherming | Wegwerp oordopjesPERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

ww

w.eriks.co.uk

Personal Protection EquipmentERIKS UK

Amber Way, Halesowen, West Midlands, B62 8WG

www.eriks.co.ukCall 0845 006 6000

UNREGISTERED

EB

12

8/0

61

4 ©

ER

IKS

Indu

stria

l Ser

vice

s, a

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.

Page 2: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 1

Foreword

The use of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) at work is essential. The working environment and conditions determine the most appropriate protection in order to gurantee the safety of employeees. The safety and welfare of workers is paramount, and the provision and correct use of the most appropriate PPE can substantially increase efficiency and productivity.

Offering and providing the most innovative and effective PPE, is one of the core activities within the ERIKS group. The strong co-operation with our partner suppliers guarantees a highly efficient service to our customers, for whom quality and availability are essential.

In collaboration with our colleagues and customers from different European countries, the ERIKS catalogue contains a wide and varied range of products from leading manufacturers, including RX®, a brand exclusive to ERIKS. The innovative features and specific design benefits of the RX PPE range are explained within the catalogue.

Information on Legislation, Regulations, and Standards regarding the supply and use of PPE are explained at the beginning of each chapter. Through on-site surveys such as Spill Control, Hand Protection etc. we will work with you to find the most effective solutions for every situation.

Our local service centres, supported by an extensive sales force and technical specialists, offer the necessary support and advice for all your safety requirements. ERIKS can offer an efficient and fast solution to your questions, and provide technical advice to quickly address any problems. Moreover, site inventory optimization and rationalization is in our genes and ERIKS can help you reduce your overall costs and increase your efficiency, leaving you more time to focus on your core business.

All this makes ERIKS your reliable safety specialist who will assist you and your company to ensure the safety and wellbeing of your employees.

www.eriks.be Persoonlijke beschermingsmiddelen | | 9

1. HOOFDBESCHERMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 10

2. GEHOORBESCHERMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 30

3. OOG- EN GELAATSBESCHERMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 56

4. ADEMBESCHERMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 84

5. HANDBESCHERMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 108

6. KLEDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 172

7. VOETBESCHERMING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 276

8. VALBEVEILIGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 342

9. HYGIENE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 364

10. SPILL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 406

11. SIGNALISATIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 428

12. EHBO EN ERGONOMIE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 450

Inhoudstabel

00_E+B_PBM_voorpaginas.indd 9 20/01/2014 17:25:23

Page 3: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

2 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

ERIKS so much more than personal protective equipment

A complete range for every application.

Through a wide range and a deep knowledge of the various products, materials and applications ERIKS fulfils the role of both total and specialist supplier.

Drives and Power TransmissionBearings and Lubrication Seals

GasketsFluid Power Tools and Maintenance

ValvesIndustrial Hose Electromechanical Services

Page 4: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 3

You + ERIKSYour way of working with our resources

ERIKS know-how and passion for technology are at your disposal: how you want them, where you want them, when you want them. From the simplest level of product supply and logistics, to the highest level of long-term strategic planning – through project consultancy, training, management and engineering – we have the expertise available for you to call on.

zz 70 ERIKS Service Centres offer fast, local 24-7 response to your product and application supply, support, repair and replace requirements.

zz 25 ERIKS Repair workshops are fully equipped for repair and maintenance (reactive or predictive) and condition monitoring.

zz 9 ERIKS Core Competence Centre provide specialist, in-depth expertise and technical support to meet your OEM needs and larger maintenance requirements.

zz ERIKS Integrated Solutions provides a tailored parts, procurement, supply and stores management solution, deployed at your site.

Page 5: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

4 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

ERIKS Services

The starting point of any cooperation is to optimize your Total Cost of Ownership, and rests on three pillars:

zz Technical knowledge & advice, customization and engineering zz Administrative and logistics solutions zz E-business

As a partner, ERIKS can help you, thanks to its unique approach to these 6 key business objectives.

zz Productivity zz Efficiency zz Innovation zz Durability zz Control of working capital zz Optimization of your purchase budget

Productivity Efficiency

Innovation Durability

Control of working capital

Optimization of your purchase budget

Page 6: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 5

Benefitsn Simplifi es procurement process

n Restricted catalogue views

n Access to agreed pricing

n Visibility of ERIKS stock

n Access to full product information

n Accuracy of orders

n Reduced invoice queries

On-line Catalogue Orderingn 80,000 products from all

Core Competences

n Browse 24/7 at your pre agreed terms

n Specialist and bespoke product processing

n Kitting functionality

n Search by ERIKS reference, manufacturer reference, description, etc

n Order 24/7 at pre agreed terms

n Orders are delivered electronically

Real live information (prices, stock, delivery)

Authorisation control and compliance

Full ERIKS access and support to remote customer locations £

£

@

Over 500,000 items

Available 24/7

Powerful search engine

Extensive information

££

£

£

Contact: [email protected]: 0121 508 6124

Simply smarter ordering!

Page 7: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

6 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

How to order?

Order Reference: Please quote the ERIKS PPE catalogue number, and the quantity required. Where the catalogue number ends XX replace the XX with the 2 digits shown in the relevant size table.

Type

Order Reference: PPE01010XXRX-SOLIDO

Size 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47XX 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Page 8: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 7

1. HEAD PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 8

2. HEARING PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 24

3. EYE AND FACE PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 42

4. RESPIRATORY PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 64

5. HAND AND ARM PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 82

6. WORKWEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 138

7. SAFETY FOOTWEAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 226

8. FALL PROTECTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 252

9. HAND HYGIENE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 274

10. SPILL CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 288

11. SITE SAFETY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 310

12. FIRST AID AND WELFARE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . p. 336

Table of Contents

Page 9: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

8 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

When we think of head protection we think automatically of a safety helmet, which protects us from falling objects. Many of us are faced with other risks daily, each of which in turn requires the right head protection solution.

If you or your employees do not need to be protected from falling objects, but instead from bumping against solid, hard objects in your environment a bump cap may suffice.

Also in this section are disposable products which are essential in an environment where hygiene and protection of the finished product is vital.

HEAD PROTECTION

Page 10: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 9

1

Head Protection

When we think of head protection we think automatically of a safety helmet, which protects us from falling objects. Many of us are faced with other risks daily, each of which in turn requires the right head protection solution.

If you or your employees do not need to be protected from falling objects, but instead from bumping against solid, hard objects in your environment a bump cap may suffice.

Also in this section are disposable products which are essential in an environment where hygiene and protection of the finished product is vital.

HEAD PROTECTION

Page 11: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

10 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

12 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 13

1 1

Head protection Head protection

It goes without saying that proper protection to the head is a must. Yet we sometimes forget to wear a helmet or bump cap, in our haste. Accidents involving potentially serious head injuries can happen very quickly indeed.

Wearing the appropriate head protection is inseparable from wearer comfort. Safety helmets or bump caps will only be worn all day if they offer protection without loss of comfort.

This section describes the following types of head protection and head covering:

SAFETY HELMETS AND ACCESSORIES

BUMP CAPS

DISPOSABLES

Our range of HEAD AND HELMET LAMPS are suitable for situations in which you require extra lighting but need to have both hands free to perform work. A list of the current PETZL lamps will be found at the end of this section.

The following European standards apply to our range of safety helmets and bump caps:

EN 397 Safety helmets

EN 812 Bump caps

EN 50365 Insulating helmets for use on low voltage installations (1500 V (DC) or 1000 V (AC))

EN 12492 Helmets for mountaineers

LEGISLATION & REGULATIONS

SAFETY HELMET MARKINGS

EN 397 requires that at least the following information must be indelibly marked on the inside of the helmet shell:

1 2 3 56 4

1 Month and year of manufacture 4 Material characteristics

2 CE Marking 5 Standard

3 Size 6 Manufacturer

TYPES OF SAFETY HELMET MATERIALS

Most safety helmets are made of HDPE (High Density PolyEthylene) or ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene).The advantage of ABS is that it combines the strength and rigidity of the acrylonitrile with the toughness of butadiene rubber.The protective properties of safety helmets made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester are not adversely affected by heat.

USEFUL LIFE OF THE PROTECTIVE HELMET

The safe useful life of a safety helmet is difficult to determine, since it depends on several factors. It depends on the material of which the helmet is made, and the conditions under which it is used. A safety helmet lasts the longest when it is kept in its original packaging and is not exposed to direct sunlight or heat.We advise you to consult the manufacturer’s guidelines provided in the Instructions for Use.

PERSONALISATION

You can print or embroider your protective headgear. Depending on the type of helmet, your company logo can be placed on the front, side or rear of the helmet. The dimensions of the logo are determined by the location of the logo and number of colors in the logo. Example shown is the Reflex helmet:

Please consult your ERIKS contact for further details.

POSSIBLE ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE:

Marking on the helmet Information

-20 °C/-30 °C/-40 °C Very low temperature

+150 °C Very high temperature

440 V AC (alternating current) Electrical insulation

MM Molten metal splashes

LD Lateral deformation

1000 V Applications up to 1000 V AC

Double triangle + Class 0 + serial or batch number Tested according to EN 50365 for use in environments with 1000 V AC (Class 0)

Image of an acorn German marking for Forestry

Front80 x 40 mm,75 x 45 mm of 40 x 60 mm

Side100 x 35 mm

Rear100 x 30 mm

Page 12: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 11

1

Head Protection

12 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 13

1 1

Head protection Head protection

It goes without saying that proper protection to the head is a must. Yet we sometimes forget to wear a helmet or bump cap, in our haste. Accidents involving potentially serious head injuries can happen very quickly indeed.

Wearing the appropriate head protection is inseparable from wearer comfort. Safety helmets or bump caps will only be worn all day if they offer protection without loss of comfort.

This section describes the following types of head protection and head covering:

SAFETY HELMETS AND ACCESSORIES

BUMP CAPS

DISPOSABLES

Our range of HEAD AND HELMET LAMPS are suitable for situations in which you require extra lighting but need to have both hands free to perform work. A list of the current PETZL lamps will be found at the end of this section.

The following European standards apply to our range of safety helmets and bump caps:

EN 397 Safety helmets

EN 812 Bump caps

EN 50365 Insulating helmets for use on low voltage installations (1500 V (DC) or 1000 V (AC))

EN 12492 Helmets for mountaineers

LEGISLATION & REGULATIONS

SAFETY HELMET MARKINGS

EN 397 requires that at least the following information must be indelibly marked on the inside of the helmet shell:

1 2 3 56 4

1 Month and year of manufacture 4 Material characteristics

2 CE Marking 5 Standard

3 Size 6 Manufacturer

TYPES OF SAFETY HELMET MATERIALS

Most safety helmets are made of HDPE (High Density PolyEthylene) or ABS (Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene).The advantage of ABS is that it combines the strength and rigidity of the acrylonitrile with the toughness of butadiene rubber.The protective properties of safety helmets made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester are not adversely affected by heat.

USEFUL LIFE OF THE PROTECTIVE HELMET

The safe useful life of a safety helmet is difficult to determine, since it depends on several factors. It depends on the material of which the helmet is made, and the conditions under which it is used. A safety helmet lasts the longest when it is kept in its original packaging and is not exposed to direct sunlight or heat.We advise you to consult the manufacturer’s guidelines provided in the Instructions for Use.

PERSONALISATION

You can print or embroider your protective headgear. Depending on the type of helmet, your company logo can be placed on the front, side or rear of the helmet. The dimensions of the logo are determined by the location of the logo and number of colors in the logo. Example shown is the Reflex helmet:

Please consult your ERIKS contact for further details.

POSSIBLE ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS ARE:

Marking on the helmet Information

-20 °C/-30 °C/-40 °C Very low temperature

+150 °C Very high temperature

440 V AC (alternating current) Electrical insulation

MM Molten metal splashes

LD Lateral deformation

1000 V Applications up to 1000 V AC

Double triangle + Class 0 + serial or batch number Tested according to EN 50365 for use in environments with 1000 V AC (Class 0)

Image of an acorn German marking for Forestry

Front80 x 40 mm,75 x 45 mm of 40 x 60 mm

Side100 x 35 mm

Rear100 x 30 mm

Page 13: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

12 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

SAFETY HELMETS

CENTURION HELMET FULL PEAK 1100 - S01- HDPE shell full peak with a 6-Point plastic cradle.- Compatible with Centurion face & hearing accessories- EN 397 - 440V ac.- up to -10 °C.

Order reference ColourPPE0010103 YellowPPE0010106 BluePPE0010108 White

CENTURION HELMET FULL PEAK 1125 - S03- HDPE Shell, full peak.- 6-Point Terylene cradle with brushed nylon sweatband.- Compatible with Centurion Face & Hearing Accessories.- EN 397 - 440V ac.- up to -40°C.

Order reference ColourPPE0010203 YellowPPE0010206 BluePPE0010208 White

CENTURION HELMET REFLEX - S12- Designed with safety in mind; it is supplied with a silver rear flash as standard.- In addition, patented rear clip-on clear or red reflectors are also available.- Ventilation is provided as standard for an altogether cooler helmet.- Compatible with both the Centurion CONNECT accessory range as well as any

approved 30mm accessories for maximum flexibility.- EN 397 & EN 50365 - up to -30°C.

Order reference ColourPPE0010510 Yellow-silverPPE0010511 Blue-silverPPE0010512 White-silverPPE0010524 White-Hi-viz yello

CENTURION CONCEPT HELMET ROOFER RP - S08- Light, strong and comfortable helmet with premium Ratchet headband ensuring

secure fit.- 6 Point Terylene webbing cradle with high absorbent Hydro-Flock sweatband.- Reduced peak 3cm.- ABS (Acrylonitrile-Butadiene-Styrene) material.- EN 397 - up to -40°C, EN50365 - 1000V ac.

Order reference ColourPPE0010503 YellowPPE0010506 BluePPE0010508 White

Page 14: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 13

1

Head Protection

CENTURION CONCEPT HELMET FP VENTED - S09- 20 % lighter than most other helmets.- Manufactured from high quality, strong ABS material.- 6 Point Terylene webbing cradle with high absorbent Hydro-Flock sweatband.- Extended nape providing increased neck protection.- Unique ventilation provides added comfort due to increased airflow.- Type FP: full peak. (RP: reduced peak of 3cm on request)- EN 397 - 1000V ac.- up to -40°C.

Order reference ColourPPE0010303 YellowPPE0010306 BluePPE0010308 White

CENTURION CONCEPT HELMET LINESMAN - S08- Light, strong and comfortable helmet complete with Linesman quick release 4

point chinstrap. - 6 Point Terylene webbing cradle with high absorbent Hydro-Flock sweatband.- EN 397 - 1000V ac.- up to -40 °C.

Order reference ColourPPE0010403 YellowPPE0010406 BluePPE0010408 White

CENTURION CONCEPT HELMET HEIGHTMASTER - S08- Approved to EN 12492 as well as conforming to EN 397 and EN 50365 (in

respect of shock absorption, penetration, lateral deformation and low temperature performance).

- Manufactured from high quality ABS material with reduced peak.- Adjustable suspension harness system comes with a quick release buckle and is

made from durable, yet soft material, for a comfortable fit.

Order reference ColourPPE0010900 White

CENTURION HELMET SPECTRUM VENTED - S20- Premium safety helmet with Integrated Over Spectacles, which are approved to

Grade B - Medium Energy Impact within EN 166- Over Spectacles with anti-scratch and anti-fog coating- Fully retractable eyewear that accepts standard prescription spectacles under-

neath.- Helmet shell produced out of ABS and approved to Lateral Deformation (LD)

within EN 397 for added side impact protection.- 6 Point Terylene webbing cradle with high absorbent Hydro-Flock sweatband- AquaDirect rain management system to direct the rain off the helmet

Order reference ColourPPE0010003 YellowPPE0010006 BluePPE0010008 White

Page 15: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

14 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

CENTURION HELMET VULCAN - S22- High heat vinyl ester backboned polyester resin shell which is Glass Reinforced

Plastic (GRP).- High temperature face screen carrier and face screens also available.- Comfortable fit with Terylene 6-point cradle and brushed nylon sweatband.- Option: twist 2 fit ratchet headband for easier and quicker adjustment.- EN 397 - 440V ac.- up to -30 °C.

Order reference Description ColourPPE0010902 Terylene cradle WhitePPE0120000 Twist 2 fit ratchet White

CENTURION BUMP CAP - S19- Suitable for use in food processing industries when sterilisation is required for

safety and hygiene purposes and cloth materials cannot be used.- Polyethylene shell and internal plastic cradle/headband for easy cleaning.- Replaceable, wipeable PVC sweatband.- Replaceable, adjustable headband.- EN 812:1997 - 440V ac.- up to -30°C.

Order reference ColourPPE0010901 White

PETZL HELMET VERTEX BESTComfortable helmet for work at height and rescue.

Order reference ColourPPE0000902 RedPPE0000903 OrangePPE0000904 YellowPPE0000906 BluePPE0000908 WhitePPE0000910 Black

PETZL HELMET VERTEX VENTComfortable ventilated helmet for work at height and rescue.

Order reference ColourPPE0001002 RedPPE0001003 OrangePPE0001004 YellowPPE0001006 BluePPE0001008 WhitePPE0001010 Black

Page 16: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 15

1

Head Protection

ACCESSORIES

CENTURION SWEATBAND VABON - S31WVabon sweatband, to fit concept helmets.

Order referencePPE0010905

CENTURION SWEATBAND CENTURION HYDRO-FLOCK - S31F- Highly absorbent Hydro-Flock sweatband with 4mm foam.- For all Concept helmets.

Order referencePPE0010904

PETZL EYE SHIELD VIZIRProtective eye shield for all VERTEX helmets.

Order referencePPE0001100

PETZL SHIELD VIZENProtective face shield for all VERTEX helmets.

Order referencePPE0001101

CENTURION FACE SCREEN CARRIER - S54- High impact nylon carrier accepts all Centurion face screens fits to all Centurion

safety helmets.- Supplied with CONNECT helmet mounting clips.

Order referencePPE0010909

Page 17: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

16 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

CENTURION ARCPRO FACE SCREEN CARRIER VULCAN - S57 CVAEA- High temperature carrier for use with the ArcPro Face Protection system to

provide additional protection against Arc Flash risks.- Use with the Vulcan and Concept helmet ranges, with the S590AEA screen.- Comes with clips for attaching to the Vulcan helmet.

Order referencePPE0010910

CENTURION FACE SCREENS - S580/S590- Centurion face protection provides effective protection against a wide range of

general workplace hazards. - Polycarbonate material for impact protection (screen length: 170mm or 225mm)- The ArcPro Anti Electric Arc System is tested in accordance with EN 166. - The ArcPro Face Screens are designed to be fitted to a vision, concept unvented

or vulcan helmet using the S57 Hi-Tem 300 carrier (screen length: 225mm)- Face protection in acetate material for chemical resistance provides effective protection against a wide range of general workplace hazards (Screen length: 225mm)

Order reference Type Part No LengthPPE0010911 Polycarbonate S580 170mmPPE0010912 Polycarbonate S590 225mmPPE0010913 Arc protection system S590AEA 225mmPPE0010914 Acetate S591 225mm

CENTURION HEADBAND BROWGUARD -S89- Headband mounted Browguard for face protection versatility.

Order referencePPE0120010

CENTURION FACE SCREEN POLYCARBONATEFace screen polycarbonate 180mm to fit to the Browguard headband.Chin guard for fitting to the face screen 180mm, if protection under the chin is required, (also fits the S580 and S590 series face screens).

Order reference Type Part NoPPE0010916 Face screen S910PPE0010917 Chin guard S91C

170 mm

Page 18: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 17

1

Head Protection

ERGODYNE SWEATBAND CHILL-ITS 6609 Absorbent terry headband. Fits most hard hat suspension systems. Machine washa-ble. 100% cotton

Order referencePPE0013405

CENTURION CHINSTRAP ELASTICATED - S30- 2-point elasticated strap with Chin Cup to provide a secure fit.- Fits all Centurion helmets.

Order referencePPE0010903

ERGODYNE COOLING TOWEL CHILL-ITS 6602 Cooling towel from artificial chamois (polyvinyl acetate) gives a cooling effect fresher than the temperature in the environment. It is activated by immersion in cold water (2 to 5 min). The PVA maintains the water without being heavy. Very refreshing and redeems the person of heat stress and fatigue. Hand washable.

Order referencePPE0013406

ERGODYNE COOLING BANDANA CHILL-ITS 6700CT Bandana with cooling effect. The PVA material saves fresh water after immersion in cold / fresh water (2-5 min). Light and easy to wear in the neck, around the head or under helmet. Closure with button.

Order reference ColourPPE0013407 Hi-Viz limePPE0013408 Blue

Page 19: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

18 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

CENTURION HELMET LINER UNIVERSAL FLEECE - S50UFL- Universal fleece helmet liner; part of the modular cold weather hood system- Fits all Centurion helmets

Order reference ColourPPE0010908 Black

CENTURION WINTER CAPE HIGH VISIBILITY - S50HV- Frost cape waterproof outer with fleece inner and high visibility colour with

reflective strip provides protection from the cold and rain.- Zip top fastening to be fitted to universal fleece helmet liner.

Order reference ColourPPE0010803 OrangePPE0010804 Yellow

CENTURION BUMP CAP COOL CAP - S28- Added comfort and improved head retention provided by higher cap depth.- Sleek three panel design with improved side ventilation.- Removable foam side inserts providing 45% more shock absorbency compared to

standard ABS liner.- Approved to EN 812:2001 (including A1).- Suitable applications include automotive, airlines, transportation, shipping,

railways and engineering.- Other colours available

Order reference ColourPPE0010610 BlackPPE0010606 Blue

CENTURION BUMP CAP AIRPRO CAP - S38- The design of the pad and shell, the provision of perforated side pads and the

mesh internal pad ensure that the cap will protect over and above EN 812.- All the components, including the breathable polyester cover improves airflow.- Standard peak 5cm (reduced peak 3cm on demand).- Proban for flame retarant in option.- Approved to EN 812:2001 (including A1)

Order reference ColourPPE0010714 Hi-viz yellowPPE0010706 BluePPE0010710 Black

Page 20: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 19

1

Head Protection

HEAD/HELMET LAMPS

PETZL HEADLAMP PIXA 1 - Rugged and versatile headlamp.- Single lighting mode, wide beam adapted for close-range work.

Order referencePPE0001113

PETZL HEADLAMP PIXA 2- Rugged and versatile headlamp.- Two lighting modes: Wide beam adapted for close-range work. Mixed beams adapted for movement.

Order referencePPE0001114

PETZL HEADLAMP PIXA 3- Rugged and versatile headlamp.- Three lighting modes: Wide beam adapted for close-range work. Mixed beams adapted for movement. Highly focused beams: adapted for long range vision.

Order referencePPE0001115

PETZL HEADLAMP PIXA 3R- Rechargeable headlamp with configurable performance.- Three lighting modes: Wide beam adapted for close-range work. Mixed beams adapted for movement. Highly focused beams: adapted for long range vision.

Order reference ItemPPE0001116 E78CHRPPE0001117 E78CHR UK

BATTERY FOR PETZL PIXA 3RPIXA 3R Li-ion polymer rechargeable battery.

Order referencePPE0001119

Page 21: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

20 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

PETZL CAR CHARGER 12 V FOR PIXA 3RCar charger 12V for PIXA 3R.

Order referencePPE0001120

PETZL HEADBAND FOR PIXAPlate and rubber headband adapted for all PIXA headlamps.

Order referencePPE0001121

PETZL HEADLAMP ULTRA VARIO- Very powerful lighting or uses on rugged environments.- 4 lighting modes: Wide beam low intensity. Wide beam for proximity lighting. Mixed beam for moving. Focused beam for long range vision.- Accu 2 worn on head.

Order reference ItemPPE0001103 E54H UK

PETZL BATTERY FOR ULTRA VARIO2600 mAh Li-Ion rechargeable battery for ULTRA headlamps.Right balanced between lighting performance and weight.

Order reference ItemPPE0001106 ACCU 2

PETZL HEADLAMP ULTRA VARIO BELT- Very powerful lighting or uses on rugged environments.- 4 lighting modes: Wide beam low intensity. Wide beam for proximity lighting. Mixed beam for moving. Focused beam for long range vision.- Accu 4 remoted and belt carry pouch.

Order reference ItemPPE0001105 E54B UK

Page 22: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 21

1

Head Protection

PETZL BATTERY FOR ULTRA VARIO BELT5200 mAh Li-ion rechargeable battery for ULTRA series headlamps.Maximum autonomy.

Order reference ItemPPE0001107 ACCU 4

PETZL QUICK CHARGER FOR BATTERY ULTRAQuick wall charger for ACCU 2 ULTRA and ACCU 4 ULTRA rechargeable batteries.

Order reference ItemPPE0001125 E55800 UK

PETZL HEADLAMP DUO ATEX LED 5- Hybrid headlamp for hazardous locations: 1 high-output LED & 5 LEDS.- For use in zones 1 & 2 (gas) and zones 21 & 22 (dust).- Main rechargeable, upto 13 hours battery life.- IP68

Order reference ItemPPE0001109 E61L5 4PPE0001110 E61L5 4UK

PETZL BATTERY FOR DUO ATEXLarge capacity rechargeable battery Ni-MH 2700 mAh for the DUO ATEX

Order reference ItemPPE0001111 ACCU DUO ATEX

PETZL CHARGER FOR DUO ATEXQuick charger for ACCU DUO.

Order reference ItemPPE0001126 E65200 2UK

Page 23: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

22 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

1

Head Protection

PETZL LIPS CROCHLAMP S AND LCROCHLAMP S: headlamp clips for thin-edged helmets.CROCHLAMP L: headlamp clips for thick-edged helmets.

Order reference SizePPE0001122 SPPE0001123 L

DISPOSABLES

POLYPROPYLENE HAIRNETS - DMNETSBlue hairnets.Packing: 432 pieces per carton (9 x 48).

Order reference ColourPPE0001604 Blue

POLYPROPYLENE MOB CAP - DM01Double stitched mob caps blue.Packing: 1000 pieces per carton (10 x 100).

Order reference ColourPPE0001702 RedPPE0001704 YellowPPE0001705 GreenPPE0001706 BluePPE0001708 White

Page 24: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 23

1

Head Protection

POLYPROPYLENE SNOOD CAP - DM03Medium snood caps.Packing: 1000 pieces per carton (10 x 100).

Order reference Colour SizePPE0001610 White MediumPPE0001611 White LargePPE0001612 Blue Large

POLYPROPYLENE PEAKED CAP - DM04Medium peaked caps.Packing: 1000 pieces per carton (10 x 100)

Order reference Colour SizePPE0001613 White MediumPPE0001614 White LargePPE0001615 Blue Large

BEARD MASK - DK05White non-woven beard masks white.Packing: 1000 pieces per carton (10 x 100).

Order referencePPE0001603

STORAGE BOX FOR SAFETY HELMET AND HEARING PROTECTION- Storage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of safety helmet and hearing protection.- Large: 23.6 x 31.5 x 20 cm.

Order reference ItemPPE0084758 Safety helmet storagePPE0084760 Hearing protection storage

Page 25: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

24 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

When choosing hearing protection, there are several things that should be taken into consideration. Hearing protection should reduce the noise to a safe level so that some sounds are not heard well or at all. Attention should also be paid to ensuring that the hearing protection is practical as well as comfortable.

ERIKS also has otoplastics in its range. Those custom-made hearing protectors give extra attention to wearing comfort and the personal hygiene of the user.

Our product specialists would be pleased to advise you, with due regard for noise pressure, the duration of the exposure, the frequency and the surroundings.

HEARING PROTECTION

Page 26: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 25

2

Hearing Protection

When choosing hearing protection, there are several things that should be taken into consideration. Hearing protection should reduce the noise to a safe level so that some sounds are not heard well or at all. Attention should also be paid to ensuring that the hearing protection is practical as well as comfortable.

ERIKS also has otoplastics in its range. Those custom-made hearing protectors give extra attention to wearing comfort and the personal hygiene of the user.

Our product specialists would be pleased to advise you, with due regard for noise pressure, the duration of the exposure, the frequency and the surroundings.

HEARING PROTECTION

Page 27: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

26 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

32 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 33

2 2

Hearing protection Hearing protection

CUSTOM FIT EAR PLUGS

Working in a noisy environment is not only highly stressful, but also causes intense damage to hearing. Damage to hearing (noise-related deafness) is also irreversible. It can be prevented, but not cured!A very wide range of hearing protection media allows us to protect our ears against every form and level of noise nuisance:

CUSTOM FIT EARPLUGSDISPOSABLE EARPLUGSREUSABLE EARPLUGSEARMUFFSACCESSORIES

NOISE AND HEARING

Sound is propagated by pressure waves in the air and is measured in decibels (dB). These pressure waves, expressed in cycles per second (Hertz), determine the high or low intensity of sound (H-M-L values ) and therefore also the audibility to the human ear.

L = low frequency tones 62-500 Hz

M = medium frequency tones 500-2000 Hz

H = high frequency tones 2000-8000 Hz

Sound pressure doubles every 3 dB(A) - for example, 88 dB(A) is twice as loud as 85 dB(A).The SNR value is used to express the damping achieved by an earmuff or earplug.

WHAT does SNR stand for?SNR is a Single Number Rating system according to the international ISO 4869 standard. The tests are carried out by commercial laboratories operating independently of the manufacturers.SNRs are expressed in decibels (dB), and are used as a guide to compare the noise reduction capabilities of various hearing protection media. The SNR is subtracted from a weighted average noise level in order to measure the degree of sound pressure on the ear after wearing the hearing protector. The SNR value has been specified for each item appearing in our catalogue.

The danger threshold for human hearing is 80 dB(A). One may be exposed to this noise level for on average of 8 hours per day without suffering any hearing loss. There is a minimum risk of hearing damage if the sound intensity

remains below that level.The period of exposure to the sound intensity attains increasing significance as the sound intensity rises above 80 dB(A). It is therefore best to maintain the sound intensity below 80 dB(A).

Maximum period of exposure Sound pressure in dB(A)

8 hours 80

4 hours 83

2 hours 86

1 hour 89

30 minutes 92

15 minutes 95

7 minutes, 30 seconds 98

3 minutes, 45 seconds 101

1 minute, 53 seconds 104

56 seconds 107

28 seconds 110

The European Directive 2003/10/EC imposes the following obligation on employers:

• To provide employees with hearing protection above 80 dB(A).

• To combat the sound at source, above 85 dB(A). However, if the noise level remains high, it shall also be mandatory for the employee to wear hearing protection.

The following European standards apply to hearing protec-tion media:

EN 352-1 Earmuffs

EN 352-2 Earplugs

EN 352-3 Earmuffs attached to an industrial safety helmet

EN 352-4 Level-dependent earmuffs

EN 352-5 Active noise reduction earmuffs

EN 352-6 Earmuffs with electrical audio input

EN 352-7 Level-dependent earplugs

EN 352-8 Entertainment audio earmuffs

OTOPLASTIC DEVICESAn otoplastic device is a tailor-made hearing protection device with which extra attention can be paid to wearer comfort and to the personal hygiene of the user.An otoplastic device has a life of 3-4 years.If you or your employee require tailor-made hearing protection, please contact our product specialists – they would be more than happy to assist you in this regard.

LEGISLATION & REGULATIONS

There are many new cases of people receiving compensation for hearing damage each year, through both civil claims and the Government disability benefi t scheme, with considerable costs to industry, society and, most importantly, the people who suffer the disability.

Hearing loss is usually gradual due to prolonged exposure to noise. It may only be when damage caused by noise over the years combines with normal hearing loss due to ageing that people realise how deaf they have become. Hearing damage can also be caused immediately by sudden, extremely loud noises. Exposure to noise can also cause tinnitus, which is a sensation of noises in the ears such as ringing or buzzing. Tinnitus may occur in combination with hearing loss.

There are many types of hearing protection available – disposable and re-useable earplugs, earmuffs, and custom made earplugs.

ERIKS custom made earplugs offer a tailor-made solution to personal hearing protection.

Hearing damage caused by

exposure to noise at work is

permanent and incurable.

Research estimates that over 2

million people are exposed to

noise levels at work that may be

harmful – over 80db.

Manufactured and tested according to EN352-2:2002

Comfortable to wear

Maintains speech audibility

Fits securely into the ear

Antiallergenic material

Long life – up to 5 years if maintained properly

Cost effective

Easy to fi t and remove

Metal detectable versions available.

Communications versions also available – for phone’s, radio’s etc

For More Information

Call 0845 006 6000Visit www.eriks.co.uk

Made of soft silicone, ERIKS custom made hearing protectors offers fi ve acoustic fi lters, each offering different attenuation properties.

Custom Fitted EarplugsPrevent noise deafness through selective attenuation with tailor made earplugs

Page 28: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 27

2

Hearing Protection

32 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 33

2 2

Hearing protection Hearing protection

CUSTOM FIT EAR PLUGS

Working in a noisy environment is not only highly stressful, but also causes intense damage to hearing. Damage to hearing (noise-related deafness) is also irreversible. It can be prevented, but not cured!A very wide range of hearing protection media allows us to protect our ears against every form and level of noise nuisance:

CUSTOM FIT EARPLUGSDISPOSABLE EARPLUGSREUSABLE EARPLUGSEARMUFFSACCESSORIES

NOISE AND HEARING

Sound is propagated by pressure waves in the air and is measured in decibels (dB). These pressure waves, expressed in cycles per second (Hertz), determine the high or low intensity of sound (H-M-L values ) and therefore also the audibility to the human ear.

L = low frequency tones 62-500 Hz

M = medium frequency tones 500-2000 Hz

H = high frequency tones 2000-8000 Hz

Sound pressure doubles every 3 dB(A) - for example, 88 dB(A) is twice as loud as 85 dB(A).The SNR value is used to express the damping achieved by an earmuff or earplug.

WHAT does SNR stand for?SNR is a Single Number Rating system according to the international ISO 4869 standard. The tests are carried out by commercial laboratories operating independently of the manufacturers.SNRs are expressed in decibels (dB), and are used as a guide to compare the noise reduction capabilities of various hearing protection media. The SNR is subtracted from a weighted average noise level in order to measure the degree of sound pressure on the ear after wearing the hearing protector. The SNR value has been specified for each item appearing in our catalogue.

The danger threshold for human hearing is 80 dB(A). One may be exposed to this noise level for on average of 8 hours per day without suffering any hearing loss. There is a minimum risk of hearing damage if the sound intensity

remains below that level.The period of exposure to the sound intensity attains increasing significance as the sound intensity rises above 80 dB(A). It is therefore best to maintain the sound intensity below 80 dB(A).

Maximum period of exposure Sound pressure in dB(A)

8 hours 80

4 hours 83

2 hours 86

1 hour 89

30 minutes 92

15 minutes 95

7 minutes, 30 seconds 98

3 minutes, 45 seconds 101

1 minute, 53 seconds 104

56 seconds 107

28 seconds 110

The European Directive 2003/10/EC imposes the following obligation on employers:

• To provide employees with hearing protection above 80 dB(A).

• To combat the sound at source, above 85 dB(A). However, if the noise level remains high, it shall also be mandatory for the employee to wear hearing protection.

The following European standards apply to hearing protec-tion media:

EN 352-1 Earmuffs

EN 352-2 Earplugs

EN 352-3 Earmuffs attached to an industrial safety helmet

EN 352-4 Level-dependent earmuffs

EN 352-5 Active noise reduction earmuffs

EN 352-6 Earmuffs with electrical audio input

EN 352-7 Level-dependent earplugs

EN 352-8 Entertainment audio earmuffs

OTOPLASTIC DEVICESAn otoplastic device is a tailor-made hearing protection device with which extra attention can be paid to wearer comfort and to the personal hygiene of the user.An otoplastic device has a life of 3-4 years.If you or your employee require tailor-made hearing protection, please contact our product specialists – they would be more than happy to assist you in this regard.

LEGISLATION & REGULATIONS

There are many new cases of people receiving compensation for hearing damage each year, through both civil claims and the Government disability benefi t scheme, with considerable costs to industry, society and, most importantly, the people who suffer the disability.

Hearing loss is usually gradual due to prolonged exposure to noise. It may only be when damage caused by noise over the years combines with normal hearing loss due to ageing that people realise how deaf they have become. Hearing damage can also be caused immediately by sudden, extremely loud noises. Exposure to noise can also cause tinnitus, which is a sensation of noises in the ears such as ringing or buzzing. Tinnitus may occur in combination with hearing loss.

There are many types of hearing protection available – disposable and re-useable earplugs, earmuffs, and custom made earplugs.

ERIKS custom made earplugs offer a tailor-made solution to personal hearing protection.

Hearing damage caused by

exposure to noise at work is

permanent and incurable.

Research estimates that over 2

million people are exposed to

noise levels at work that may be

harmful – over 80db.

Manufactured and tested according to EN352-2:2002

Comfortable to wear

Maintains speech audibility

Fits securely into the ear

Antiallergenic material

Long life – up to 5 years if maintained properly

Cost effective

Easy to fi t and remove

Metal detectable versions available.

Communications versions also available – for phone’s, radio’s etc

For More Information

Call 0845 006 6000Visit www.eriks.co.uk

Made of soft silicone, ERIKS custom made hearing protectors offers fi ve acoustic fi lters, each offering different attenuation properties.

Custom Fitted EarplugsPrevent noise deafness through selective attenuation with tailor made earplugs

Page 29: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

28 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

34 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 35

2 2

Hearing protection Hearing protection

Headband Folding Multiple-Position Cap-Mounted Neckband

Earmu�Fitting Instructions

www.bacou-dalloz.com

Cover Ear CompletelyThe earcups should never �t cr ooked oraskew over the ear.

Do’ s + Don’ts of Wearing Earmu�s Firm Seal

Do seal the cushions �r mly against the head.Avoid ObstructionsDo not allow hair to obstruct the ear or theearmu�’s secure �t in any way.

Bacou-Dalloz Hearing Safety Group7828 Waterville Road, San Diego, CA 92154Tech Support ph. 800/977-9177 • fax 619/661-8131Cust Service ph. 800/430-5490 • fax 401/232-1110www.hearingportal.com

DISCLAIMER: If the above-mentioned recommendations are not followed, the protection and function afforded by theearmuffs may be severely impaired. This may cause consequences for the user for which Bacou-Dalloz can not beheld responsible. Bacou-Dalloz can not guarantee that any type of warning signals including communication withother people in the surroundings can be heard and understood by the wearer of this hearing protector. The sound leveland the frequency content of the warning signals as well as of the background noise can vary in different situations.

WARNING: All hearing protection affords limited protection. The user is responsible for the proper selection, use, careand maintenance of this device. Improper selection (including under/over protection), use or maintenance may lead toserious hearing loss. If there are any questions concerning this product contact your safety supervisor or Bacou-Dalloz.

Keys to Successful Hearing Protection with Earmu�sWear• Read and follow all earmu��tting instructions• Remove all hair underneath ear cushionsSelection• Avoid overprotection in minimal noise environments – in selecting the best

earmu�for your situation, consider noise levels and your need to communicate with co-workers or hear warning signals on the job

Maintenance• Regularly inspect earcups and ear cushions for cracks and leaks – discard

if earcups are visibly damaged or compromised• Clean earcups and ear cushions regularly with mild soap and water• Replace ear cushions and foam inserts every 6-8 months under normal wear,

every 3-4 months with heavy use or in humid/extreme climates

HP.501 RPI 11/05

1 1 1 1

22

2

3 3

3

4

2

1

Place earcups over each ear.

Adjust the headband by sliding theheadband up or down.

Fold out the earcups as shown.

Place earcups over each ear.

Adjust the headband by sliding the headbandup or down.

When the earmu� is worn with the headbandbehind-the-heador under-the-chin,the headbandstrap must be attached to the slot in the upperpart of the earcup as shown.

Multiple-Position earmu�s can be worn either over-the-head, behind-the-head orunder-the-chin.

Adjust the headband by sliding the headbandup and down.

Place the earcups over each ear. Attach adapters to each side of the hard hat by sliding them into the slots.

Attach each earmuff into its adapter by slidingthe earmu� housing down into the adapter.

Place the hard hat on the head and adjustthe earmu�s by sliding the cups up and down.

Ensure that the earmu� is �rmly attached by lifting the arm up and down.

Place earcups over each ear.

Adjust the length of the headband strapbetween the earcups so the earmu� �ts well on top of the head.

2

Thunder® T gninthgieL3 ® L gnikiVF2 ™ V ytiralC3 ® C gninthgieLH3 ® L1N

GUIDANCE FOR FITTING EARMUFFS

Multiple-Use

Bacou-Dalloz Hearing Safety Group7828 Waterville Road, San Diego, CA 92154Tech Support ph. 800/977-9177 • fax 619/661-8131Cust Service ph. 800/430-5490 • fax 401/232-1110www.hearingportal.com

www.bacou-dalloz.com

DISCLAIMER: If the above-mentioned recommendations are not followed, the protection and function afforded by theearplugs may be severely impaired. This may cause consequences for the user for which Bacou-Dalloz can not beheld responsible. Bacou-Dalloz can not guarantee that any type of warning signals including communication withother people in the surroundings can be heard and understood by the wearer of this hearing protector. The sound leveland the frequency content of the warning signals as well as of the background noise can vary in different situations.

WARNING: All hearing protection affords limited protection. The user is responsible for the proper selection, use, careand maintenance of this device. Improper selection (including under/over protection), use or maintenance may lead toserious hearing loss. If there are any questions concerning this product contact your safety supervisor or Bacou-Dalloz.

Earplug Fitting Instructions

Roll-Down Foam BandedNo-Roll Foam

Keys to Successful Hearing Protection with EarplugsWear• Read and follow all earplug �tting instructionsSelection• Avoid overprotection in minimal noise environments – in selecting the best earplug

for your situation, consider noise levels and your need to communicate with co-workersor hear warning signals on the job

Maintenance• Inspect earplugs prior to wear for dirt, damage or hardness – discard immediately

if compromised• For proper hygiene, discard Single-Use earplugs after use• With proper maintenance, Multiple-Use earplugs can last for 2-4 weeks; clean

with mild soap/water and store in a case when not in use• Clean and replace pods on Banded earplugs regularly

Do’s and Don’ts of Earplugs

1 1 1

2 2 2

3 3 3

HP.500 RPI 11/05

Reach over your head with a free hand, pull your ear up and back, and insert the earplug well inside your ear canal.

Earplugs should be inserted as shown in this drawing. Stop pushing earplug when your �ngertouches your ear.

If properly �tted, the end of the earplugs should notbe visible to someone looking at you from the front.

With clean hands, roll the entire earplug into narrowestpossible crease-free cylinder.

Reach over your head with a free hand, pull your ear up and back, and insert the earplug well inside your ear canal.

Hold for 30 – 40 seconds, until the earplug fully expands in your ear canal. If properly �tted, the endof the earplugs should not be visible to someone looking at you from the front.

If properly �tted, the tip of the earplug stem may bevisible to someone looking at you from the front.

Insert the earplug so all �anges are well inside your ear canal.

While holding the stem, reach a hand over your head and gently pull top of your ear up and back.

Position band under your chin as shown above. Useyour hands to press the ear pods well into the ear canal using an inward motion.

Protection levels are improved by pulling your ear up and back when �tting as shown.

Acoustical CheckIn a noisy environment, with earplugs inserted, cup yourhands over your ears and release. Earplugs should blockenough noise so that covering your ears with your handsshould not result in a signi�cant noise di�erence.

RemovalGently twist earplug while slowly pulling in an outward motion for removal.

Proper FitIf either or both earplugs do not seem to be �ttedproperly, remove the earplug and reinsert.

In a noisy environment, lightly press the band inward with your �ngertips as shown. You should not notice a signi�cant di�erence in noise level.

Matrix™ Max® SmartFit® QB2HY G®

2

1

3

GUIDANCE FOR FITTING EARPLUGS

Page 30: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 29

2

Hearing Protection

34 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 35

2 2

Hearing protection Hearing protection

Headband Folding Multiple-Position Cap-Mounted Neckband

Earmu�Fitting Instructions

www.bacou-dalloz.com

Cover Ear CompletelyThe earcups should never �t cr ooked oraskew over the ear.

Do’ s + Don’ts of Wearing Earmu�s Firm Seal

Do seal the cushions �r mly against the head.Avoid ObstructionsDo not allow hair to obstruct the ear or theearmu�’s secure �t in any way.

Bacou-Dalloz Hearing Safety Group7828 Waterville Road, San Diego, CA 92154Tech Support ph. 800/977-9177 • fax 619/661-8131Cust Service ph. 800/430-5490 • fax 401/232-1110www.hearingportal.com

DISCLAIMER: If the above-mentioned recommendations are not followed, the protection and function afforded by theearmuffs may be severely impaired. This may cause consequences for the user for which Bacou-Dalloz can not beheld responsible. Bacou-Dalloz can not guarantee that any type of warning signals including communication withother people in the surroundings can be heard and understood by the wearer of this hearing protector. The sound leveland the frequency content of the warning signals as well as of the background noise can vary in different situations.

WARNING: All hearing protection affords limited protection. The user is responsible for the proper selection, use, careand maintenance of this device. Improper selection (including under/over protection), use or maintenance may lead toserious hearing loss. If there are any questions concerning this product contact your safety supervisor or Bacou-Dalloz.

Keys to Successful Hearing Protection with Earmu�sWear• Read and follow all earmu��tting instructions• Remove all hair underneath ear cushionsSelection• Avoid overprotection in minimal noise environments – in selecting the best

earmu�for your situation, consider noise levels and your need to communicate with co-workers or hear warning signals on the job

Maintenance• Regularly inspect earcups and ear cushions for cracks and leaks – discard

if earcups are visibly damaged or compromised• Clean earcups and ear cushions regularly with mild soap and water• Replace ear cushions and foam inserts every 6-8 months under normal wear,

every 3-4 months with heavy use or in humid/extreme climates

HP.501 RPI 11/05

1 1 1 1

22

2

3 3

3

4

2

1

Place earcups over each ear.

Adjust the headband by sliding theheadband up or down.

Fold out the earcups as shown.

Place earcups over each ear.

Adjust the headband by sliding the headbandup or down.

When the earmu� is worn with the headbandbehind-the-heador under-the-chin,the headbandstrap must be attached to the slot in the upperpart of the earcup as shown.

Multiple-Position earmu�s can be worn either over-the-head, behind-the-head orunder-the-chin.

Adjust the headband by sliding the headbandup and down.

Place the earcups over each ear. Attach adapters to each side of the hard hat by sliding them into the slots.

Attach each earmuff into its adapter by slidingthe earmu� housing down into the adapter.

Place the hard hat on the head and adjustthe earmu�s by sliding the cups up and down.

Ensure that the earmu� is �rmly attached by lifting the arm up and down.

Place earcups over each ear.

Adjust the length of the headband strapbetween the earcups so the earmu� �ts well on top of the head.

2

Thunder® T gninthgieL3 ® L gnikiVF2 ™ V ytiralC3 ® C gninthgieLH3 ® L1N

GUIDANCE FOR FITTING EARMUFFS

Multiple-Use

Bacou-Dalloz Hearing Safety Group7828 Waterville Road, San Diego, CA 92154Tech Support ph. 800/977-9177 • fax 619/661-8131Cust Service ph. 800/430-5490 • fax 401/232-1110www.hearingportal.com

www.bacou-dalloz.com

DISCLAIMER: If the above-mentioned recommendations are not followed, the protection and function afforded by theearplugs may be severely impaired. This may cause consequences for the user for which Bacou-Dalloz can not beheld responsible. Bacou-Dalloz can not guarantee that any type of warning signals including communication withother people in the surroundings can be heard and understood by the wearer of this hearing protector. The sound leveland the frequency content of the warning signals as well as of the background noise can vary in different situations.

WARNING: All hearing protection affords limited protection. The user is responsible for the proper selection, use, careand maintenance of this device. Improper selection (including under/over protection), use or maintenance may lead toserious hearing loss. If there are any questions concerning this product contact your safety supervisor or Bacou-Dalloz.

Earplug Fitting Instructions

Roll-Down Foam BandedNo-Roll Foam

Keys to Successful Hearing Protection with EarplugsWear• Read and follow all earplug �tting instructionsSelection• Avoid overprotection in minimal noise environments – in selecting the best earplug

for your situation, consider noise levels and your need to communicate with co-workersor hear warning signals on the job

Maintenance• Inspect earplugs prior to wear for dirt, damage or hardness – discard immediately

if compromised• For proper hygiene, discard Single-Use earplugs after use• With proper maintenance, Multiple-Use earplugs can last for 2-4 weeks; clean

with mild soap/water and store in a case when not in use• Clean and replace pods on Banded earplugs regularly

Do’s and Don’ts of Earplugs

1 1 1

2 2 2

3 3 3

HP.500 RPI 11/05

Reach over your head with a free hand, pull your ear up and back, and insert the earplug well inside your ear canal.

Earplugs should be inserted as shown in this drawing. Stop pushing earplug when your �ngertouches your ear.

If properly �tted, the end of the earplugs should notbe visible to someone looking at you from the front.

With clean hands, roll the entire earplug into narrowestpossible crease-free cylinder.

Reach over your head with a free hand, pull your ear up and back, and insert the earplug well inside your ear canal.

Hold for 30 – 40 seconds, until the earplug fully expands in your ear canal. If properly �tted, the endof the earplugs should not be visible to someone looking at you from the front.

If properly �tted, the tip of the earplug stem may bevisible to someone looking at you from the front.

Insert the earplug so all �anges are well inside your ear canal.

While holding the stem, reach a hand over your head and gently pull top of your ear up and back.

Position band under your chin as shown above. Useyour hands to press the ear pods well into the ear canal using an inward motion.

Protection levels are improved by pulling your ear up and back when �tting as shown.

Acoustical CheckIn a noisy environment, with earplugs inserted, cup yourhands over your ears and release. Earplugs should blockenough noise so that covering your ears with your handsshould not result in a signi�cant noise di�erence.

RemovalGently twist earplug while slowly pulling in an outward motion for removal.

Proper FitIf either or both earplugs do not seem to be �ttedproperly, remove the earplug and reinsert.

In a noisy environment, lightly press the band inward with your �ngertips as shown. You should not notice a signi�cant di�erence in noise level.

Matrix™ Max® SmartFit® QB2HY G®

2

1

3

GUIDANCE FOR FITTING EARPLUGS

Page 31: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

30 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

EAR PLUGS

3M E-A-R CLASSIC EARPLUGS- Made from a soft, energy-absorbing polymer foam which provides optimum

hearing protection and all-day comfort.- Earplugs are 100% recyclable.- Average attenuation rating SNR 28 dB(A)

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100003 Uncorded 250 pairsPPE0100004 Corded 200 pairsPPE0100005 One-touch refill 500 pairs

3M E-A-R CLASSIC SOFT EARPLUGS- As the foam warms to the body temperature, it becomes softer and shapes to the

individual’s ear canal. This shaping allows the earplugs to form an excellent seal against noise.

- As time goes on, the foam continues to soften for added comfort.- Average attenuation rating SNR 36 dB(A).

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100006 Uncorded 200 pairsPPE0100007 One-touch refill 500 pairs

3M E-A-R EARPLUGS E-A-RSOFT YELLOW NEONS- Made from a slowly expanding polyurethane foam, with their evenly distributed

pressure and flexibility these comfortable earplugs provide excellent protection.- Earplugs are100% recyclable.- Average attenuation rating SNR 36 dB(A).

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100011 Uncorded 250 pairsPPE0100012 Corded 200 pairsPPE0100013 One-touch refill 500 pairs

3M E-A-R ONE-TOUCH DISPENSER- Easy to use, with a simple turning movement the 3M E-A-R earplugs are

dispensed from the funnel shaped holder directly into your hand. The knob is accessible from the front and both sides so that you can operate the dispenser with one hand turning it to the right or the left.

- Can be mounted anywhere easily or attached to the wall.- The 3M E-A-R One-Touch Dispenser is suitable for the following refills Classic, Soft Neons, Soft Blasts, Superfit 33, Classic Soft and Peltor Next Solar.

Order referencePPE0100020

Supplied without earplugs

Page 32: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 31

2

Hearing Protection

3M E-A-R EARPLUGS E-A-RSOFT FX- Smooth finish and conical shape make it easy to insert and help form a

comfortable, optimal fIt.- The flange shape, when rolled down, serves as an effective insertion device.- Earplugs are 100% recyclable.- Average attenuation rating SNR 39 dB(A).

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100008 Uncorded 200 pairsPPE0100009 Corded 200 pairs

3M EARPLUGS 1100 AND 1110- The soft hypo-allergenic foam provides maximum comfort and low pressure inside

the ear.- Its smooth, dirt-resistant surface provides better hygiene, durability and comfort.- The tapered design fits most ear canals and makes insertion easy.- Earplugs are 100% recyclable.- Average attenuation rating SNR 37 dB(A).

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100001 1100 Uncorded 200 pairsPPE0100002 1110 Corded 100 pairs

3M E-A-R EARPLUGS E-A-RSOFT DETECTABLE- With a metal detectable cord and an integral stainless-steel ball in the non-food

blue earplug.- Ideal for use in the food manufacturing industries.- Made from slowly expanding polyurethane foam, with their evenly distributed

pressure and flexibility these comfortable earplugs provide excellent protection.- Earplugs are 100% recyclable.- Average attenuation rating SNR 36 dB(A)

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100010 Corded 200 pairs

HONEYWELL BILSOM 303 AND 304 EARPLUG, SINGLE USE- Attenuation earplug SNR 33 dB(A) in 2 sizes: small (S) and large (L).- Earplugs type 303 uncorded, 304 corded.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0013005 303 S 200 pairsPPE0013007 303 L 200 pairsPPE0013006 303S refill for Bilsomat dispenser 200 pairsPPE0013008 303L refill for Bilsomat dispenser 200 pairsPPE0013009 304 S 200 pairsPPE0013010 304 L 200 pairs

Page 33: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

32 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

HONEYWELL MAX EARPLUG, SINGLE USE- High attenuation single-use earplugs SNR 37 dB(A).- Earplugs uncorded.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0013001 Dispenser box 200 pairsPPE0013002 Refill LS400 200 pairs

HONEYWELL LASER LITE EARPLUG, SINGLE USE- High attenuation single-use earplugs SNR 35 dB(A).- Earplugs uncorded.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0013003 Dispenser box 200 pairsPPE0013004 Refill LS400 200 pairs

HONEYWELL EARPLUG DISPENSER LS400Suitable for earplugs Max, Laser Lite and Bilsom 303.Supplied without earplugs.

Order referencePPE0013013

REUSABLE EAR PLUGS

3M E-A-R ULTRAFIT EARPLUGS- Premoulded earplugs with a vinyl cord.- With its universal size the patented Ultrafit Earplug fits most ear canals and

provides high damping.- Average attenuation rating SNR 32 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0100018 50

Page 34: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 33

2

Hearing Protection

3M 1271 REUSABLE CORDED EARPLUGS WITH STORAGE BOX- The handy storage case with belt clip keeps the earplugs clean and safe when not

in use.- The polyester cord helps the prevent loss, and ensures product is available when

required, thus making it more convient for intermittent use.- Equipped with a convenient finger grip- Universal size fits most users.- Average attenuation rating SNR 25 dB (A).

Order reference PackagePPE0100017 50

3M E-A-R TRACER EARPLUGS- Metal detectable plug and cord- Ideal for use in the food manufacturing industries.- Universal size, earplug fits most ear canals.- Average attenuation rating SNR 32 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0100019 50

HONEYWELL SMARTFIT EARPLUGS, REUSABLE- Corded earplug in a Hear Pack carrying case- Attenuation SNR 30 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0013015 50

HONEYWELL PILOT EARPLUGS, REUSABLE- Corded earplug, in zip-bag.- Attenuation SNR 26 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0013014 100

Page 35: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

34 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

3M E-A-R EARPLUGS E-A-R CAPS- One of the lightest earplugs on the market provides all-day reliable hearing

protection.- Slowly expanding foam.- Average attenuation rating SNR 23 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0100022 40

3M 1310 BANDED EARPLUGS- The flexible band and slowly expanding foam earplugs ensure an optimum fit.- The soft rounded earplug provides reduced pressure and a comfortable seal.- Lightweight design.- 100% recyclable.- Average attenuation rating SNR 26 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0100021 10

HONEYWELL PERCAP BANDED EARPLUGS - Flexible folding band.- Attentuation SNR 24 dB(A).

Order reference PackagePPE0013016 10

Page 36: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 35

2

Hearing Protection

EAR DEFENDERS

3M PELTOR OPTIME I H510 EAR MUFF- Combines a low profile with generous inner depth which makes it very easy to use

with other equipment.- Extremely suitable for environments with a lower level of industrial noise.- Average attenuation rating SNR 27 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100024 StandardPPE0100025 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptorsPPE0100026 Neckband

3M PELTOR OPTIME II H520 EAR MUFF- Developed for demanding noisy environments, offers maximum damping, also at

very low frequencies.- Sealing rings filled with unique combination of liquid and foam.- The sealing rings have ventilation channels and are covered with soft, patterned,

hygienic foam.- Average attenuation rating SNR 31 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100030 StandardPPE0100031 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptorsPPE0100032 NeckbandPPE0100033 Foldable

3M PELTOR OPTIME III H540 EAR MUFF- Developed for extremely high noise environments.- Protection is based on a new technology featuring double cup design to help

minimise the resonance effect.- Optimum comfort, even when worn for long periods.- The wide sealing rings are filled with a soft polyurethane foam for best fit with low

contact pressure.- Average attenuation rating SNR 35 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100034 StandardPPE0100035 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptors

Page 37: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

36 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

3M PELTOR X1 EARMUFF- The design with twin headband reduces heat build-up and ensures good comfort

and balance.- The steel wire padded headband ensures constant pressure when working for

longer periods and makes the earmuffs very comfortable to wear.- The combination of foam technology specially developed for shells with the clever

sealing rings makes the Peltor X series light and comfortable to wear, guarantees a high level of protection.

- Average attenuation rating SNR 27 dB(A). Helmet mounting 26 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100036 StandardPPE0100037 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptors

3M PELTOR X2 EARMUFF- The design with twin headband reduces heat build-up and ensures good comfort

and balance.- The steel wire padded headband ensures constant pressure when working for

longer periods and makes the earmuffs very comfortable to wear.- The combination of foam technology specially developed for shells with the clever

sealing rings makes the Peltor X series light and comfortable to wear, guarantees a high level of protection.

- Average attenuation rating SNR 31 dB(A). Helmet mounting 30 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100038 StandardPPE0100039 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptors

3M PELTOR X3 EARMUFF- The design with twin headband reduces heat build-up and ensures good comfort

and balance.- The steel wire padded headband ensures constant pressure when working for

longer periods and makes the earmuffs very comfortable to wear.- The combination of foam technology specially developed for shells with the clever

sealing rings makes the Peltor X series light and comfortable to wear, guarantees a high level of protection.

- Average attenuation rating SNR 33 dB(A). Helmet mounting 32 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100040 StandardPPE0100041 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptors

Page 38: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 37

2

Hearing Protection

3M PELTOR X4 EARMUFF- EXtremely slim design with twin headband reduces heat build-up and ensures

good comfort and balance.- The steel wire padded headband ensures constant pressure when working for

longer periods and makes the earmuffs very comfortable to wear.- The combination of foam technology specially developed for shells with the clever

sealing rings makes the Peltor X series light and comfortable to wear, guarantees a high level of protection.

- Average attenuation rating SNR 33 dB(A). Helmet mounting 32 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100042 StandardPPE0100043 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptors

3M PELTOR X5 EARMUFF- The design with twin headband reduces heat buildup and ensures good comfort

and balance.- The steel wire padded headband ensures constant pressure when working for

longer periods and makes the earmuffs very comfortable to wear.- The combination of foam technology specially developed for shells with the clever

sealing rings makes the Peltor X series light and comfortable to wear, guarantees a high level of protection.

- Average attenuation rating SNR 37 dB(A). Helmet mounting 36 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0100044 StandardPPE0100045 Helmet mounted with P3E adaptors

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS LEIGHTNING L1- Ultra lightweight.- Attenuation SNR 30 dB(A).

Order referencePPE0013020

Page 39: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

38 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS LEIGHTNING L2- Ultra lightweight- Attenuation SNR 31 dB(A).

Order referencePPE0013021

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS LEIGHTNING L3 AND L3HV- L3HV has high-viz muffs- Attentuation SNR 34 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0013022 L3PPE0013023 L3HV

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS L1H- Mounted version of L1 for safety helmets.- Complete with adapters to suit most helmets.- Attenutation SNR 28 dB(A).

Order referencePPE0013024

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS VIKING V1 AND V3- Suitable to be worn over or behind head.- Can be worn with helmet, facemask etc. (in behind head position).- Attenuation V1: SNR 30 dB(A). V3: SNR 32 dB(A).

Order reference VersionPPE0013025 V1PPE0013026 V3

Page 40: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 39

2

Hearing Protection

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS MACH 1- Very economical- Attenuation SNR 23 dB(A).

Order referencePPE0013027

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS SYNC STEREO- Sync stereo to allow connection to i-Pod/MP3 player/radio etc.- Sound level max 82 dB(A).- Attenuation SNR 31 dB(A).

Order referencePPE0013028

HONEYWELL EARMUFFS SYNC RADIO AM/FM- High quality digital AM/FM radio reception.- Sound level max 82 dB(A).- Attenuation SNR 29 dB(A).

Order referencePPE0013029

CENTURION EARMUFFS BALTIC S41C- General purpose hearing protection- SNR = 25 dB(A), H = 29 dB(A), M = 22 dB(A), L = 15 dB(A) according EN 352.- Part of the fully integrated Centurion CONNECT range of accessories compatible

with 1100, 1125, Reflex, Concept and Vulcan helmets.

Order referencePPE0010906

Page 41: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

40 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

2

Hearing Protection

CENTURION EARMUFFS AEGEAN S42C- Excellent protection throughout the frequency range. - Moulded concave foam for improved comfort.- Compatible with 1100, 1125, Reflex, Concept and Vulcan helmets.- SNR = 30 dB(A), H = 34 dB(A), M = 27 dB(A), L = 20 dB(A) according EN 352.

Order referencePPE0010907

ACCESSORIES

3M NOISE INDICATOR NI-100- The 3M noise indicator alerts the user to potentially dangerous industrial noise

levels, helping identify areas where hearing protection must be worn. The user just clips the Noise Indicator to a shirt or jacket and the LED light indicates whether the noise level exceeds a value.

- Green indicates that the noise level is below 85 dB(A).- Flashing red indicates that the noise level is above 85 dB(A) and hearing

protection should be worn.- Charged via mini USB cable, not included

Order referencePPE0052142

HYGIENE KIT FOR 3M PELTOR OPTIMEHygiene kit for 3M Peltor Optime earmuffs.

Order reference TypePPE0100027 For Optime IPPE0100028 For Optime IIPPE0100029 For Optime III

HYGIENE KIT FOR 3M PELTOR XHygiene kit for 3M Peltor X earmuffs, 10 per box.

Order reference TypePPE0100046 For Peltor X1PPE0100047 For Peltor X2PPE0100048 For Peltor X3PPE0100049 For Peltor X4PPE0100050 For Peltor X5

Page 42: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 41

2

Hearing Protection

HYGIENE KITS FOR HONEYWELL EARMUFFS- Hygiene kit for Leightning L1 and Viking V1.- Hygiene kit for Leightning L2.- Hygiene kit for Leightning L3 and Viking V3.

Order reference TypePPE0013031 L1, V1PPE0013032 L2PPE0013033 L3, V3

STORAGE BOX FOR HEARING PROTECTIONStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of hearing protectionMedium: 23.6 x 22.5 x 12.5 cm.

Order referencePPE0084755

STORAGE BOX FOR HEARING PROTECTION AND SAFETY HELMETStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of hearing protection and helmet.Large: 23.6 x 31.5 x 20 cm.

Order referencePPE0084760

SAFETY BOX FOR EAR AND EYE PROTECTIONStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of hearing protection and safety goggles.Medium: 23.6 x 22.5 x 12.5 cm.

Order referencePPE0084761

Page 43: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

42 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

The Optiflex range

The eyes are arguably the most fragile in terms of damage. Once damage has been inflicted, this often has serious consequences and usually the damage is irreversi-ble. Rightly we should do anything to reduce the injuries to an absolute minimum.

Flying particles cause the majority of eye injuries. Splashes of molten metal or corrosive liquids are detrimental in case of eye contact. When welding, the bright light, the ultraviolet and infrared rays can damage your eyes. Reason enough to be extra careful.

All these different risks demand a specific approach. The working environment is decisive when choosing eye protection. This section explains all functions and features of RX® safety glasses. In addition to the protection factor we have paid a great deal of attention to the ergonomic aspect. The revolutionary “Shape Memory Technology”, ensures that RX® Eye Protection gives exceptional wearer comfort, with the added bonus of a modern, stylish design, for every user.

RX® safety spectacles, where protection, quality en design meet!

EYE AND FACE PROTECTION

Page 44: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 43

3

Eye and face protection

The Optiflex range

The eyes are arguably the most fragile in terms of damage. Once damage has been inflicted, this often has serious consequences and usually the damage is irreversi-ble. Rightly we should do anything to reduce the injuries to an absolute minimum.

Flying particles cause the majority of eye injuries. Splashes of molten metal or corrosive liquids are detrimental in case of eye contact. When welding, the bright light, the ultraviolet and infrared rays can damage your eyes. Reason enough to be extra careful.

All these different risks demand a specific approach. The working environment is decisive when choosing eye protection. This section explains all functions and features of RX® safety glasses. In addition to the protection factor we have paid a great deal of attention to the ergonomic aspect. The revolutionary “Shape Memory Technology”, ensures that RX® Eye Protection gives exceptional wearer comfort, with the added bonus of a modern, stylish design, for every user.

RX® safety spectacles, where protection, quality en design meet!

EYE AND FACE PROTECTION

Page 45: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

44 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

58 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 59

3 3

Eye and face protection Eye and face protection

LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

Marking identification Optiflex-C-B-W

Marking identification Optiflex-G

Lens marking identification

2-3 U 1 FT KN

Shade number Manufacturer Optical

classMechanical resistance

Optional requirement

Lens marking identification

2C-1.2 U 1 BT 9 KN 0068

Scale number Manufacturer Optical

class Mechanical resistance Field of use Optional

requirement Notified body

Frame marking identification

U EN166 3 4 5 9 BT 2C-1.2 0068

Manufacturer Standard Field of use Mechanical resistance

Maximum number of scale

protectionNotified body

Frame marking identification

U EN166 FT

Manufacturer Standard Mechanical resistance

MEANINGS OF THE EN MARKING

SCALE NUMBER

CODE NUMBER DESCRIPTION SHADE

NUMBER DESCRIPTION VLT* RANGE

2 Ultraviolet (UV EN 170) 1.2 Clear 100 % - 74,4 %

2C or 3 Ultraviolet with good colour recognition 1.7 In/out, yellow, clear mirrored, UVR 58,1 % - 43,2 %

4 Infrared (IR EN 171) 2.5 Brown, smoke 29,1 % - 17,8 %

5Sunglare filter without infrared specification (EN 172)

3.1 Smoke mirrored 17,8 % - 8,0 %

6Sunglare filter with infrared specification (EN 172)

3, 4, 5, … 11 Welding

MECHANICAL RESISTANCE

MECHANICAL RESISTANCE IMPACT MAXIMUM

SPEEDPOLYCARBONATE

GLASSES GOGGLES

A (T) High energy impact 190 m/s

B (T) Medium energy impact 120 m/s •

F (T) Low energie impact 45 m/s • •

T Tested under extreme temperatures (-5 °C > + 55 °C) • •

K Resistance against surface damage and fine particles • •

N Resistance against fogging • •

FIELD OF USE

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GOGGLES

3 Liquids (droplets or splashes) •

4 Large dust particles (> 5 µm) •

5 Gas and fine dust particles (< 5 µm) •

8 Short circuit electric arc

9 Molten metals and hot solids •

OPTICAL CLASS

TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 Suitable for prolonged use

2 Suitable for sporadic use

3 Suitable for transient use

Our vulnerable eyes are exposed to all sorts of dangers and risks in numerous circumstances at work. An accident in which the eyes come into contact with dust particles, fluid splashes, splinters, IR and UV rays, gases, and such like can have serious lasting consequences. And so, sound facial protection is absolutely essential. The ergonomic aspect often plays a decisive role in the decision whether or not to wear safety goggles or eye protection in general. Workers often take irresponsible risks because the gear is not comfortable to wear. Paying sufficient attention to the comfort aspect of the correct eye protection makes it possible to avoid an accident.

Depending on the application, you have a choice of the following types of safety goggles and facial protection:

SAFETY SPECTACLESGOGGLESFACE SCREENSWELDING SHIELDSACCESSORIESPlease ask your local ERIKS Service Centre about our prescription eyewear service.

* VLT - Visible Light Transmission

Page 46: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 45

3

Eye and face protection

58 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 59

3 3

Eye and face protection Eye and face protection

LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

Marking identification Optiflex-C-B-W

Marking identification Optiflex-G

Lens marking identification

2-3 U 1 FT KN

Shade number Manufacturer Optical

classMechanical resistance

Optional requirement

Lens marking identification

2C-1.2 U 1 BT 9 KN 0068

Scale number Manufacturer Optical

class Mechanical resistance Field of use Optional

requirement Notified body

Frame marking identification

U EN166 3 4 5 9 BT 2C-1.2 0068

Manufacturer Standard Field of use Mechanical resistance

Maximum number of scale

protectionNotified body

Frame marking identification

U EN166 FT

Manufacturer Standard Mechanical resistance

MEANINGS OF THE EN MARKING

SCALE NUMBER

CODE NUMBER DESCRIPTION SHADE

NUMBER DESCRIPTION VLT* RANGE

2 Ultraviolet (UV EN 170) 1.2 Clear 100 % - 74,4 %

2C or 3 Ultraviolet with good colour recognition 1.7 In/out, yellow, clear mirrored, UVR 58,1 % - 43,2 %

4 Infrared (IR EN 171) 2.5 Brown, smoke 29,1 % - 17,8 %

5Sunglare filter without infrared specification (EN 172)

3.1 Smoke mirrored 17,8 % - 8,0 %

6Sunglare filter with infrared specification (EN 172)

3, 4, 5, … 11 Welding

MECHANICAL RESISTANCE

MECHANICAL RESISTANCE IMPACT MAXIMUM

SPEEDPOLYCARBONATE

GLASSES GOGGLES

A (T) High energy impact 190 m/s

B (T) Medium energy impact 120 m/s •

F (T) Low energie impact 45 m/s • •

T Tested under extreme temperatures (-5 °C > + 55 °C) • •

K Resistance against surface damage and fine particles • •

N Resistance against fogging • •

FIELD OF USE

SYMBOL DESCRIPTION GOGGLES

3 Liquids (droplets or splashes) •

4 Large dust particles (> 5 µm) •

5 Gas and fine dust particles (< 5 µm) •

8 Short circuit electric arc

9 Molten metals and hot solids •

OPTICAL CLASS

TYPE DESCRIPTION

1 Suitable for prolonged use

2 Suitable for sporadic use

3 Suitable for transient use

Our vulnerable eyes are exposed to all sorts of dangers and risks in numerous circumstances at work. An accident in which the eyes come into contact with dust particles, fluid splashes, splinters, IR and UV rays, gases, and such like can have serious lasting consequences. And so, sound facial protection is absolutely essential. The ergonomic aspect often plays a decisive role in the decision whether or not to wear safety goggles or eye protection in general. Workers often take irresponsible risks because the gear is not comfortable to wear. Paying sufficient attention to the comfort aspect of the correct eye protection makes it possible to avoid an accident.

Depending on the application, you have a choice of the following types of safety goggles and facial protection:

SAFETY SPECTACLESGOGGLESFACE SCREENSWELDING SHIELDSACCESSORIESPlease ask your local ERIKS Service Centre about our prescription eyewear service.

* VLT - Visible Light Transmission

Page 47: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

46 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

60 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 61

3 3

Eye and face protection Eye and face protection

MAKE THE RIGHT CHOICE

It is essential when choosing safety eyewear to take the following aspects into consideration:1. The sort of risk (mechanical, chemical, optical, thermal, or ergonomic hazards).2. The most suitable glass material (polycarbonate, CR39 plastic, or toughened glass).

Toughened glass CR-39 anti-scratch Polycarbonate Cellulose acetate

Advantages High chemical resistance Chemically resistant Lightweight and thin Chemically resistant

High scratch resistance Scratch-resistant Impactproof Lightweight

Breaks into small and safe pieces

Lightweight Reasonably impactproof

Disadvantages Heavier than CR-39 and PC glass

Less scratch-resistant in comparison with reinforced glass

Low chemical resistance Low scratch resistance

Low scratch resistance

All safety goggles and facial protective equipment are CE approved for the application according to the following prevailing EN STANDARDS:

Basic standardsEN 166 Personal eye protection specificationsEN 167 Optical test methodsEN 168 Non-optical test methods

Standard for specific applicationsEN 169 Filter for welding and related techniquesEN 170 Ultraviolet (UV) ray filtersEN 171 Infrared (IR) ray filtersEN 172 Sunglare filters for industrial useEN 175 Equipment for eye and face protection during welding and allied processesEN 207 Filters and safety goggles for laser beams.EN 208 Safety goggles for work with lasers and laser systems.EN 379 Specification for automatic welding filters

LENSES

POLYCARBONATE:Clear

FEATURES:• Protects against impact and UV

rays.• Can be used for longer periods of

time and causes neither distortion of the view nor eyestrain.

• No colour distortion.

APPLICATIONS:Mechanical activities requiring a good view.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170

MARKING: 2C-1.2

VLT*: 89 %

POLYCARBONATE:Brown

FEATURES:• Protection against impact, UV rays,

and harmful beams of light.• Use in the event of sunlight and

risk of blinding.• Excellent colour recognition – TSR

(Traffic Signal Recognition).• Lets the light (spectrum) linearly go

through.• Ensures a better adaptation of the

eye to variable lighting conditions.

APPLICATIONS:Activities outside and mechanical activities with risk of blinding.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170/EN 172

MARKING: 2C-3/5-3.1

VLT*: 16 %

SUNGLASSES EQUIVALENT: Shade 3

POLYCARBONATE:Yellow/amber (high definition lens)

FEATURES:• Protects against impact, UV, and

blue light (480 nm).• Provides greater contrast in poor

light.

APPLICATIONS:Surface-inspection, yacht, mechani-cal work, and UV light.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170/EN 172

MARKING: 2C-1.2, 2C-1.2/5-1.4

VLT*: 86%

* VLT - Visible Light Transmission

Page 48: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 47

3

Eye and face protection

60 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 61

3 3

Eye and face protection Eye and face protection

MAKE THE RIGHT CHOICE

It is essential when choosing safety eyewear to take the following aspects into consideration:1. The sort of risk (mechanical, chemical, optical, thermal, or ergonomic hazards).2. The most suitable glass material (polycarbonate, CR39 plastic, or toughened glass).

Toughened glass CR-39 anti-scratch Polycarbonate Cellulose acetate

Advantages High chemical resistance Chemically resistant Lightweight and thin Chemically resistant

High scratch resistance Scratch-resistant Impactproof Lightweight

Breaks into small and safe pieces

Lightweight Reasonably impactproof

Disadvantages Heavier than CR-39 and PC glass

Less scratch-resistant in comparison with reinforced glass

Low chemical resistance Low scratch resistance

Low scratch resistance

All safety goggles and facial protective equipment are CE approved for the application according to the following prevailing EN STANDARDS:

Basic standardsEN 166 Personal eye protection specificationsEN 167 Optical test methodsEN 168 Non-optical test methods

Standard for specific applicationsEN 169 Filter for welding and related techniquesEN 170 Ultraviolet (UV) ray filtersEN 171 Infrared (IR) ray filtersEN 172 Sunglare filters for industrial useEN 175 Equipment for eye and face protection during welding and allied processesEN 207 Filters and safety goggles for laser beams.EN 208 Safety goggles for work with lasers and laser systems.EN 379 Specification for automatic welding filters

LENSES

POLYCARBONATE:Clear

FEATURES:• Protects against impact and UV

rays.• Can be used for longer periods of

time and causes neither distortion of the view nor eyestrain.

• No colour distortion.

APPLICATIONS:Mechanical activities requiring a good view.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170

MARKING: 2C-1.2

VLT*: 89 %

POLYCARBONATE:Brown

FEATURES:• Protection against impact, UV rays,

and harmful beams of light.• Use in the event of sunlight and

risk of blinding.• Excellent colour recognition – TSR

(Traffic Signal Recognition).• Lets the light (spectrum) linearly go

through.• Ensures a better adaptation of the

eye to variable lighting conditions.

APPLICATIONS:Activities outside and mechanical activities with risk of blinding.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170/EN 172

MARKING: 2C-3/5-3.1

VLT*: 16 %

SUNGLASSES EQUIVALENT: Shade 3

POLYCARBONATE:Yellow/amber (high definition lens)

FEATURES:• Protects against impact, UV, and

blue light (480 nm).• Provides greater contrast in poor

light.

APPLICATIONS:Surface-inspection, yacht, mechani-cal work, and UV light.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170/EN 172

MARKING: 2C-1.2, 2C-1.2/5-1.4

VLT*: 86%

* VLT - Visible Light Transmission

Page 49: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

48 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

62 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 63

3 3

Eye and face protection Eye and face protection

POLYCARBONATE:Green IR 1.7/3/5/7

FEATURES:Protects against impact, UV, and infrared rays and blinding caused by welding.

APPLICATIONS:IR 1.7: Visitors to welding areasIR 3: Soldering, cuttingIR 5: Autogenous welding, cuttingIR 7: Autogenous welding, soldering, and torch cutting

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 169

MARKING: 1.7/3/5/7

VLT*:IR 1.7: 45 %IR 3: 16 %IR 5: 2 %IR 7: 0.2 %

POLYCARBONATE:In/outdoor

FEATURES:• Protects against impact, UV, and

dazzling light.• For use in sunlight and poor light.• Shiny, reflective coating on the

outside of the lens.

APPLICATIONS:Fork lift truck drivers, work moving from indoors to outside.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170/EN 172

MARKING: 2C-1.7/5-1.7

VLT*: 55 %

SUNGLASSES EQUIVALENT: Shade 1

The innovative RX® coating technology provides the RX® safety glasses with superior resistance to scratches (outside), and fogging (inside).

Coatings that have the double-effect (anti-scratch and anti-fog are mixed in 1 coating and therefore attain only half the efficiency); the RX® coating is 100% effective. The 2 coatings are applied separately where the anti-scratch coating is applied exclusively on the outside, and the anti-fog exclusively on the inside.

Anti-scratch:

The treatment of the external surface of the lens with this coating forms a hard film which constitutes a barrier against superficial damage which obstructs the view. The RX® lenses are thus protected against scratches and wear caused by friction with hard particles and dusty surroun-dings.The RX® anti-scratch treatment is certified according the K requirements of the EN 166 standard.

Anti-fog:

The anti-fog treatment is a film with a thickness of a few microns which is applied to the entire inner surface of the lens. The chemical and physical characteristics of the coating prevent condensation because the coating absorbs the fog.The RX® anti-fog coating is permanent and is certified according to the N requirement of the EN 166 standard.

RX® COATING

HONEYWELL COATINGS

3A: Coating is anti-scratch, anti-static, and UV-resistant.

4A: Coating is anti-scratch, anti-static, anti-damp, and UV-resistant.

4A+: Coating is anti-scratch, anti-static, anti-condensation, and UV-resistant. Both sides of the lens are treated with an anti-damp coating.

PRESCRIPTION GLASSES

If you need prescription glasses, please contact your local ERIKS service centre for more information on the ERIKS range of prescription eyewear.

* VLT - Visible Light Transmission

Page 50: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 49

3

Eye and face protection

62 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 63

3 3

Eye and face protection Eye and face protection

POLYCARBONATE:Green IR 1.7/3/5/7

FEATURES:Protects against impact, UV, and infrared rays and blinding caused by welding.

APPLICATIONS:IR 1.7: Visitors to welding areasIR 3: Soldering, cuttingIR 5: Autogenous welding, cuttingIR 7: Autogenous welding, soldering, and torch cutting

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 169

MARKING: 1.7/3/5/7

VLT*:IR 1.7: 45 %IR 3: 16 %IR 5: 2 %IR 7: 0.2 %

POLYCARBONATE:In/outdoor

FEATURES:• Protects against impact, UV, and

dazzling light.• For use in sunlight and poor light.• Shiny, reflective coating on the

outside of the lens.

APPLICATIONS:Fork lift truck drivers, work moving from indoors to outside.

STANDARDS: EN 166/EN 170/EN 172

MARKING: 2C-1.7/5-1.7

VLT*: 55 %

SUNGLASSES EQUIVALENT: Shade 1

The innovative RX® coating technology provides the RX® safety glasses with superior resistance to scratches (outside), and fogging (inside).

Coatings that have the double-effect (anti-scratch and anti-fog are mixed in 1 coating and therefore attain only half the efficiency); the RX® coating is 100% effective. The 2 coatings are applied separately where the anti-scratch coating is applied exclusively on the outside, and the anti-fog exclusively on the inside.

Anti-scratch:

The treatment of the external surface of the lens with this coating forms a hard film which constitutes a barrier against superficial damage which obstructs the view. The RX® lenses are thus protected against scratches and wear caused by friction with hard particles and dusty surroun-dings.The RX® anti-scratch treatment is certified according the K requirements of the EN 166 standard.

Anti-fog:

The anti-fog treatment is a film with a thickness of a few microns which is applied to the entire inner surface of the lens. The chemical and physical characteristics of the coating prevent condensation because the coating absorbs the fog.The RX® anti-fog coating is permanent and is certified according to the N requirement of the EN 166 standard.

RX® COATING

HONEYWELL COATINGS

3A: Coating is anti-scratch, anti-static, and UV-resistant.

4A: Coating is anti-scratch, anti-static, anti-damp, and UV-resistant.

4A+: Coating is anti-scratch, anti-static, anti-condensation, and UV-resistant. Both sides of the lens are treated with an anti-damp coating.

PRESCRIPTION GLASSES

If you need prescription glasses, please contact your local ERIKS service centre for more information on the ERIKS range of prescription eyewear.

* VLT - Visible Light Transmission

Page 51: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

50 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

SAFETY SPECTACLES

RX® OPTIFLEX CFeatures & benefits:- Lightweight (31g), stylish design.- Perfect fit (comfortable, soft components for nose, ear and forehead).- Polycarbonate lens with unique RX® coatings.- Ventilating.- The safety glasses adapt themselves without adjustments to the contours of the

face.- Extremely flexible and unbreakable frame.- Impact test according to MIL-PRF-31013 standard (195-201 m/s).- Compliant with EN166 + EN170 standards.

Order reference LensPPE0100701 Clear - VX coating

RX® OPTIFLEX BFeatures & benefits:- Lightweight (31g), stylish design.- Perfect fit (comfortable, soft components for nose, ear and forehead).- Polycarbonate lens with unique RX® coatings.- The safety glasses adapt themselves without adjustments to the contours of the

face.- Extremely flexible and unbreakable frame.- Protection against impact, UV rays and beams of light.- The brown colour of the lens improves the adaptation of the eyes to variable

lighting conditions.- good colour recognition - TSR (Traffic Signal Recognition).- Compliant with EN166 + EN170 + EN172 standards.

Order reference LensPPE0100702 Smoke - RX coating

HONEYWELL TORNADO T5700- Nylon frame, lens pivoting system with Polycarbonate lens.- Curved extensible side-arms.- Frame black.- EN166 1F

Order reference LensPPE0013070 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013071 Smoke - 4A coating

HONEYWELL EDGE T5600- Sporty glasses, full frame.- Frame grey.- Extensible curved and straight enclosed side-arms- Revolutionary replacement Polycarbonate lens system.- EN166 1F

Order reference LensPPE0013072 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013073 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013074 Amber - 4A coating

Page 52: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 51

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL LIGHTNING T6500- Black frame with self-adjusting side-arms.- High base panoramic Polycarbonate lens.- Frame black- 2 size flexi-fit nose bridge included.- Prescription insert available.- EN166 1F

Order reference LensPPE0013075 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013076 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013077 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013078 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

HONEYWELL LIGHTNING PLUS- Bowed straight side-arms.- High base panoramic Polycarbonate lens- Frame black.- 2 size flexi-fit nose bridge included.- Prescription insert available.- EN166 1F

Order reference LensPPE0013079 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013080 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013081 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013082 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

HONEYWELL LIGHTNING HTA- Frameless, extensible black side-arms.- High base panoramic Polycarbonate lens.- Frame black.- Prescription insert available.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013083 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013084 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013085 Amber - 4A coating

HONEYWELL LIGHTNING METAL- Stainless steel frame silver, high base panoramic fixed lens.- Straight adjustable side-arms.- Prescription insert available.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013086 clear - 4A coatingPPE0013087 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013088 Amber - 4A coating

Page 53: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

52 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL SPARE LENS FOR LIGHTNING SERIES

Order reference LensPPE0013110 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013111 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013112 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013113 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

HONEYWELL N-VISION T5657- Full frame black with Polycarbonate lens.- Frame with regular curved and straight side-arms included.- 2 size flexi-fit nose bridge included.- Prescription insert available.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013089 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013090 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013091 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013092 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

HONEYWELL SPARE LENS FOR N-VISION SERIES

Order reference LensPPE0013114 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013115 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013116 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013117 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

HONEYWELL TACTILE T2400- Square shaped ultra lightweight Polycarbonate lens.- Soft touch black temples & nose bridge.- Frame black.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013097 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013098 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013099 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

HONEYWELL SLIMLINE T1300- Next generation lightweight Polycarbonate spectacle.- Soft touch PVC side-arms.- Frame clear.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013100 Clear - 4A coatingPPE0013101 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013102 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013103 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

Page 54: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 53

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL ADAPTEC- Safety glasses with polycarbonate frame black/red.- Available in 3 widths for a perfect fit.- Clear Polycarbonate Lens in a 4A + coating.-EN116 1F.

Order reference TypePPE0013140 NarrowPPE0013141 RegularPPE0013142 Wide

HONEYWELL GUNMETAL- Safety glasses with Polycarbonate frame, dark gray aluminum colour.- Clear Polycarbonate Lens with anti-fog coating.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013143 Clear

HONEYWELL MODEL XC- Blue frame with ventilation openings.- Lens coating anti-fog / anti-scratch.- Lens type TSR grey for use in sunlight.- EN116 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013144 ClearPPE0013145 Grey

HONEYWELL PROTEGÉ- Safety glasses with plastic frame black / orange.- Ultra lightweight 27g.- Lens in white and gray TSR with an anti scratch and anti-fog coating.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013148 ClearPPE0013149 GreyPPE0013150 Yellow

HONEYWELL A800- Sporty, wrap-around eyewear with unique, highly flexible side-arms for increased

tension control.- EN166 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013151 ClearPPE0013152 GreyPPE0013153 Silver

Page 55: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

54 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL SP1000- Modern design that can be worn with side-arms or headband.- Provides protection against impact, wind and dirt.- Ideal for environments with high levels of dust, such as grinding, cutting and

sanding.- EN 116 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013154 Clear

HONEYWELL VX-7 SPROGGLE- Elegant goggle/spectacle.- Lens pivoting system, “Rapid-Change” lens system.- Side-arms and strap included and packed in soft pouch.- Prescription Insert available.- EN116 1F.

Order reference LensPPE0013093 clear - 4A coatingPPE0013094 Smoke - 4A coatingPPE0013095 Amber - 4A coatingPPE0013096 In/Outdoor - 3A coating

RX® OPTIFLEX V- Polycarbonate lens.- Lightweight (43g) more comfortable to wear.- Side ventilation.- Fits over regular glasses without compromising comfort.

Order reference LensPPE0100703 Clear

POLYSAFE PLUS- Suitable for visitors, fits comfortably over prescription eyewear.- General use and protection against flying particles (45 m/s).- Application: grinding, milling, drilling.

Order reference LensPPE0013156 Clear

Page 56: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 55

3

Eye and face protection

GOGGLES

HONEYWELL OVERSPEC BLUE- Exceptional peripheral vision and eye area cover.- Customizable and flexible side-arms with wire core provide flexibility for a secure,

custom fit.

Order reference LensPPE0013155 Clear

RX® OPTIFLEX G- Lightweight (93g).- Ergonomically designed; 180° wide-vision goggles.- Highest optical quality lens Class 1.- CE approved, EN166 against splashes of chemical liquids, large dust particles,

molten metal.- Wide and fully adjustable elastic headband.- Indirect ventilation.- Anti-scratch and anti-fog coating.

Order reference LensPPE01007104 Clear

HONEYWELL DURAMAXX- Innovative goggle with high comfort, large panoramic field of vision and protection in a elegant, stylish design. Which can be worn over most prescription eyewear.- Combines modern design with superior lens coating (new Dura-streme coating).

Order reference LensPPE0013157 Clear

HONEYWELL V-MAXX- This sporty goggle with 180 ° field of view without distortion.- Swivel mounting mechanism for the headband.- Suitable for many applications, can be easily worn over prescription glasses and

with breathing protection.- The mounting mechanism facilitates the use with helmets.

Order reference LensPPE0013158 PolycarbonatePPE0013159 Acetate

HONEYWELL BIONIC SET- Enhanced protection for the crown and chin.- Easily replaceable Polycarbonate screen.- Comfortable fit with goggles or breathing protection.- Locking mechanism for greater security.- 100 % dielectric.

Order referencePPE0013160

Page 57: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

56 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

FACE SCREENS

HONEYWELL SUPERVIZOR HOLDER- SB600: browguard with ratchet headband- SA600: plastic safety helmet attachment

Order reference TypePPE0013161 SB600PPE0013162 SA660

HONEYWELL SUPERVIZOR SCREENSFor holder Supervisor:- SV9AC: clear acetate screen against chemicals.- SV9PC: screen in clear Polycarbonate, high impact resistance.- VS7: chin guard, fits both SV9 screens.

Order reference TypePPE0013163 SV9ACPPE0013164 SV9PCPPE0013165 VS7

HONEYWELL PERFORAMA NOVA- Lightweight 3-piece face shield.- Transparent top, chin and neck protection.- 17 cm screen in polycarbonate or cellulose propionate clear.- Ratchet adjustable headband.

Order reference TypePPE0013170 Clear Polycarbonate - 3A coatingPPE0013171 Clear Cellulose Propionate - 4A coating

SB600

SA660

VS7

Page 58: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 57

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL SCREEN FOR PERFORAMA NOVA

Order reference TypePPE0013177 Clear Polycarbonate - 3A coatingPPE0013178 Clear Cellulose Propionate - 4A coating

HONEYWELL CHINGUARD FOR PERFORAMA NOVA

Order reference TypePPE0013179 Clear PolycarbonatePPE0013180 Clear Cellulose Propionate

HONEYWELL TOPSCREEN FOR PERFORAMA NOVA

Order reference TypePPE0013181 Clear - PolycarbonatePPE0013182 Clear Cellulose Propionate

HONEYWELL PERFORAMA NOVA COMBI SAFE

Order reference TypePPE0013174 Polycarbonate - 3APPE0013175 Cellulose Propionate - 4A

HONEYWELL SCREEN FOR PERFORAMA NOVA COMBI SAFE

Order reference TypePPE0013190 Screen Clear PC - 3APPE0013191 Screen Clear Cellulose Propionate - 4A

Page 59: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

58 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

WELDING SHIELDS

3M SPEEDGLAS 9100V WITH SIDE WINDOWS- 3M Speedglas 9100V auto-darkening welding filter with excellent optical

performance with continuous protection against UV and infrared radiation.- Equipped with a heat reflective front and a better coverage of the neck, ears and

the side of the neck.- Size of the viewing area is 45 x 93 mm.

Order referencePPE0100051

3M SPEEDGLAS 9100X WITH SIDE WINDOWS- Auto-darkening welding filter with superior optical performance with continuous

protection against UV and infrared radiation.- Side exhaust vents.- Side window shades.- Size of the viewing area is 54 x 107 mm.

Order referencePPE0100052

3M SPEEDGLAS 9100XX WITH SIDE WINDOWS- Auto-darkening welding filter with superior optical performance with continuous

protection against UV and infrared radiation.- Side exhaust vents.- Side window shades.- Size of the viewing area is 73 x 93 mm.

Order referencePPE0100053

3M SPEEDGLAS SPEEDGLAS 100 WELDING FILTER.- Easy to use, switching automatic lite to dark with five adjustable dark shades 8-12.- Side exhaust vents.- Side window shades.- Delay function and a setting for tack welding.- Appropriate for most arc welding processes, incl. MMA,MIG/MAG and high amp

TIG welding above 20 ampere.- Size of the viewing area is 44x93 mm.

Order referencePPE0100054

Page 60: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 59

3

Eye and face protection

3M SPEEDGLAS SL WELDING HELMET - Super lightweight helmet equipped with the auto-darkening welding filter with five

variable dark shades 8-12.- Delay function and a setting for tack welding.- The SL Welding filter is suitable for manual metal arc (electrode), MIG / MAG and

TIG welding above 20 amperes.- Size of the viewing area 42 x 93 mm.- Grab and go auto-on function.- Total weight 360gsm.

Order referencePPE0100055

HONEYWELL TIGERHOODA welding helmet fitted with a flip-up welding window 50x108mm with glass DIN 10.

Order referencePPE0013603

HONEYWELL TIGERHOOD 2999A welding helmet with automatic welding lens 90x110 mm, DIN 3-10 or DIN 4-9/13.

Order reference TypePPE0013604 DIN 3-10PPE0013605 DIN 4/9-13

RX® OPTIFLEX WFeatures & benefits:- Lightweight (31g), stylish design.- Perfect fit (comfortable, soft components for nose, ear and forehead).- Polycarbonate lens with anti-fog and anti-scratch coating.- Ventilating.- The safety glasses adapt themselves without adjustments to the contours of the

face.- Extremely flexible and unbreakable frame.- Protection against impact, UV rays and beams.- Shade 5 lens for oxy-fuel welding and soldering.- Compliant with EN166 + EN169 standards.

Order reference LensPPE0100705 IR5

Page 61: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

60 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL AMIGO- Flip-up welding goggle.- Welding lens 50 mm, Xanthos 5.

Order reference LensPPE0013106 IR5

HONEYWELL XC- Blue frame with ventilation openings.- Lens coating anti-scratch.

Order reference LensPPE0013146 IR3PPE0013147 IR5

HONEYWELL VX-7 SPROGGLE IR3 AND IR5- Elegant goggle/spectacle.- Lens pivoting system, “Rapid-Change” lens system.- Frame grey.- Side-arms and strap included and packed in soft pouch.

Order reference LensPPE0013104 VX-7 with IR3 - 3A coatingPPE0013105 VX-7 with IR5 - 3A coatingPPE0013125 Spare lens IR3 - 3A coatingPPE0013126 Spare lens IR5 - 3A coating

HONEYWELL PROTA SHELL BABY- With fixed or flip-up glass holder 50x108mm, comes with welding lens DIN 10.- Adjustable headband with ratchet.

Order reference TypePPE0013601 FixedPPE0013602 Flip-up

HONEYWELL SHELLFOWelding shield light and comfortable with fixed glass holder 50x108 mm with welding glass DIN 10.

Order referencePPE0013600

Page 62: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 61

3

Eye and face protection

ACCESSORIES

HONEYWELL WRAP CASEVinyl hard case with belt loop, fits most prescription spectacles.

Order referencePPE0013127

HONEYWELL ETUI SPORTSemi-rigid vinyl case with belt clip and velcro fastening, suitable for most safety goggles.

Order referencePPE0013129

HONEYWELL ETUI SPORT IIHard vinyl case with zipper, suitable for most safety goggles.

Order referencePPE0013130

HONEYWELL SPECTACLE CASE LC PRO- Soft case with zipper for protection against scratches and loss.- Belt loop and carabiner.- Suitable for most safety eyewear.

Order referencePPE0013168

HONEYWELL SPECTACLE CASE LC EXTREME- Hard case with zipper for protection against scratches and loss.- Belt loop and carabiner.- Suitable for most safety eyewear.

Order referencePPE0013169

Page 63: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

62 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

3

Eye and face protection

HONEYWELL PULSAFE CLEAR- Alcohol and silcone free spray.- Kits includes 500ml spray and 1,500 lens cleaning tissues

Order reference TypePPE0013131 Spray 500mlPPE0013132 Set

STORAGE BOX FOR GOGGLESStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of safety goggles.Small: 23.6 x 12 x 12 cm.Multibox 4: 23.6 x 22.5 x 20 cm with space for 4 goggles.Multibox 12: 23.6 x 31.5 x 20 cm with space for12 goggles.

Order reference TypePPE0084752 SmallPPE0084753 Multi Box 4PPE0084754 Multi Box 12

SAFETY BOX FOR EYE AND EAR PROTECTIONStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of safety goggles and hearing protection.Large: 23.6 x 31.5 x 20 cm..

Order referencePPE0084761

Page 64: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 63

3

Eye and face protection

NOTES

Page 65: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

64 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

Fine particles, toxic gases, vapours, smoke or mist in the atmosphere are latent health hazards. In the short term, they can cause or worsen acute problems with your airways and in the long term they affect the lung function … and this canhave dire consequences of course.

By acting preventatively and providing employees with suitable respirators, a large part of the unhealthy effect can be eliminated.

However, correct use of these respirators is crucial. When the masks are not put on correctly or do not entirely correspond with the face profile, the necessary protection is insufficient or even non-existent. That is why ERIKS attaches so much importance to the correct use of the disposable masks.

A Fit Test will determine what type of mask is best suited to the wearer. It also trains the employee in how to fit a mask correctly.

*See page 68 for more information about Fit Testing, or contact your local ERIKS Service Centre.

Page 66: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 65

4

Resipratory protection

RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

Fine particles, toxic gases, vapours, smoke or mist in the atmosphere are latent health hazards. In the short term, they can cause or worsen acute problems with your airways and in the long term they affect the lung function … and this canhave dire consequences of course.

By acting preventatively and providing employees with suitable respirators, a large part of the unhealthy effect can be eliminated.

However, correct use of these respirators is crucial. When the masks are not put on correctly or do not entirely correspond with the face profile, the necessary protection is insufficient or even non-existent. That is why ERIKS attaches so much importance to the correct use of the disposable masks.

A Fit Test will determine what type of mask is best suited to the wearer. It also trains the employee in how to fit a mask correctly.

*See page 68 for more information about Fit Testing, or contact your local ERIKS Service Centre.

Page 67: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

66 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

86 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 87

4 4

Respiratory protection Respiratory protection

Dependent Independent

Dust masks Half and full face masks Motor-driven systems Breathing apparatus

Hood or mask connected to

compressed air system

Oxygen. A human being can’t do without it. Under certain working conditions this vital air becomes unhealthy and even (life-threateningly) hazardous to breathe. The air in a work environment is often visible, but just as often invisibile, polluted by dust particles, smoke, spray, gases and/or steam. Combinations of pollutants are also possible and it can be a question of oxygen displacement. In such risk environments preventative measures or protection of the airways is vital for the well-being of yourself and/or your employees. Respiratory protection can be differentiated as dependent and independent respiratory protection. Please ask your local ERIKS Service Centre for information on our range of powered air supply systems.

DISPOSABLE MASKSRESUABLE MASKSACCESSORIES

What is the OEL?

For each harmful substance there is an OEL (Occupational Exposure Limit) or threshold that indicates the maximum permissible concentration of gas or vapours in ml/m³, in ppm (parts permillion) of dust particles or of fibres in f/m³ (fibres per m³).The OEL values are adjusted regularly as part of the progress of scientific research. When this OEL value is exceeded, wearing respiratory protection is mandatory.

For a number of substances these values have been fixed at the European level. The remaining large portion is fixed nationally:

• Netherlands: WPG (Legal Public Threshold) and private thresholds• Belgium: BGW (Belgian Threshold)• France: VLEP (Value of Limit of Professional Exposure)• England: OEL (Occupational Exposure Limits)• Germany: AGW (Workplace Threshold)

Type Offers protection against NPF APF

FFP1 Inert dust and airborne particles.(Not against CMR substances )

4 4

FFP2 Harmful dust and airborne particles.(Not against CMR substances )

12 10

FFP3 Higher concentrations harmfuldust and airborne particles

50 20

The following extra encoding is possible:

D: Dolomite test: Dust masks that have undergone this test may be used during several shifts.

R/NR: Reusable / non-reusable: In case the mask has a complete face seal on the inside it may be cleaned and re-used.

V: Exhalation valve present

CMR substances - Carcinogenic Mutagenic Reprotoxic substances

CMR substances are carcinogenic mutagenic repro-toxic substances. More specifically, substances which on their own (carcinogenic substances) or in combination with other substances (mutagenic substances) can cause cancer. Repro-toxic substances can have a negative effect on fertility, but also cause damage during the development of the unborn child and result in congenital disorders.

NPF - Nominal Protection Factor

The theoretical protection level of a respirator is based on the performance measured during tests in laboratories. The NPF is calculated by the Total Inward Leakage (TIL), as specified in the EN in question, divided by 100. The maximum concentration of a substance in the air, against which a respirator offers protection, is calculated by multiplying this NPF with the limit (the limits are specified

in the lists published by the European authorities). The Nominal Protection Factor is a number denoting the level of minimal protection of the relevant type of mask. The higher the number, the better the protection.

APF - Assigned Protection Factor

Determined following practical tests in the workplace. Unsatisfactory maintenance, instruction, incorrect use, movement, etc. are taken into account. As specified in BS4275, APF is the level of protection, which can be realistically achieved for 95 % of trained and supervised users. For more information on workplace exposure limits, and to view the list of substances currently listed visit www.hse.gov.uk.

ERIKS does not merely help you with selecting your disposable mask, but also gives you more information as to how these high-quality products should be used in order to guarantee maximum protection.

Selection

An RX® disposable mask supplied by ERIKS protects against:

• Dust: Particles whether or not floating in the air (i.e caused solid materials are crushed).• Mist: Liquid particles floating in the air.• Fumes: Metal particles floating in the air resulting from a combustion process.

Warning:

Disposable masks should not be used in oxygen deficient atmospheres, or against harmful gases and vapours in concentrations exceeding the limit value.

Use

RX® dust masks are high-quality products and offer a high level of protection. However, correct use of the masks is crucial. Incorrect use and a bad fit do not achieve the desired results and can have dire consequences.

Hold the mask firmly and place the bottom headband over the head to the nape of the neck.

Place the mask under the chin, then over the nose, putting the top head band over the crownof the head.

Ensure a good fit by pulling back the side clips on the face and adjust comfort.

Ensure that the nose clip is moulded around the nose security.

SELECTION AND USE

Steps:

LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

Page 68: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 67

4

Resipratory protection

86 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 87

4 4

Respiratory protection Respiratory protection

Dependent Independent

Dust masks Half and full face masks Motor-driven systems Breathing apparatus

Hood or mask connected to

compressed air system

Oxygen. A human being can’t do without it. Under certain working conditions this vital air becomes unhealthy and even (life-threateningly) hazardous to breathe. The air in a work environment is often visible, but just as often invisibile, polluted by dust particles, smoke, spray, gases and/or steam. Combinations of pollutants are also possible and it can be a question of oxygen displacement. In such risk environments preventative measures or protection of the airways is vital for the well-being of yourself and/or your employees. Respiratory protection can be differentiated as dependent and independent respiratory protection. Please ask your local ERIKS Service Centre for information on our range of powered air supply systems.

DISPOSABLE MASKSRESUABLE MASKSACCESSORIES

What is the OEL?

For each harmful substance there is an OEL (Occupational Exposure Limit) or threshold that indicates the maximum permissible concentration of gas or vapours in ml/m³, in ppm (parts permillion) of dust particles or of fibres in f/m³ (fibres per m³).The OEL values are adjusted regularly as part of the progress of scientific research. When this OEL value is exceeded, wearing respiratory protection is mandatory.

For a number of substances these values have been fixed at the European level. The remaining large portion is fixed nationally:

• Netherlands: WPG (Legal Public Threshold) and private thresholds• Belgium: BGW (Belgian Threshold)• France: VLEP (Value of Limit of Professional Exposure)• England: OEL (Occupational Exposure Limits)• Germany: AGW (Workplace Threshold)

Type Offers protection against NPF APF

FFP1 Inert dust and airborne particles.(Not against CMR substances )

4 4

FFP2 Harmful dust and airborne particles.(Not against CMR substances )

12 10

FFP3 Higher concentrations harmfuldust and airborne particles

50 20

The following extra encoding is possible:

D: Dolomite test: Dust masks that have undergone this test may be used during several shifts.

R/NR: Reusable / non-reusable: In case the mask has a complete face seal on the inside it may be cleaned and re-used.

V: Exhalation valve present

CMR substances - Carcinogenic Mutagenic Reprotoxic substances

CMR substances are carcinogenic mutagenic repro-toxic substances. More specifically, substances which on their own (carcinogenic substances) or in combination with other substances (mutagenic substances) can cause cancer. Repro-toxic substances can have a negative effect on fertility, but also cause damage during the development of the unborn child and result in congenital disorders.

NPF - Nominal Protection Factor

The theoretical protection level of a respirator is based on the performance measured during tests in laboratories. The NPF is calculated by the Total Inward Leakage (TIL), as specified in the EN in question, divided by 100. The maximum concentration of a substance in the air, against which a respirator offers protection, is calculated by multiplying this NPF with the limit (the limits are specified

in the lists published by the European authorities). The Nominal Protection Factor is a number denoting the level of minimal protection of the relevant type of mask. The higher the number, the better the protection.

APF - Assigned Protection Factor

Determined following practical tests in the workplace. Unsatisfactory maintenance, instruction, incorrect use, movement, etc. are taken into account. As specified in BS4275, APF is the level of protection, which can be realistically achieved for 95 % of trained and supervised users. For more information on workplace exposure limits, and to view the list of substances currently listed visit www.hse.gov.uk.

ERIKS does not merely help you with selecting your disposable mask, but also gives you more information as to how these high-quality products should be used in order to guarantee maximum protection.

Selection

An RX® disposable mask supplied by ERIKS protects against:

• Dust: Particles whether or not floating in the air (i.e caused solid materials are crushed).• Mist: Liquid particles floating in the air.• Fumes: Metal particles floating in the air resulting from a combustion process.

Warning:

Disposable masks should not be used in oxygen deficient atmospheres, or against harmful gases and vapours in concentrations exceeding the limit value.

Use

RX® dust masks are high-quality products and offer a high level of protection. However, correct use of the masks is crucial. Incorrect use and a bad fit do not achieve the desired results and can have dire consequences.

Hold the mask firmly and place the bottom headband over the head to the nape of the neck.

Place the mask under the chin, then over the nose, putting the top head band over the crownof the head.

Ensure a good fit by pulling back the side clips on the face and adjust comfort.

Ensure that the nose clip is moulded around the nose security.

SELECTION AND USE

Steps:

LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

Page 69: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

68 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

88 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 89

4 4

Respiratory protection Respiratory protection

Why Fit Test?

Personal Protective Equipment offers protection against specific risks to the health and safety of employees. However, PPE can also expose the user to to risk through improper use, incorrect application, etc. The right choice of PPE and their correct use are therefore essential.

More than with gloves, footwear, or eye wear, the correct fit of respirator is critical for its effectiveness. A Fit Test includes training on how to fit a mask correctly to ensure a good face seal.

Use

A sweet or bitter solution is sprayed into the hood with an atomiser. If the wearer can taste the substance, he/she will be retested and adjustments will be made as long as the leak remains.The test has only been successful if the employee can no longer taste anything. The mask is then approved.

In addition, before and during the Fit Test, a step by step explanation is given of how the masks are used correctly to ensure optimum protection.

Please contact your local ERIKS Service Centre for more information.

FIT TESTING

These masks are used as protection against gases, vapours and dust particles.

The dust filters are indicated by the colour coding white and the letter P1, 2 or 3. These filters are only used as changeable filters in masks. The user can, therefore, depending on the type of dust, choose which type of filter he/she wants to insert into the mask.

The gas filters are classified according to the medium for which they are used:

Type Application Colour

A For organic gases and vapours with an evaporation point > 65 °C

AX For organic gases and vapours with an evaporation point < 65 °C

B For inorganic gases and vapours except CO

E For acidic gases and vapours and sulphur dioxide SO2

K For ammonia vapours and organic ammonia derivatives

NO For nitrous vapours

CO For carbon oxide

Hg For mercury vapours

Re Reactor filter

The filters A, B, E and K are again divided in classes as a function of their filter capacity:

Type Capacity

Class 1 Small capacity up to 1000 ppm

Class 2 Medium capacity up to 5000 ppm

Class 3 Greater capacity up to 10000 ppm

The different types of dust- and gas filters may be used together in combination filters.Should combination filters be used, then the protection time usually decreases.These filters contain all colours of the available separate filters.

A few examples:

Type Application Colour

A2B2 Organic and inorganic gases and vapours class 2

B2P2 Inorganic gases and vapours class 2 and particle filter P2

K3P3 Ammonia gases and vapours class 3 and particle filter P3

ABEK2P3 Organic, inorganic and acid gases and vapours class 1, ammonia class 2 and particle filter P3.

HALF AND FULL FACE MASKS WITH REPLACEABLE FILTERS

Page 70: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 69

4

Resipratory protection

88 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 89

4 4

Respiratory protection Respiratory protection

Why Fit Test?

Personal Protective Equipment offers protection against specific risks to the health and safety of employees. However, PPE can also expose the user to to risk through improper use, incorrect application, etc. The right choice of PPE and their correct use are therefore essential.

More than with gloves, footwear, or eye wear, the correct fit of respirator is critical for its effectiveness. A Fit Test includes training on how to fit a mask correctly to ensure a good face seal.

Use

A sweet or bitter solution is sprayed into the hood with an atomiser. If the wearer can taste the substance, he/she will be retested and adjustments will be made as long as the leak remains.The test has only been successful if the employee can no longer taste anything. The mask is then approved.

In addition, before and during the Fit Test, a step by step explanation is given of how the masks are used correctly to ensure optimum protection.

Please contact your local ERIKS Service Centre for more information.

FIT TESTING

These masks are used as protection against gases, vapours and dust particles.

The dust filters are indicated by the colour coding white and the letter P1, 2 or 3. These filters are only used as changeable filters in masks. The user can, therefore, depending on the type of dust, choose which type of filter he/she wants to insert into the mask.

The gas filters are classified according to the medium for which they are used:

Type Application Colour

A For organic gases and vapours with an evaporation point > 65 °C

AX For organic gases and vapours with an evaporation point < 65 °C

B For inorganic gases and vapours except CO

E For acidic gases and vapours and sulphur dioxide SO2

K For ammonia vapours and organic ammonia derivatives

NO For nitrous vapours

CO For carbon oxide

Hg For mercury vapours

Re Reactor filter

The filters A, B, E and K are again divided in classes as a function of their filter capacity:

Type Capacity

Class 1 Small capacity up to 1000 ppm

Class 2 Medium capacity up to 5000 ppm

Class 3 Greater capacity up to 10000 ppm

The different types of dust- and gas filters may be used together in combination filters.Should combination filters be used, then the protection time usually decreases.These filters contain all colours of the available separate filters.

A few examples:

Type Application Colour

A2B2 Organic and inorganic gases and vapours class 2

B2P2 Inorganic gases and vapours class 2 and particle filter P2

K3P3 Ammonia gases and vapours class 3 and particle filter P3

ABEK2P3 Organic, inorganic and acid gases and vapours class 1, ammonia class 2 and particle filter P3.

HALF AND FULL FACE MASKS WITH REPLACEABLE FILTERS

Page 71: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

70 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

DISPOSABLE MASKS

RX® FLAT-FOLD DISPOSABLE MASK FFP1- Lightweight P1: 2g.- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Individually packed complete with instructions for use.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 4, APF: 4.

Order reference PackagePPE0100706 20 pcs

RX® FLAT-FOLD DISPOSABLE MASK FFP2- Lightweight P2: 3g.- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Individually packed complete with instructions for use.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 12, APF: 10.

Order reference PackagePPE0100707 20 pcs

RX® FLAT-FOLD DISPOSABLE MASK FFP1/V- Lightweight P1V: 2g.- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Respiratory valve for comfortable breathing.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Individually packed complete with instructions for use.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 4, APF: 4.

Order reference PackagePPE0100708 10 pcs

RX® FLAT-FOLD DISPOSABLE MASK FFP2/V- Lightweight P2V: 3g.- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Respiratory valve for comfortable breathing.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Individually packed complete with instructions for use.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 12, APF: 10.

Order reference PackagePPE0100709 10 pcs

Page 72: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 71

4

Resipratory protection

RX® FLAT-FOLD DISPOSABLE MASK FFP3/V- Lightweight P3V: 4g.- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Respiratory valve for comfortable breathing.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Individually packed complete with instructions for use.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 50, APF: 20.

Order reference PackagePPE0100710 10 pcs

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) DISPOSABLE MASKS FFP1- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 4, APF: 4.

Order reference PackagePPE0100711 20 pcs

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) DISPOSABLE MASKS FFP2- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 12, APF: 10.

Order reference PackagePPE0100712 20 pcs

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) DISPOSABLE MASKS FFP1/V- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- Exhalation Valve added for easier breathing.- NPF: 4, APF: 4.

Order reference PackagePPE0100713 10 pcs

Page 73: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

72 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) DISPOSABLE MASKS FFP2/V- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- Exhalation Valve added for easier breathing.- NPF: 12, APF: 10.

Order reference PackagePPE0100714 10 pcs

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) DISPOSABLE MASKS FFP3/V- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Ergonomically shaped and adjustable headband for an individual fit.- Adjustable nose clip to ensure good seal around nose.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- Exhalation Valve added for easier breathing.- NPF: 50, APF: 20.

Order reference PackagePPE0100715 5 pcs

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) AND REINFORCED DISPOSABLE MASK FFP2- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Reinforced net keeps the mask in its original form making it last longer.

Particularly suitable during hot and humid conditions.- The valve cover protects the valve avoiding mechanical damage.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- NPF: 12, APF: 10.

Order reference PackagePPE0100716 10 pcs

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) AND REINFORCED DISPOSABLE MASK FFP2/V- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Reinforced net keeps the mask in its original form making it last longer.

Particularly suitable during hot and humid conditions.- The valve cover protects the valve avoiding mechanical damage.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- Exhalation Valve added for easier breathing.- NPF: 12, APF: 10.

Order reference PackagePPE0100717 10 pcs

Page 74: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 73

4

Resipratory protection

RX® PRE-FORMED (CUPPED) AND REINFORCED DISPOSABLE MASK FFP3/V- Multi layered filter medium electrostatically charged.- Reinforced net keeps the mask in its original form making it last longer.

Particularly suitable during hot and humid conditions.- The valve cover protects the valve avoiding mechanical damage.- Ergonomically shaped for comfort and ease of use.- Adjustable head straps to provide individual fit.- Conforms to the European approved standard EN149:2001+A1:2009NR.- Non-allergenic.- Exhalation Valve added for easier breathing.- NPF: 50, APF: 20.

Order reference PackagePPE0100718 5 pcs

3M AURA 9310+ PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- Foldable, easy to store.- The 3M low breathing resistance filter technology provides efficient filtration with

low breathing resistance for consistent high-quality performance.- The pre-shaped nose section moulds around the contours of the nose and face.- Large soft nose foam for comfort against the skin.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052100 20 pcs

3M AURA 9312+ PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- Foldable, easy to store.- The 3M low breathing resistance filter technology provides efficient filtration with

low breathing resistance for consistent high-quality performance.- The pre-shaped nose section moulds around the contours of the nose and face.- Large soft nose foam for comfort against the skin.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052101 10 pcs

3M AURA 9320+ PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP2 NR D- Foldable, easy to store.- The 3M low breathing resistance filter technology provides efficient filtration with

low breathing resistance for consistent high-quality performance.- The pre-shaped nose section moulds around the contours of the nose and face.- Large soft nose foam for comfort against the skin.- Offers protection up to APF10 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052102 20 pcs

Page 75: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

74 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

3M AURA 9322+ PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP2 NR D- Foldable, easy to store.- The 3M low breathing resistance filter technology provides efficient filtration with

low breathing resistance for consistent high-quality performance.- The pre-shaped nose section moulds around the contours of the nose and face.- Large soft nose foam for comfort against the skin.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052103 10 pcs

3M AURA 9332+ PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP3 NR D- Foldable, easy to store.- The 3M low breathing resistance filter technology provides efficient filtration with

low breathing resistance for consistent high-quality performance.- The pre-shaped nose section moulds around the contours of the nose and face.- Large soft nose foam for comfort against the skin.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Offers protection up to APF20 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052105 10 pcs

3M 8310 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- M-shaped noseclip for easy moulding around the nose.- Robust outer shell for added durability.- Braided colour-coded headbands for easy protection level identification.- Soft, textured edge for comfortable and secure fit.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052106 10 pcs

3M 8312 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- M-shaped noseclip for easy moulding around the nose.- Robust outer shell for added durability.- Braided colour-coded headbands for easy protection level identification.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Soft, textured edge for comfortable and secure fit.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052107 10 pcs

Page 76: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 75

4

Resipratory protection

3M 8320 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP2 NR D- M-shaped noseclip for easy moulding around the nose.- Robust outer shell for added durability.- Braided colour-coded headbands for easy protection level identification.- Soft, textured edge for comfortable and secure fit.- Offers protection up to APF10 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052108 10 pcs

3M 8322 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP2 NR D- M-shaped noseclip for easy moulding around the nose.- Robust outer shell for added durability.- Braided colour-coded headbands for easy protection level identification.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Soft, textured edge for comfortable and secure fit.- Offers protection up to APF10 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052109 10 pcs

3M 8833 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP3 R D- M-shaped noseclip for easy moulding around the nose.- Robust outer shell for added durability.- Braided colour-coded headbands for easy protection level identification.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Soft, textured edge for comfortable and secure fit.- Offers protection up to APF20 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052110 5 pcs

3M 9913 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- Protection against organic vapour below APF the shape.- The design with two straps, the foam nose seal and aluminium noseclip guarantee

a good seal for most face shapes and sizes.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052111 20 pcs

Page 77: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

76 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

3M 9915 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- Protection against acid gasses including hydrogen fluoride, sulphur dioxide and

chlorine below APF.- The design with two straps, the foam nose seal and aluminium noseclip guarantee

a good seal for most face shapes and sizes.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052112 20 pcs

3M 9925 WELDING FUME RESPIRATOR FFP2 NR D- Specifically designed to provide protection against welding fumes.- An active carbon layer filterS out the ozone generated during MIG, TIG and ARC

welding operations.- The specially treated outer shell offers increased flame retardancy.- The lightweight mask offers efficient, comfortable and hygienic protection against

fine dusts, mists and metal fumes (including welding smoke).- 4-point adjustable headbands and adjustable noseclip.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Offers protection up to APF10 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052113 10 pcs

3M 9928 PREMIUM WELDING FUME RESPIRATOR FFP2 R D- Specifically designed to provide protection against welding fumes.- An active carbon layer filters out the ozone generated during MIG, TIG and ARC

welding operations.- The specially treated outer shell offers increased flame retardancy.- The lightweight mask offers efficient, comfortable and hygienic protection against

fine dusts, mists and metal fumes (including welding smoke).- 4-point adjustable headbands and adjustable noseclip.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Soft sealing face ring for added comfort.- Offers protection up to APF10 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052114 10 pcs

Page 78: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 77

4

Resipratory protection

3M 8710 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- Cup-shaped model.- The convex shape, the twin strap design, the nose cushion and the aluminium

noseclip guarantee a good seal for most face shapes.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052115 20 pcs

3M 8812 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP1 NR D- Cup-shaped model.- The convex shape, the twin strap design, the nose cushion and the aluminium

noseclip guarantee a good seal for most face shapes.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Offers protection up to APF4 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052116 10 pcs

3M 8825 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP2 R D- Four-point adjustable straps and adjustable noseclip ensure a comfortable good

seal and fit very comfortable because it has a soft facepiece.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Offers protection up to APF10 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052117 5 pcs

3M 8835 PARTICULATE RESPIRATOR FFP3 R D- Robust shell and cup design wirh soft inner faceseal.- Efficient filtration combined with a low breathing resistance.- The 3M Cool Flow Valve is designed to release your exhaled breath for greater

comfort in hot, humid environments.- Adjustable braided straps ensure an improved fit.- Offers protection up to APF20 for particulates.

Order reference PackagePPE0052118 5 pcs

Page 79: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

78 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

HALF AND FULL FACE RESPIRATORS

3M 4251 HALF FACE MASK RESPIRATOR FFA1P2D- The 4000 series are designed for effective and comfortable protection against a

combination of many gasses, vapours and particulate hazards.- Soft hypoallergenic material with textured faceseal.- Central position of exhalation valve for efficient removal of moisture and heat.- Adjustable head cradle and neckbands.- Supplied with resealable storage bag.

Order reference PackagePPE0052119 1 pc

3M 4255 HALF FACE MASK RESPIRATOR FFA2P3D- The 4000 series are designed for effective and comfortable protection against a

combination of many gasses, vapours and particulate hazards.- Soft hypoallergenic material with textured faceseal.- Central position of exhalation valve for efficient removal of moisture and heat.- Adjustable head cradle and neckbands.- Supplied with resealable storage bag.

Order reference PackagePPE0052120 1 pc

3M 4277 HALF FACE MASK RESPIRATOR FFABE1P3D- The 3M 4000 series are designed for effective and comfortable protection against

a combination of many gasses, vapours and particulate hazards.- Soft hypoallergenic material with textured faceseal.- Central position of exhalation valve for efficient removal of moisture and heat.- Adjustable head cradle and neckbands.- Supplied with resealable storage bag.

Order reference PackagePPE0052121 1 pc

3M 4279 HALF FACE MASK RESPIRATOR FFABEK1P3D- The 4000 series are designed for effective and comfortable protection against a

combination of many gasses, vapours and particulate hazards.- Soft hypoallergenic material with textured faceseal.- Central position of exhalation valve for efficient removal of moisture and heat.- Adjustable head cradle and neckbands.- Supplied with resealable storage bag.

Order reference PackagePPE0052122 1 pc

Page 80: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 79

4

Resipratory protection

3M 6000 REUSABLE HALF FACE MASK RESPIRATOR- The 6000 reusable half-face respiratory masks are economical, low-maintenance,

simple to handle and lightweight.- The backwards facing bayonet click fit attachment system ensures a safe, secure

fit and allows connection to a broad range of twin filters to protect the user against gasses, vapours and particulates depending on individual needs.

- Soft facepiece of elastomeric material.- V-shaped suspension for good fit and comfort.- Filters fitted on both sides give a more balanced feeling and an improved field of

vision.- Available in three sizes S, M and L with a variety of colours.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0052124 S: type 6100 1 pcPPE0052125 M: type 6200 1 pcPPE0052126 L: type 6300 1 pc

3M 7500 SERIES HALF FACE MASK RESPIRATOR- The 3M cool flow exhalation valve provides increased durability and is easy to

keep clean. The reduced breathing resistance helps present the buildup of heat in the mask and increases your comfort.

- Equipped with the bayonet click fit attachment system that offers a broad range of twin filters to protect against gasses, vapours and particulates also suitable for use with 3M Supplied-Air Systems.

- Special thin nose bridge that improves flexibility and reduces pressure on the nose.

- Head harness reduces pressure on the back of the head and reduces pressure on the face.

- Soft, pliable silicone faceseal filters fitted on both sides give a more balanced feeling and an improved field of vision.

- Available in three sizes S, M and L.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0052127 S: type 7501 1 pcPPE0052128 M: type 7502 1 pcPPE0052129 L: type 7503 1 pc

3M 6000 SERIES FULL FACE MASK RESPIRATOR- Full face mask in silicone rubber for filters with bayonet coupling.- The 3M coolflow exhalation allows exhaled air to escape quickly and easily for improved wearer comfort.- Extremely lightweight 450g (without filters)- Polycarbonate lkens to EN166:B- Speech transition zone- Wide field of vision- Available in three sizes S, M and L.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0052150 S: type 6700 1 pcPPE0052151 M: type 6800 1 pcPPE0052152 L: type 6900 1 pc

Page 81: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

80 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

4

Resipratory protection

SPARE FILTERS

3M GAS AND VAPOUR FILTERS - Lightweight and low breathing resistance.- Excellent vision due to unique trapezium shape.- Bayonet click attachment system for precise and more secure locking.- All filters in the 3M 6000 series may be used in combination with particulate filters

in the 3M 5000 series, provided that a 3M 501 filter cover is used. Filter 6051: A1 protects against organic vapours and gasses (with boiling point above 65ºC). Filter 6054: K1 protects against ammonia and ammonia derivatives. Filter 6055: A2 protects against organic vapours and gasses (with boiling point above 65ºC). Filter 6057: ABE1 protects against organic vapours, inorganic and acid vapours. Filter 6059: ABEK1 protects against organic vapours, inorganic and acid gasses, ammonia and ammonia derivatives. Filter 6075: A1+Formaldehyde protects against organic vapours and formaldehyde vapours. Filter 6096: HgP3R protects against vapours and mercury particles. Filter 6098: AXP3R protects against monocomponent organic vapours (with boiling point below 65ºC) and particles (only to be used with full face mask). Filter 6099: ABEK2P3 protects against organic vapours, inorganic and acid gasses, ammonia, derivates and particulates (only to be used with full face mask).

Order reference Type PackagePPE0052133 6051 1x2 pcsPPE0052134 6054 1x2 pcsPPE0052135 6055 1x2 pcsPPE0052136 6057 1x2 pcsPPE0052137 6059 1x2 pcsPPE0052138 6075 1x2 pcsPPE0052139 6096 1x2 pcsPPE0052140 6098 1x2 pcsPPE0052141 6099 1x2 pcs

3M DUST PRE- FILTER FOR MASK 6000/7000 SERIESTo combine with gas filters of the 6000/7000 series for the half and full face masks.3M 5911 dust filter P1.3M 5925 dust filter P2.3M 5935 dust filter P3.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0052153 5911 1x30 pcsPPE0052154 5925 1x20 pcsPPE0052155 5935 1x20 pcs

6051

6099

Page 82: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 81

4

Resipratory protection

ACCESSORIES

3M 5000 SERIES PRE-FILTER HOLDER- Pre-filter holder against particulates.- For use in combination with gas and vapour filters.

Order reference PackagePPE0052132 1x2

3M DUST FILTER WITH BAYONET FITTING FOR 6000/7000 SERIES

Order reference Type PackagePPE0052156 2125 P2 particulate 1x2 pcsPPE0052157 2128 P2 particulate and nuisance levels

of organic vapours and gases1x2 pcs

PPE0052158 2135 P3 particulate 1x2 pcsPPE0052159 2138 P3 particulate and nuisance levels

of organic vapours and acid gases1x2 pcs

HONEYWELL EVAMASQUE ESCAPEMASK - Integrated ABEK filter offers 15 minutes protection against different gases and

vapors.- Light weight, compact, resistant and easy to use.- Equiped with clearly visible safety seal- Unit can be overhauled easily by changing filter and resealing housing

Order reference PackagePPE0013135 1 pc

3M 0105 MASK CLEANER- Moist wipes to clean and freshen up the respirator without damaging it. Wipes packaged individually.

Order reference PackagePPE0052123 40 pcs

STORAGE BOX FOR BREATHING PROTECTIONStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of safety masksMedium: 23.6 x 22.5 x 12.5 cm.Large: 23.6 x 31.5 x 20 cm.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0084756 Medium 1 pcPPE0084757 Large 1 pc

Page 83: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

82 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

Why hand protection?

The hand is a complex body part and contains an ingenious network of nerves andtendons that allow us to execute the most ordinary up to very complex motormovements.

During every day activities all parts of the hand are exposed to risks such as cutsand burns, chemicals, etc. Most accidents involving injury to the hands happen inthe workplace. Without adequate protection, both small and big injuries can have aserious impact, both professionally and socially.

Attention to the various dangers in the workplace and the provision of the right glovefor the different applications helps reduce risks to a minimum. The selection of theright glove provides effective protection and unhindered execution of activities. Thiswill result in reduced accidents, reduced sickness, reduced litigation, and increasedproduction.

HAND PROTECTION

Page 84: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 83

5

Hand and arm protection

Why hand protection?

The hand is a complex body part and contains an ingenious network of nerves andtendons that allow us to execute the most ordinary up to very complex motormovements.

During every day activities all parts of the hand are exposed to risks such as cutsand burns, chemicals, etc. Most accidents involving injury to the hands happen inthe workplace. Without adequate protection, both small and big injuries can have aserious impact, both professionally and socially.

Attention to the various dangers in the workplace and the provision of the right glovefor the different applications helps reduce risks to a minimum. The selection of theright glove provides effective protection and unhindered execution of activities. Thiswill result in reduced accidents, reduced sickness, reduced litigation, and increasedproduction.

HAND PROTECTION

Page 85: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

84 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

110 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 111

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 420: 2003General requirements for protective gloves.

LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

SCOPEThis standard defines the general requirements for glove design and construction, innocuousness, comfort and efficiency, marking and information applicable to all protective gloves. This standard can also apply to arm guards..All gloves are divided into 3 categories by the European guideline 89/686/EEC:

Category 1:Gloves of simple design – exclusively for minimum risks.For gloves of simple design that offer protection against limited risks, such as household gloves, the manufacturers themselves are allowed to test and certify the gloves.

Category 2:Gloves of intermediate design – for intermediate risks.These gloves, such as, e.g., for general manipulative techniques with good cut-, perforation- and abrasive resistance, must be tested and certified by an approved inspection organisation. These gloves may not be sold without the CE-marking.

Category 3:Gloves of complex design – for irreversible or fatal risks.These gloves that have been designed to provide protection against the greatest risks, e.g., chemicals, must also be tested and certified by an approved inspection organisation. In addition, the system for quality control that the manufactu-rer uses to guarantee the uniformity of the production, must be inspected separately. The organisation that carries out this inspection is identified by a number that must be mentioned next to the CE marking.

DEFINITIONA glove is an item of personal protective equipment which protects the hand or any part of the hand from hazards. It may also cover part of the forearm and arm.

A performance level is a number (between 0 and 4) which shows how a glove has performed in a specific test, and by which the results of that testing may be graded. Level 0 indicates that the glove is either untested or falls below the minimum performance level. A performance level X means that the test method is not suitable for the glove sample. Higher numbers indicate higher levels of performance.

REQUIREMENTS Glove construction and design • Gloves have to offer the greatest possible degree of protection in the foreseeable conditions of end use. • When seams are included, the strength of these seams should not reduce the overall performance of the glove.

Innocuousness • The gloves themselves shouldn’t cause any harm to the user. • The pH of the glove should be between 3.5 and 9.5. • Chromium (VI) content should be below detection (< 3 ppm). • Natural rubber gloves shall be tested on extractable proteins as per EN 455-3.

As many working tools as we may have at our disposal, our arms and hands still make up the most important, essential working tool that allows us to handle every other tool.Therefore, our arms and hands deserve the correct protection.

MAKE THE RIGHT CHOICE

The assortment of gloves is very wide and for each application there is a specific glove. It is an art to make the right selection from this wide range. A selection that is both applications orientated as well as commercially justifiable.

The material, from which the glove is made, plays an essential part in the determination of the possible applications.

The comfort of the user is in this case also decisive because certain materials are, after all, better suited for finer work and other materials offer better protection.

In this catalogue the arm- and hand protection devices are subdivided into the following types:

PRECISION HANDLING / GENERAL USECUT RESISTANTCHEMICAL RESISTANTHEAT RESISTANT ANTIVIBRATION, SHOCK RESISTANT COLD INSULATINGWELDINGSPECIAL USELEATHERCOTTONPVCDISPOSABLESACCESSORIES

Page 86: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 85

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

110 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 111

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 420: 2003General requirements for protective gloves.

LEGISLATION AND REGULATIONS

SCOPEThis standard defines the general requirements for glove design and construction, innocuousness, comfort and efficiency, marking and information applicable to all protective gloves. This standard can also apply to arm guards..All gloves are divided into 3 categories by the European guideline 89/686/EEC:

Category 1:Gloves of simple design – exclusively for minimum risks.For gloves of simple design that offer protection against limited risks, such as household gloves, the manufacturers themselves are allowed to test and certify the gloves.

Category 2:Gloves of intermediate design – for intermediate risks.These gloves, such as, e.g., for general manipulative techniques with good cut-, perforation- and abrasive resistance, must be tested and certified by an approved inspection organisation. These gloves may not be sold without the CE-marking.

Category 3:Gloves of complex design – for irreversible or fatal risks.These gloves that have been designed to provide protection against the greatest risks, e.g., chemicals, must also be tested and certified by an approved inspection organisation. In addition, the system for quality control that the manufactu-rer uses to guarantee the uniformity of the production, must be inspected separately. The organisation that carries out this inspection is identified by a number that must be mentioned next to the CE marking.

DEFINITIONA glove is an item of personal protective equipment which protects the hand or any part of the hand from hazards. It may also cover part of the forearm and arm.

A performance level is a number (between 0 and 4) which shows how a glove has performed in a specific test, and by which the results of that testing may be graded. Level 0 indicates that the glove is either untested or falls below the minimum performance level. A performance level X means that the test method is not suitable for the glove sample. Higher numbers indicate higher levels of performance.

REQUIREMENTS Glove construction and design • Gloves have to offer the greatest possible degree of protection in the foreseeable conditions of end use. • When seams are included, the strength of these seams should not reduce the overall performance of the glove.

Innocuousness • The gloves themselves shouldn’t cause any harm to the user. • The pH of the glove should be between 3.5 and 9.5. • Chromium (VI) content should be below detection (< 3 ppm). • Natural rubber gloves shall be tested on extractable proteins as per EN 455-3.

As many working tools as we may have at our disposal, our arms and hands still make up the most important, essential working tool that allows us to handle every other tool.Therefore, our arms and hands deserve the correct protection.

MAKE THE RIGHT CHOICE

The assortment of gloves is very wide and for each application there is a specific glove. It is an art to make the right selection from this wide range. A selection that is both applications orientated as well as commercially justifiable.

The material, from which the glove is made, plays an essential part in the determination of the possible applications.

The comfort of the user is in this case also decisive because certain materials are, after all, better suited for finer work and other materials offer better protection.

In this catalogue the arm- and hand protection devices are subdivided into the following types:

PRECISION HANDLING / GENERAL USECUT RESISTANTCHEMICAL RESISTANTHEAT RESISTANT ANTIVIBRATION, SHOCK RESISTANT COLD INSULATINGWELDINGSPECIAL USELEATHERCOTTONPVCDISPOSABLESACCESSORIES

Page 87: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

86 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

112 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 113

Hand protection Hand protection

Cleaning instructions • If care instructions are provided, the levels of performance should not be reduced after the maximum recommended number of cleaning cycles.

Electrostatic properties • Antistatic gloves that are designed to reduce the risk of electrostatic discharges shall be tested as per EN 1149. • Obtained test values are to be reported on the instructions for use. • An electrostatic pictogram shall NOT be used.

Sizing • Gloves that are below the minimum length are to be called ‘Fit for Special Purpose’.

Dexterity • If required, performance to be graded as per table below.

Water vapour transmission and absorption • If required, gloves shall allow water vapour transmission (5 mg/cm2). • If gloves exclude water vapour transmission, it should be at least 8 mg/cm2 for 8 hours.

SIZING OF GLOVES

Glove size Fits handsize

HandCircumference/

length (mm)Minimum lengthof the glove (mm)

6 6 152/160 220

7 7 178/171 230

8 8 203/182 240

9 9 229/192 250

10 10 254/204 260

11 11 279/215 270

GLOVE DEXTERITY

Performancelevel

Smallest diameter*

1 11.0

2 9.5

3 8.0

4 6.5

5 5.0

*Pin that can be picked up with gloved hand 3 times / 30 seconds (mm)

Marking of the packaging immediately containing the gloves: • Name and address of the manufacturer or representative.. • Glove and size designation. • CE mark • Usage info - Simple design: For minimal risks only. - Intermediate design or complex design: Relevant pictograms. • When protection is limited to part of the hand, this shall be mentioned. • Reference to where information can be obtained.

XXXX

NAMECODESIZE

XXXX

Relevant Pictograms

Rating

Notifi ed Body Number

CE Mark

Product Name

ERIKS Part Number

Size of Glove

Logo

Marking & informationMarking of the glove:• Each glove should be marked with:

- Name of manufacturer.- Glove and size designation- CE mark- Appropriate pictograms accompanied

by the relevant performance levels and the reference of the EN standard.

• The marking should be legible throughout the life of the glove. Where marking of the glove is not possible in view of the characteristics of the glove, it should be mentioned on the first packaging enclosure.

Page 88: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 87

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

112 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 113

Hand protection Hand protection

Cleaning instructions • If care instructions are provided, the levels of performance should not be reduced after the maximum recommended number of cleaning cycles.

Electrostatic properties • Antistatic gloves that are designed to reduce the risk of electrostatic discharges shall be tested as per EN 1149. • Obtained test values are to be reported on the instructions for use. • An electrostatic pictogram shall NOT be used.

Sizing • Gloves that are below the minimum length are to be called ‘Fit for Special Purpose’.

Dexterity • If required, performance to be graded as per table below.

Water vapour transmission and absorption • If required, gloves shall allow water vapour transmission (5 mg/cm2). • If gloves exclude water vapour transmission, it should be at least 8 mg/cm2 for 8 hours.

SIZING OF GLOVES

Glove size Fits handsize

HandCircumference/

length (mm)Minimum lengthof the glove (mm)

6 6 152/160 220

7 7 178/171 230

8 8 203/182 240

9 9 229/192 250

10 10 254/204 260

11 11 279/215 270

GLOVE DEXTERITY

Performancelevel

Smallest diameter*

1 11.0

2 9.5

3 8.0

4 6.5

5 5.0

*Pin that can be picked up with gloved hand 3 times / 30 seconds (mm)

Marking of the packaging immediately containing the gloves: • Name and address of the manufacturer or representative.. • Glove and size designation. • CE mark • Usage info - Simple design: For minimal risks only. - Intermediate design or complex design: Relevant pictograms. • When protection is limited to part of the hand, this shall be mentioned. • Reference to where information can be obtained.

XXXX

NAMECODESIZE

XXXX

Relevant Pictograms

Rating

Notifi ed Body Number

CE Mark

Product Name

ERIKS Part Number

Size of Glove

Logo

Marking & informationMarking of the glove:• Each glove should be marked with:

- Name of manufacturer.- Glove and size designation- CE mark- Appropriate pictograms accompanied

by the relevant performance levels and the reference of the EN standard.

• The marking should be legible throughout the life of the glove. Where marking of the glove is not possible in view of the characteristics of the glove, it should be mentioned on the first packaging enclosure.

Page 89: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

88 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

114 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 115

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 374: 2003Gloves giving protection from chemicals and micro-organisms.

SCOPEThis standard specifies the capability of gloves to protect the user against chemicals and/or microorganisms.

DEFINITIONPenetrationPenetration is the movement of a chemical and/or micro-organism through porous materials, seams,pinholes or other imperfections in a protective glove material at a non-molecular level.

PermeationThe rubber and plastic films in gloves do not always act as barriers to liquids. Sometimes they can act as sponges, soaking up the liquids and holding them against the skin. It is therefore necessary to measure breakthrough times, or the time taken for the hazardous liquid to come in contact with the skin.

REQUIREMENTS • The minimum liquid-proof section of the glove shall be at least equal to the minimum length of the gloves specified in EN 420.

• Penetration: A glove shall not leak when tested with an air and water leak test, and shall be tested and inspected in compliance with the acceptable quality level.

Performance level Acceptable quality level unit Inspection levels

Level 3 < 0.65 G1

Level 2 < 1.5 G1

Level 1 < 4.0 S4

WARNINGThe chemical data information does not necessarily reflect the actual duration in the workplace.

• The ‘chemical resistant’ glove pictogram must be accompanied by a minimum 3-digit code. This code refers to the code letters of the chemicals (from a list of 12 standard defined chemicals), for which a breakthrough time of at least 30 minutes has been obtained.

• Permeation: Each chemical tested is classified in terms of breakthrough time (performance level 0 to 6).

• The ‘low chemical resistant’ or ‘waterproof’ glove pictogram is to be used for those gloves that do not achieve a breakthrough time of at least 30 minutes against at least three chemicals from the defined list, but which comply with the penetration test.

• The ‘micro-organism’ pictogram is to be used when the glove conforms to at least a performance level 2 for the penetration test.

Code letter Chemical Cas number Class

A Methanol 67-56-1 Primary alcohol

B Acetone 67-64-1 Ketone

C Acetonitrile 75-05-8 Nitrile compound

D Dichloromethane 75-09-2 Chlorinated paraffin

E Carbone disulphide 75-15-0 Sulphur containing organic compound

F Toluene 108-88-3 Aromatic hydrocarbon

G Diethylamine 109-89-7 Amine

H Tetrahydrofurane 109-99-9 Heterocyclic and ether compound

I Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 Ester

J n-Heptane 142-85-5 Saturated hydrocarbon

K Sodium hydroxide 40 % 1310-73-2 Inorganic base

L Sulphuric acid 96 % 7664-93-9 Inorganic mineral acid

Measured breakthrough time

Protection index Measured breakthrough time

Protection index

> 10 minutes Class 1 > 120 minutes Class 4

> 30 minutes Class 2 > 240 minutes Class 5

> 60 minutes Class 3 > 480 minutes Class 6

Page 90: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 89

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

114 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 115

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 374: 2003Gloves giving protection from chemicals and micro-organisms.

SCOPEThis standard specifies the capability of gloves to protect the user against chemicals and/or microorganisms.

DEFINITIONPenetrationPenetration is the movement of a chemical and/or micro-organism through porous materials, seams,pinholes or other imperfections in a protective glove material at a non-molecular level.

PermeationThe rubber and plastic films in gloves do not always act as barriers to liquids. Sometimes they can act as sponges, soaking up the liquids and holding them against the skin. It is therefore necessary to measure breakthrough times, or the time taken for the hazardous liquid to come in contact with the skin.

REQUIREMENTS • The minimum liquid-proof section of the glove shall be at least equal to the minimum length of the gloves specified in EN 420.

• Penetration: A glove shall not leak when tested with an air and water leak test, and shall be tested and inspected in compliance with the acceptable quality level.

Performance level Acceptable quality level unit Inspection levels

Level 3 < 0.65 G1

Level 2 < 1.5 G1

Level 1 < 4.0 S4

WARNINGThe chemical data information does not necessarily reflect the actual duration in the workplace.

• The ‘chemical resistant’ glove pictogram must be accompanied by a minimum 3-digit code. This code refers to the code letters of the chemicals (from a list of 12 standard defined chemicals), for which a breakthrough time of at least 30 minutes has been obtained.

• Permeation: Each chemical tested is classified in terms of breakthrough time (performance level 0 to 6).

• The ‘low chemical resistant’ or ‘waterproof’ glove pictogram is to be used for those gloves that do not achieve a breakthrough time of at least 30 minutes against at least three chemicals from the defined list, but which comply with the penetration test.

• The ‘micro-organism’ pictogram is to be used when the glove conforms to at least a performance level 2 for the penetration test.

Code letter Chemical Cas number Class

A Methanol 67-56-1 Primary alcohol

B Acetone 67-64-1 Ketone

C Acetonitrile 75-05-8 Nitrile compound

D Dichloromethane 75-09-2 Chlorinated paraffin

E Carbone disulphide 75-15-0 Sulphur containing organic compound

F Toluene 108-88-3 Aromatic hydrocarbon

G Diethylamine 109-89-7 Amine

H Tetrahydrofurane 109-99-9 Heterocyclic and ether compound

I Ethyl acetate 141-78-6 Ester

J n-Heptane 142-85-5 Saturated hydrocarbon

K Sodium hydroxide 40 % 1310-73-2 Inorganic base

L Sulphuric acid 96 % 7664-93-9 Inorganic mineral acid

Measured breakthrough time

Protection index Measured breakthrough time

Protection index

> 10 minutes Class 1 > 120 minutes Class 4

> 30 minutes Class 2 > 240 minutes Class 5

> 60 minutes Class 3 > 480 minutes Class 6

Page 91: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

90 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

116 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 117

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 388: 2003Gloves giving protection from mechanical risks.

SCOPEThis standard applies to all kinds of protective gloves in respect of physical and mechanical aggressions caused by abrasion, blade cut, puncture and tearing.

DEFINITIONProtection against mechanical hazards is expressed by a pictogram followed by four numbers (performance levels), each representing test performance against a specific hazard.

These performance levels must be prominently displayed alongside the pictogram on the gloves and on the packaging which immediately contains the gloves.

Test Performance level rating

0 1 2 3 4 5

a. Resistance to abrasion (cycles) <100 100 500 2000 8000

b. Blade cut resistance (factor) <1.2 1.2 2.5 5.0 10.0 20.0

c. Tear resistance (newton) <10 10 25 50 75

d. Puncture resistance (newton) <20 20 60 100 150

The ‘mechanical risks’ pictogram is accompanied by a 4-digit code:

a. Resistance to abrasionBased on the number of cycles required to abrade through the sample glove.b. Blade cut resistanceBased on the number of cycles required to cut through the sample at a constant speed.c. Tear resistanceBased on the amount of force required to tear the sample.d. Puncture resistanceBased on the amount of force required to pierce the sample with a standard-sized point.

In all cases, [0] indicates the lowest level of performance, as follows:

STANDARD EN 407: 2004Gloves giving protection from thermal hazards.

SCOPEThis standard specifies thermal performance for protective gloves against heat and/or fire.

DEFINITIONThe nature and degree of protection is shown by a pictogram followed by a series of six performance levels, relating to specific protective qualities.

The ‘heat and flame’ pictogram is accompanied by a 6-digit number:

a. Resistance to flammability (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the length of time the material continues to burn and glow after the source ofignition is removed. The seams of the glove shall not come apart after an ignition time of15 seconds.b. Contact heat resistance (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the temperature range (100-500 °C) at which the user will feel no pain for atleast 15 seconds. If an EN level 3 or higher is obtained, the product shall record at leastEN level 3 in the flammability test. Otherwise, the maximum contact heat level shall bereported as level 2.c. Convective heat resistance (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the length of time the glove is able to delay the transfer of heat from a flame.A level of performance shall only be mentioned if a performance level 3 or 4 is obtainedin the flammability test.d. Radiant heat resistance (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the length of time the glove is able to delay the transfer of heat when exposedto a radiant heat source. A performance level shall only be mentioned if a performancelevel 3 or 4 is obtained in the flammability test.e. Resistance to small splashes of molten metal (performance level 0 - 4) The number of molten metal drops required to heat the glove sample to a given level. Aperformance level shall only be mentioned if a performance level 3 or 4 is obtained in theflammability test.f. Resistance to large quantities of molten metal (performance level 0 - 4) The weight of molten metal required to cause smoothing or pinholing across a simulatedskin placed directly behind the glove sample. The test is failed if metal droplets remainstuck to the glove material or if the specimen ignites.

Gloves must achieve at least performance level 1 for abrasion and tear.

Page 92: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 91

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

116 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 117

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 388: 2003Gloves giving protection from mechanical risks.

SCOPEThis standard applies to all kinds of protective gloves in respect of physical and mechanical aggressions caused by abrasion, blade cut, puncture and tearing.

DEFINITIONProtection against mechanical hazards is expressed by a pictogram followed by four numbers (performance levels), each representing test performance against a specific hazard.

These performance levels must be prominently displayed alongside the pictogram on the gloves and on the packaging which immediately contains the gloves.

Test Performance level rating

0 1 2 3 4 5

a. Resistance to abrasion (cycles) <100 100 500 2000 8000

b. Blade cut resistance (factor) <1.2 1.2 2.5 5.0 10.0 20.0

c. Tear resistance (newton) <10 10 25 50 75

d. Puncture resistance (newton) <20 20 60 100 150

The ‘mechanical risks’ pictogram is accompanied by a 4-digit code:

a. Resistance to abrasionBased on the number of cycles required to abrade through the sample glove.b. Blade cut resistanceBased on the number of cycles required to cut through the sample at a constant speed.c. Tear resistanceBased on the amount of force required to tear the sample.d. Puncture resistanceBased on the amount of force required to pierce the sample with a standard-sized point.

In all cases, [0] indicates the lowest level of performance, as follows:

STANDARD EN 407: 2004Gloves giving protection from thermal hazards.

SCOPEThis standard specifies thermal performance for protective gloves against heat and/or fire.

DEFINITIONThe nature and degree of protection is shown by a pictogram followed by a series of six performance levels, relating to specific protective qualities.

The ‘heat and flame’ pictogram is accompanied by a 6-digit number:

a. Resistance to flammability (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the length of time the material continues to burn and glow after the source ofignition is removed. The seams of the glove shall not come apart after an ignition time of15 seconds.b. Contact heat resistance (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the temperature range (100-500 °C) at which the user will feel no pain for atleast 15 seconds. If an EN level 3 or higher is obtained, the product shall record at leastEN level 3 in the flammability test. Otherwise, the maximum contact heat level shall bereported as level 2.c. Convective heat resistance (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the length of time the glove is able to delay the transfer of heat from a flame.A level of performance shall only be mentioned if a performance level 3 or 4 is obtainedin the flammability test.d. Radiant heat resistance (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the length of time the glove is able to delay the transfer of heat when exposedto a radiant heat source. A performance level shall only be mentioned if a performancelevel 3 or 4 is obtained in the flammability test.e. Resistance to small splashes of molten metal (performance level 0 - 4) The number of molten metal drops required to heat the glove sample to a given level. Aperformance level shall only be mentioned if a performance level 3 or 4 is obtained in theflammability test.f. Resistance to large quantities of molten metal (performance level 0 - 4) The weight of molten metal required to cause smoothing or pinholing across a simulatedskin placed directly behind the glove sample. The test is failed if metal droplets remainstuck to the glove material or if the specimen ignites.

Gloves must achieve at least performance level 1 for abrasion and tear.

Page 93: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

92 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

118 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 119

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 511: 2006Gloves giving protection from cold.

STANDARD EN 421 : 2010Gloves that protect against ionizing radiation and radioactive contamination.

STANDARD EN 659 : 2003 + A1 : 2008/AC : 2009Protective gloves for fire-fighters

SCOPEThis standard applies to any gloves to protect the hands against convective and contact cold down to --50 °C.

DEFINITIONProtection against cold is expressed by a pictogram followed by a series of 3 performance levels, relating to specific protective qualities.

SCOPEThis standard applies to gloves that offer protection against ionizing radiation and radioactive contamination.

DEFINITIONThe nature of the protection is clarified by a pictogram that refers to the specific protective characteristics.

SCOPEThis European standard determines the minimum performance requirements and test methods for protective fire fighters’ gloves. This European standard only applies to protective fire fighters’ gloves that protect the hands during normal fire fighting procedures, including search and rescue actions.

DEFINITION

All gloves must achieve at least performance level 1 for abrasion and tear.

The ‘cold hazard’ pictogram is accompanied by a 3-digit number :

a. Resistance to convective cold (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the thermal insulation properties of the glove which are obtained by measuringthe transfer of cold via convection.b. Resistance to contact cold (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the thermal resistance of the glove material when exposed to contact with acold object.c. Penetration by water (0 or 1)0 = water penetration1 = no water penetration.

To protect against ionizing radiation, the glove must contain a certain amount of lead, referred to as lead equivalence. That lead equivalence must be marked on each glove. Materials that are exposed to ionizing radiation may be deformed by their reaction to ozone cracking. That test is optional and may be used as a tool to select gloves that must be resistant to ionizing radiation.

These gloves are not meant for use with chemicals, they only offer minimal protection against contact with chemicals. This standard does not apply to special fire fighting operations.

To protect against radioactive contamination, the glove must be impermeable and must pass the penetration test defined in EN 374.

EN 421:2010 EN 421:2010

Page 94: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 93

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

118 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 119

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 511: 2006Gloves giving protection from cold.

STANDARD EN 421 : 2010Gloves that protect against ionizing radiation and radioactive contamination.

STANDARD EN 659 : 2003 + A1 : 2008/AC : 2009Protective gloves for fire-fighters

SCOPEThis standard applies to any gloves to protect the hands against convective and contact cold down to --50 °C.

DEFINITIONProtection against cold is expressed by a pictogram followed by a series of 3 performance levels, relating to specific protective qualities.

SCOPEThis standard applies to gloves that offer protection against ionizing radiation and radioactive contamination.

DEFINITIONThe nature of the protection is clarified by a pictogram that refers to the specific protective characteristics.

SCOPEThis European standard determines the minimum performance requirements and test methods for protective fire fighters’ gloves. This European standard only applies to protective fire fighters’ gloves that protect the hands during normal fire fighting procedures, including search and rescue actions.

DEFINITION

All gloves must achieve at least performance level 1 for abrasion and tear.

The ‘cold hazard’ pictogram is accompanied by a 3-digit number :

a. Resistance to convective cold (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the thermal insulation properties of the glove which are obtained by measuringthe transfer of cold via convection.b. Resistance to contact cold (performance level 0 - 4)Based on the thermal resistance of the glove material when exposed to contact with acold object.c. Penetration by water (0 or 1)0 = water penetration1 = no water penetration.

To protect against ionizing radiation, the glove must contain a certain amount of lead, referred to as lead equivalence. That lead equivalence must be marked on each glove. Materials that are exposed to ionizing radiation may be deformed by their reaction to ozone cracking. That test is optional and may be used as a tool to select gloves that must be resistant to ionizing radiation.

These gloves are not meant for use with chemicals, they only offer minimal protection against contact with chemicals. This standard does not apply to special fire fighting operations.

To protect against radioactive contamination, the glove must be impermeable and must pass the penetration test defined in EN 374.

EN 421:2010 EN 421:2010

Page 95: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

94 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

120 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 121

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 60903 : 2003Gloves made from insulating material.

STANDARD EN 381-7Gloves that protect against chainsaws.

SCOPEThe standard EN 60903 contains all requirements for efficient protection against electrical currents and does not refer to other glove standards, such as EN 388 or EN 374.

DEFINITION

SCOPEThe standard EN 381 corresponds to protective clothing for users of chainsaws.

DEFINITIONThe standard has been assembled out of several parts. Each part deals with a specific part of the body:

EN 381-5: Leg protectors • Clothing of type A and type B is intended for use for normal forestry work by professional

woodcutters who have been trained and informed perfectly. • Clothing of type C is intended for use by persons who normally do not work with chainsaws

or under unusual circumstances.

EN 381-7: Anti-laceration glove.

EN 381-9: Anti-laceration legging.

EN 381-11: Upper part of the body.The standard also describes 4 classes that correspond with the speed of the chain with which the tests were carried out: • Class 0: 16 m/s. • Class 1: 20 m/s. • Class 2: 24 m/s. • Class 3: 28 m/s.

COATINGS

Nitrile (NBR)

Very good resistance to perforation and long lasting

Good resistance to oil, grease and solvents

Good grip

Less supple

Nitrile foam (NBR foam)

Same features as nitrile but better wet grip

More supple then normal nitrile coating

Polyurethane (PU)

Very good resistance to abrasion

Good dry grip

Excellent flexibility and suppleness

Latex

Very good resistance to abrasion

Waterproof

Supple

Not resistant to oil

For gloves made from insulating material inspections at regular times are prescribed. The gloves must be inspected when the previous inspection was carried out more than 6 months ago. The gloves must be packaged individually. The packaging must be strong enough to protect the glove against damage and sunlight. • Class 00: Max Volts AC 500 V. • Class 0: Max Volts AC 1,000 V. • Class 1: Max Volts AC 7,500 V. • Class 2: Max Volts AC 17,000 V. • Class 3: Max Volts AC 26,500 V. • Class 4: Max Volts AC 36,000 V.

Page 96: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 95

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

120 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 121

Hand protection Hand protection

STANDARD EN 60903 : 2003Gloves made from insulating material.

STANDARD EN 381-7Gloves that protect against chainsaws.

SCOPEThe standard EN 60903 contains all requirements for efficient protection against electrical currents and does not refer to other glove standards, such as EN 388 or EN 374.

DEFINITION

SCOPEThe standard EN 381 corresponds to protective clothing for users of chainsaws.

DEFINITIONThe standard has been assembled out of several parts. Each part deals with a specific part of the body:

EN 381-5: Leg protectors • Clothing of type A and type B is intended for use for normal forestry work by professional

woodcutters who have been trained and informed perfectly. • Clothing of type C is intended for use by persons who normally do not work with chainsaws

or under unusual circumstances.

EN 381-7: Anti-laceration glove.

EN 381-9: Anti-laceration legging.

EN 381-11: Upper part of the body.The standard also describes 4 classes that correspond with the speed of the chain with which the tests were carried out: • Class 0: 16 m/s. • Class 1: 20 m/s. • Class 2: 24 m/s. • Class 3: 28 m/s.

COATINGS

Nitrile (NBR)

Very good resistance to perforation and long lasting

Good resistance to oil, grease and solvents

Good grip

Less supple

Nitrile foam (NBR foam)

Same features as nitrile but better wet grip

More supple then normal nitrile coating

Polyurethane (PU)

Very good resistance to abrasion

Good dry grip

Excellent flexibility and suppleness

Latex

Very good resistance to abrasion

Waterproof

Supple

Not resistant to oil

For gloves made from insulating material inspections at regular times are prescribed. The gloves must be inspected when the previous inspection was carried out more than 6 months ago. The gloves must be packaged individually. The packaging must be strong enough to protect the glove against damage and sunlight. • Class 00: Max Volts AC 500 V. • Class 0: Max Volts AC 1,000 V. • Class 1: Max Volts AC 7,500 V. • Class 2: Max Volts AC 17,000 V. • Class 3: Max Volts AC 26,500 V. • Class 4: Max Volts AC 36,000 V.

Page 97: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

96 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

122 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 123

Hand protection Hand protection

DYNEEMA®-TECHNOLOGYDyneema® Technology, a patented fibre innovation from DSM Dyneema, offers the most comfortable and lightest solution for extreme cut resistance. This state-of-the-art technology is pushing forward the properties of cut resistance in a lightweight and ‘natural feeling’ fibre. Applying Dyneema® Technology in a lightweight elasticized glove can boost cut performance levels up to EN 388 Level 4, without the use of glass fibre or steel wire. It requires no compromise on comfort, tactility and weight of the glove, while providing significantly higher cut resistant performance, and better durability - especially compared to aramid based gloves.

ABRASION RESISTANCEProtective gloves are often exposed to (sharp) objects that can abrade the glove. The more the glove is abraded the less protection it offers. Naturally, the higher the abrasion resistance a glove offers, the longer the wearer is protected. The chart shows the correlation between abrasion resistance and cut resistance consistency. Thanks to the high crystalline properties of the Dyneema® fibre, the abrasion resistance is extremely high; therefore the cut resistance remains at a constant high level, unlike other materials like cotton and aramids that show a decline in cut protection during wear of the gloves.

COMFORTGloves with Dyneema® will keep your hands cool. In order to keep the hand or body temperature on a constant and therefore comfortable level, it is necessary to keep heat emission in balance with heat production. Protective clothes have to support this by dissipating heat from the inside to the outside. High Modulus PolyEthylene (HMPE) has the property to transfer heat very quickly from the inside to the outside of the glove. Thanks to HMPE’s high heat conductivity, a glove made with sufficient HMPE content can release body heat much faster to the outside of the glove compared to other materials. This will prevent body heat accumulation inside the glove and thus sweaty hands.

The more Dyneema®, the cooler the hand.

The picture visualises what the end user will feel. The hands will stay dry and cool when wearing gloves all day – the actual temperature will stay close to body temperature. Gloves with other fibres cause an increase of hand temperature of several degrees above body temperature. The result is that the more HMPE fibre used in the glove, the more comfortable and cooler it will feel.

Summary of benefits:

Cut resistance• Protection from mechanical risks

Cost efficient• High durability due to high abrasion resistance.• Chemical resistance.• Launderable (< 90 °C).• UV resistance.

Comfortable• Light, thin and flexible.• High dexterity.• No skin irritation.• Quick heat release.

The higher the Dyneema® content in a glove, the higher the comfort. The heat accumulation on the inside of a glove after one hour of static wear shows that there is correlation between hand temperature and HMPE content of the glove.

a DSM

Page 98: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 97

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

122 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 123

Hand protection Hand protection

DYNEEMA®-TECHNOLOGYDyneema® Technology, a patented fibre innovation from DSM Dyneema, offers the most comfortable and lightest solution for extreme cut resistance. This state-of-the-art technology is pushing forward the properties of cut resistance in a lightweight and ‘natural feeling’ fibre. Applying Dyneema® Technology in a lightweight elasticized glove can boost cut performance levels up to EN 388 Level 4, without the use of glass fibre or steel wire. It requires no compromise on comfort, tactility and weight of the glove, while providing significantly higher cut resistant performance, and better durability - especially compared to aramid based gloves.

ABRASION RESISTANCEProtective gloves are often exposed to (sharp) objects that can abrade the glove. The more the glove is abraded the less protection it offers. Naturally, the higher the abrasion resistance a glove offers, the longer the wearer is protected. The chart shows the correlation between abrasion resistance and cut resistance consistency. Thanks to the high crystalline properties of the Dyneema® fibre, the abrasion resistance is extremely high; therefore the cut resistance remains at a constant high level, unlike other materials like cotton and aramids that show a decline in cut protection during wear of the gloves.

COMFORTGloves with Dyneema® will keep your hands cool. In order to keep the hand or body temperature on a constant and therefore comfortable level, it is necessary to keep heat emission in balance with heat production. Protective clothes have to support this by dissipating heat from the inside to the outside. High Modulus PolyEthylene (HMPE) has the property to transfer heat very quickly from the inside to the outside of the glove. Thanks to HMPE’s high heat conductivity, a glove made with sufficient HMPE content can release body heat much faster to the outside of the glove compared to other materials. This will prevent body heat accumulation inside the glove and thus sweaty hands.

The more Dyneema®, the cooler the hand.

The picture visualises what the end user will feel. The hands will stay dry and cool when wearing gloves all day – the actual temperature will stay close to body temperature. Gloves with other fibres cause an increase of hand temperature of several degrees above body temperature. The result is that the more HMPE fibre used in the glove, the more comfortable and cooler it will feel.

Summary of benefits:

Cut resistance• Protection from mechanical risks

Cost efficient• High durability due to high abrasion resistance.• Chemical resistance.• Launderable (< 90 °C).• UV resistance.

Comfortable• Light, thin and flexible.• High dexterity.• No skin irritation.• Quick heat release.

The higher the Dyneema® content in a glove, the higher the comfort. The heat accumulation on the inside of a glove after one hour of static wear shows that there is correlation between hand temperature and HMPE content of the glove.

a DSM

Page 99: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

98 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

124 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 125

Hand protection Hand protection

A SAFETY CUFF lengthens the glove and offers extra wrist protection. A safety cuff is generally 7 cm long.

A ROLLED-UP EDGE stops the glove from rolling down, offers protection from drops of liquid and strengthens the edge.

Gloves with a GAUNTLET are longer than gloves with a safety cuff. As a result they provide extra protection and are easy to put on and take off.A safety gauntlet is generally 10 cm long.

A GAUNTLET GLOVE has a straight cuff and protects the forearm from falling liquids.

Welding gloves have a 15 cm GAUNTLET. A 15 cm gauntlet protects the forearm from thermal and mechanical risks.

Slip-Ons with a CRENATED EDGE and seamless fastening are developed so the gloves are easy to put on and take off.

A JERSEY CUFF results in a better fit round the wrist thus preventing particles from entering.

A lengthened jersey cuff offers additional wrist protection.

Gloves with a VELCRO FASTENING protect the hand and wrist from falling particles.

PHOTO PHOTOTYPE TYPE

CUFF STYLES

Page 100: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 99

5

Hand and arm protection

5 5

124 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 125

Hand protection Hand protection

A SAFETY CUFF lengthens the glove and offers extra wrist protection. A safety cuff is generally 7 cm long.

A ROLLED-UP EDGE stops the glove from rolling down, offers protection from drops of liquid and strengthens the edge.

Gloves with a GAUNTLET are longer than gloves with a safety cuff. As a result they provide extra protection and are easy to put on and take off.A safety gauntlet is generally 10 cm long.

A GAUNTLET GLOVE has a straight cuff and protects the forearm from falling liquids.

Welding gloves have a 15 cm GAUNTLET. A 15 cm gauntlet protects the forearm from thermal and mechanical risks.

Slip-Ons with a CRENATED EDGE and seamless fastening are developed so the gloves are easy to put on and take off.

A JERSEY CUFF results in a better fit round the wrist thus preventing particles from entering.

A lengthened jersey cuff offers additional wrist protection.

Gloves with a VELCRO FASTENING protect the hand and wrist from falling particles.

PHOTO PHOTOTYPE TYPE

CUFF STYLES

Page 101: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

100 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

PRECISION HANDLING

RX® TOP-FLEX PU WHITEWhite seamless knitted nylon glove with polyurethane coating.- Comfort: seamless for extra comfort, whilst the open back style allows excellent

breathability.- Low linting: reduces the risk of product contamination.- Dexterity: the glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity

for the most tactile of applications.- Knitted wrist: elasticated for a snug fit.Order quantity 12 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01012XXSize 6 7 8 9 10XX 06 07 08 09 10

RX® TOP-FLEX PU BLACKBlack seamless knitted nylon glove with polyurethane coating.- Comfort: seamless for extra comfort, whilst the open back style allows excellent

breathability.- Low linting: reduces the risk of product contamination.- Dexterity: the glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity

for the most tactile of applications.- Knitted wrist: elasticated for a snug fit.Order quantity 12 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01013XXSize 6 7 8 9 10XX 06 07 08 09 10

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-600- Designed for light and delicate applications in dry environments that require high

levels of dexterity.- Seamless nylon liner offers very good fit, dexterity and flexibility.- Palm coated polyurethane.- Excellent breathability.- White coating on white liner.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00462XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: 4142

EN388: 4142

EN388: 3131

Page 102: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 101

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-618- An Ultra-light weight glove that offers outstanding comfort and sensitivity for the

most delicate handling.- Seamless nylon liner, like a second skin.- Palm coated polyurethane.- Excellent breathability.- Black coating on blue liner.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00463XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

RX® NITRI-4-GRIPSeamless knitted nylon glove with light porous breathable foam nitrile coating.- Comfort: the soft seamless knitted yarn provides an exceptional level of comfort,

whilst the open back style allows excellent breathability.- Dexterity and fit: the snug fit provides maximum dexterity for the most tactile of ap-

plications.- Dry and wet grip: as well as providing excellent dry grip, Nitri-4-Grip channels oils

and liquids away from the surface ensuring superb wet grip.Order quantity 12 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01014XXSize 6 7 8 9 10XX 06 07 08 09 10

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-800- The original nitrile foam glove.- Highly versatile solution for precision assembly and general handling.- The perfect balance between comfort, dexterity and protection.- Seamless nylon liner with palm coated nitrile foam.- Excellent breathability.- Anti-static according to EN1149.- Grey coating on white liner.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00466XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: 3121

EN388: 4121

EN388: 3131

Page 103: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

102 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-840- The tough FORTIX™ nitrile foam coating offers EN Abrasion Level 4 protection,

with up to three times the abrasion performance of other lightweight, knit-dipped gloves.

- The FORTIX™ coating is 20 % more breathable than earlier formulations, for cooler, drier hands and less sweat.

- Matching the natural contours of the hand, the snug, second-skin liner is tailored to create a more comfortable wearing experience: at the base of the finger (added comfort), across the fingertips (superior tactility), and through the palm (greater dexterity).

- With its balance of robust abrasion performance, enhanced comfort and high dexterity the HyFlex® 11-840 is an ideal solution for workers who move between tasks.

- Silicone-free material means no transfer of silicone contaminants to metal parts prior to painting.

Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00496XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-818- Under abrasive conditions the ultra-thin FORTIX™ nitrile foam coating (patent

pending) lasts up to three times longer than comparable coatings, extending glove life and reducing total cost of ownership.

- The FORTIX™ coating provides enhanced dry grip and is 20 % more breathable than earlier formulations, for cooler, drier hands and less sweat.

- The seamless 18-gauge nylon-spandex liner has a barehand feel, offering breathability, comfort and enhanced fingertip sensitivity for precision tasks.

- Ansell ZONZ® Comfort Fit technology matches natural hand contours for improved support, breathability and range of movement.

- With EN Abrasion Level 4, the ultra-lightweight HyFlex® 11-818 offers ideal protection for a range of general handling and assembly tasks.

- Silicone-free material means no transfer of silicone contaminants to metal parts prior to painting.

Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00495XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: 4231

EN388:4121

Page 104: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 103

5

Hand and arm protection

GENERAL USE

ANSELL POWERFLEX® 80-100- Designed for use in a wide range of handling and carrying applications.- Delivers excellent overall mechanical performance, protection and durability.- Polycotton liner with latex coating. The raised crinkle finish gives the glove an

excellent grip in both dry and wet conditions.- Superb fit and flexibility.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00486XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

POLYCO BLUE GRIPCotton knitted liner with full latex coating.- Protection: ideal for handling rough objects.- Durable: offers good abrasion and tear resistance.- Grip: full crinkle latex coating provides excellent grip in both wet and dry

conditions.- Comfort: brushed cotton interlock liner provides exceptional comfort for the

wearer.- Hygiene: contains fungicidal and bacteriostatic agent.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00034XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

POLYCO REFLEX ORANGESeamless knitted polycotton liner with orange latex coating.- Excellent grip: flexible latex palm coating provides excellent grip in both wet and

dry conditions for safe and secure handling.- Comfort: the seamless knitted cotton liner provides exceptional comfort and

reduces hand fatigue. The back of the glove is uncoated allowing the hand to breathe.

- Durable: medium duty, offering excellent abrasion and tear resistance.Order quantity 10 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00060XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

EN388: 2242

EN388: 2131

EN388: 4142

Page 105: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

104 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL HYCRON® 27-602- A big tough glove for a rough, tough life: three times more durable than heavy-duty

leather.- Jersey cotton liner with fully coated nitrile.- Knitwrist.- Antistatic according to EN1149.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00468XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

ANSELL HYCRON® 27-607- A big tough glove for a rough, tough life: three times more durable than heavy-duty

leather.- Jersey cotton liner with 3/4 coated nitrile.- Safety Cuff.- Antistatic according to EN1149.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00469XXSize 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

ANSELL HYCRON® 27-805- A big tough glove for a rough, tough life: three times more durable than heavy-duty

leather.- Jersey cotton liner with fully coated nitrile.- Safety Cuff.- Antistatic according to EN1149.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00470XXSize 9 10 11XX 09 10 11

ANSELL HYNIT® 32-815- Liquid-repellent impregnation repels oil, grease and dirt.- Interlock cotton liner with palm impregnated nitrile.- Safety Cuff.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00472XXSize 7 7.1/2 8 9 10XX 07 75 08 09 10

EN388: 4221

EN388: 4221

EN388: 4221

EN388: 3111

Page 106: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 105

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL HYLITE® 47-400- Special nitrile formulation provides an excellent combination of flexibility, mechani-

cal resistance and oil repellency.- Interlock Cotton liner with Palm coated Nitrile.- Knitwrist.- Antistatic according to EN1149.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00480XXSize 7 8 8.1/2 9 10XX 07 08 85 09 10

ANSELL HYD-TUF® 52-547- Superior performance compared to the classic leather general purpose gloves in

medium-duty applications. More flexible, more comfortable, far more hard-wea-ring.

- Liquid-repellent impregnation repels oil, grease and dirt.- Jersey cotton liner with palm impregnated nitrile.- Safety Cuff.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01016XXSize 9 10XX 09 10

POLYCO MULTI-TASK 3Blend of synthetic leathers with PVC reinforced fingertips and inner palm with three open fingers.- Flexible: close fitting design ensures maximum user dexterity.- Comfortable: combination of materials offers excellent in-use comfort.- Stretch: materials flex in conjunction with the hand’s natural movement.- Protection: reinforced areas on palm and finger tips ensure added protection in

key areas.- Fit: adjustable velcro wrist strap for secure fit.Order quantity 1 pair per polybag or 10 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00056XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

ANSELL TIGER PAW® 76-301- Made from polyester and cotton.- This heavier construction ensures a more robust glove for heavier applications.- PVC dots on palm and fingers aid grip.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00485XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

EN388: 3111

EN388: 3111

EN388: 2121

EN388: 214X

Page 107: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

106 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

MATRIX D GRIP- Seamless knitted shell with PVC dot palm coating.- Seamless construction for extra comfort.- PVC dots for excellent grip and handling ability.- Snug fitting for good dexterity.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00052XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

CUT RESISTANT GLOVES & SLEEVES

RX® DYNEEMA® SAFE3Grey seamless knitted Dyneema® glove with polyurethane coating.- Comfort: the seamless construction provides an exceptional level of comfort, whilst

the open back style allows excellent breathability.- Strength: this lightweight glove with Dyneema® provides excellent resistance to

cut, abrasion and tear.- Dexterity: the glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity

for the most tactile of operations.- Knitted wrist: elasticated, for a snug fit. The knitted wrist is extra long for optimal

wrist protection.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01017XXSize 6 7 8 9 10XX 06 07 08 09 10

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-624- Good fit and fexibility, as well as a secure grip on dry to slightly oily pieces.- Offers good cut resistance for the safe handling and assembly of sharp pieces.- Black coating on grey Dyneema® liner.- Palm coated polyurethane.- Excellent breathability.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00464XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: 214X

EN388: 4343

EN388: 4342

Page 108: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 107

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-627- Excellent fit and high fexibility, as well as a secure grip on dry to slightly oily

pieces.- Offers good cut resistance for the safe handling and assembly of sharp pieces.- Dyneema® and Lycra® liner.- Palm polyurethane coated.- Excellent breathability.- Grey coating on grey liner.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00465XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-927- The first HyFlex® glove to combine advanced cut resistance, oil repellence and oil

grip in a single flexible glove. Ideal for handling sharp metal components coated in oil or lubricant.

- Patented Ansell Grip™ technology uses microscopic channels to wick away oil & moisture from part surfaces and tools, providing industry-leading wet and oil grip for added safety and efficiency.

- The design combines a 3/4 nitrile dip with grip. This ensures EN Level 4 abrasion protection and long-lasting EN Level 3 cut resistance.

- The 3/4 dip geometry means extra protection against oil exposure and knuckle abrasion.

- A new former shape offers superior fit. Together with a highly flexible polymer and a wide range of sizes, this enables more agility in medium-duty applications.

- Greys and blacks mask dirt in oily, grimy and gritty environments.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00497XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

POLYCO DYFLEXSeamless knitted glove with Dyneema® technology and polyurethane coating.- Strength: this lightweight glove with Dyneema® provides excellent resistance to

cut, abrasion and tear.- Comfort: the seamless construction provides an exceptional level of comfort, whilst

the open back style allows excellent breathability.- Dexterity: the glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity

for the most tactile of operations.- Knit wrist: elasticated for a snug fit.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00039XXSize 6 7 8 9XX 06 07 08 09

EN388: 4342

EN388: 4342

EN388: 4343

Page 109: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

108 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

POLYCO DYFLEX ULTRASeamless knitted glove with Dyneema® Diamond Technology liner and polyurethane coating.- Cut resistant: the liner provides the maximum level of cut resistance without the

use of abrasive materials.- Comfort: the seamless construction provides a high level of comfort, whilst the

open back style allows excellent breathability.- Dexterity: the glove has been designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity

for the most tactile of operations.- Knit wrist: elasticated for a secure fit.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00040XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

BODYGUARDS TAEKI5 GH315Seamless liner with polyurethane palm coating.- Cut Resistant: liner offers maximum cut resistance, EN388 cut level 5.- Strength: polyurethane coating on palm provides excellent abrasion and tear resistance.- Grip: good grip for safer handling in wet and dry conditions.- Knit wrist: elasticated for a snug fit.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00035XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

BODYGUARDS TAEKI5 GH370Lightweight string knit liner with foam nitrile palm coating.- Strength: lightweight liner provides excellent resistance to cut, abrasion and tear.- Grip: foam nitrile coating offers good grip on oily surfaces.- Dexterity: the glove and elasticated knit wrist have been designed to be tight fitting

to give maximum dexterity.Order quantity 10 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00036XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

BODYGUARDS TAEKI5 GH378Lightweight string knit liner with crinkle latex palm coating.- Cut resistant: lightweight liner provides excellent cut resistance.- Strength: provides good mechanical protection.- Grip: crinkle latex palm coating provides good grip in wet and dry conditions, for

safe and secure handling.- Dexterity: the snug fit provides maximum dexterity.Order quantity 10 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00037XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

EN388: 4542

EN388: 4542

EN388: 4542

EN388: 3543

Page 110: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 109

5

Hand and arm protection

C

M

Y

CM

MY

CY

CMY

K

Eriks Dyflex Advert.pdf 1 01/07/2013 10:44

Page 111: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

110 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

POLYCO CAPILEX TPSeamless knitted glove with Dyneema® and glass fibre, and patented multi-layered foam nitrile coating.- Cut resistant: the breathable seamless liner made with Dyneema® and glass fibre

provides outstanding cut resistance.- Grip: the patented multi-layered foam nitrile coating offers excellent wet and dry

grip for safe and secure handling, and restricts oil penetration.- Strength: the glove provides top level abrasion and tear resistance.- Dexterity: designed to be tight fitting to give maximum dexterity.- Knit wrist: elasticated for snug fit.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00038XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

POLYCO GRANITE 5 BETAGrain leather glove with reinforced Kevlar® seamless knitted liner.- Quality: superior quality grain leather glove with elasticated wrist, reinforced thumb

crotch, protective vein patch and additional leather protection to back of cuff.- Cut resistant: the seamless liner provides high levels of cut resistance.- Comfort: the yarn is made with a soft finish to provide exceptional comfort to the

wearer.- Strength: double stitched Kevlar® thread is used throughout for maximum

strength.Order quantity 1 pair per polybag or 10 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00049XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 06 07 08 09 10 11 12

POLYCO REFLEX K PLUS Seamless knitted Kevlar® liner with flexible latex coating.- Cut resistant: Kevlar® provides increased protection against cuts, slashes and

abrasion.- Durable: heavy duty performance enhanced by the durable and puncture resistant

coating.- Exceptional grip: in both wet and dry conditions for safe and secure handling.- Comfort: the seamless knitted Kevlar® liner provides exceptional comfort and

reduces hand fatigue.The back of the glove is uncoated allowing the hand to breathe.

- Sensitivity: the latex coating is very flexible affording better sensitivity and feel.Order quantity 10 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00061XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

EN388: 4543

EN388: 3534

EN388: 3444

Page 112: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 111

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL NEPTUNE® ANSELL KEVLAR® 70-205- 100 % Dupont Kevlar® construction.- Exceptional cut resistance to weight ratio and dexterity.- Neptune® coating repels liquids, avoiding damage to the Kevlar® strands and

extending glove life.- Reinforced thumb welt increases abrasion resistance also adding to glove durability.- EN 407: X1XXXX.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00483XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

ANSELL NEPTUNE® KEVLAR® 70-215- 100 % Dupont Kevlar® construction.- Exceptional cut resistance to weight ratio and dexterity.- Neptune® coating repels liquids, avoiding damage to the Kevlar® strands and

extending glove life.- Reinforced thumb welt increases abrasion resistance also adding to glove durability.- EN 407: X1XXXX.Order quantity Each or 144 sleeves per case.

Order reference: PPE00484XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

ANSELL KEVLAR® SLEEVES 70-114 AND 70-118- Constructed from high-tech 100 % Kevlar® para-aramid short fibers.- Exceptional cut resistance with dexterity.- Very high cut resistance to weight ratio.- Thumb slot, protecting the wrist area.- Available in 2 lengths.Order quantity Each or 144 sleeves per case.

Order reference: PPE01018XXPPE0101801 356mm (14”)PPE0101802 457mm (18”)

ANSELL HYFLEX® 11-200- HyFlex® 11-200 offers the most comfortable sleeve in the Ansell range. Generous

space in the arm area reduces sweat and itchiness.- The anatomic design with adjustable forearm area enables freedom of movement

so workers can do the job without constraints, increasing productivity.- Enhanced safety is assured, thanks to a high visibility sleeve with Level 5 cut

performanc.- EN407X1XXXX- Better abrasion resistance (Level 2) and washability.- Due to its ergonomic design and fixing system, worker acceptance will increase,

leading to fewer accidents and injuries.Order quantity each 72 sl;eeves per case.

Order referencePPE0049800

EN388: 134X

EN388: 144X

EN388: 134X

EN388: 2542

Page 113: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

112 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

RX® DURAFIT NFTSeamless nylon glove with a foamed nitrile palm coating.- Dry and wet grip: the foamed nitrile coating channels liquids away from the glove

surface, ensuring superb wet grip.- Durability: outstanding abrasion resistance, for longevity and durability.- Dexterity and fit: the breathable, seamless liner provides outstanding dexterity and

a snug fit for the most tactile of applications.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01015XXSize 6 7 8 9 10XX 06 07 08 09 10

T GLOVES CHEMICAL RESISTANT GLOVES

RX® CHEMRESISTSynthetic rubber glove with nitrile coating.- Performance: offers very good abrasion and puncture resistance, and protection

against a wide range of chemicals including strong detergents, oils and certain solvents.

- Comfort: anatomically shaped ensuring comfort, and reducing hand fatigue.- Good Grip: slip resistant raised diamond pattern on palm of glove ensuring good

grip in both wet and dry conditions.- Flock Lined: soft cotton flock lining absorbs perspiration keeping hands cool.

Easier to put on and take off.- Sanitized: contains a fungicidal and bacteriostatic agent. - Anti-static properties: meets the surface resistivity requirements of EN1149 part1:

1995.Order quantity 12 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01019XX

Size 6 7 8 9 10XX 06 07 08 09 10

ANSELL SOL-VEX® 37-675- Nitrile green. Designed to deliver optimal results in wet or dry work environments

where chemical resistance is crucial.- Length: 330 mm, thickness: 0.38 mm.- Sand patch grip pattern on palm and fingers.- The cotton-flock liner offers exceptional comfort for the wearer.- AQL 0.65 (EN 374).Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00475XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: 4101

EN388: 4121

EN388: 4101

Page 114: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 113

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL SOL-VEX® 37-500- Nitrile blue. Designed to deliver optimal results in wet or dry work environments

where chemical resistance is crucial.- Langth: 330 mm, thickness: 0.38 mm.- Reversed lozenge grip pattern on palm and fingers.- The cotton-flock liner offers exceptional comfort for the wearer.- AQL 0.65 (EN 374).Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00474XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

ANSELL SOL-VEX® 37-695- Nitrile green. Designed to deliver optimal results in wet or dry work environments

where chemical resistance is crucial.- Length: 380 mm, thickness: 0.425 mm.- Reversed lozenge grip pattern on palm and fingers - The cotton-flock liner offers exceptional comfort for the wearer. - AQL 0.65 (EN 374).Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00476XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

ANSELL SOL-VEX® 37-900- Nitrile red. Designed to deliver optimal results in wet or dry work environments

where chemical resistance is crucial.- Out-performs all existing nitriles in permeation tests.- Length: 380 mm, thickness: 0,425 mm.- Reversed lozenge grip pattern on palm and fingers.- The cotton-flock liner offers exceptional comfort for the wearer.- AQL of 0.065 (EN 374). The lowest in the industry.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00477XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

POLYCO NOVEX LITELightweight nitrile synthetic rubber glove, unlined.- Performance: made from tough nitrile providing outstanding physical strength.

Protection is provided against a wide range of chemicals, including strong detergents and oils as well as certain solvents.

- Comfort: anatomically shaped ensuring maximum comfort and minimum hand fatigue.- Good Grip: overall textured finish provides a good grip in wet and dry handling

applications.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00057XXSize 7 8 9 10XX 07 08 09 10

EN388: 4101

EN388: 4101

EN388: 4102

EN388: 2001EN374-2/3

Page 115: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

114 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL BI-COLOUR™ 87-900- Latex/neoprene blend for reliable protection against a very wide range of

chemicals.- Double dipped for double protection.- Heavyweight resistance to salts and detergents.- Unsupported heavyweight glove with embossed lozenge finish: Strong and

durable, with excellent wet and dry grip.- Quality flocklining in pure cotton: Helps reduce risk of skin irritation.- AQL 0.65 (EN374), EN 421.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00489XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10 10.1/2 - 11XX 06 07 08 09 10

POLYCO SUPERGRIPHeavyweight extra grip rubber glove – flock liner.- Performance: specially formulated latex for added strength and greater resistance

to detergents and chemicals.- Chlorinated: treated to harden the surface of the glove leaving it smooth to the

touch. - Comfort: anatomically shaped ensuring comfort and reducing hand fatigue.- Excellent grip: raised pattern finish on palm and fingers provide excellent grip in

both wet and dry conditions. - Cuff: beaded cuff to prevent liquid roll back.- Hygiene: contains fungicidal and bacteriostatic agent.Order quantity 12 pairs or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00063XXSize 6-6.5 7-7.5 9-9.5 10XX 06 07 09 10

ANSELL NEOTOP® 29-500- Ideal for applications in cold environment. Neoprene retains its elasticity.- Protects against a wide range of acids, caustics, alcohols and many solvents.- Length: 300 mm straight cuff gauntlet.- Lozenge grip pattern on palm and fingers.- Flocklined in pure cotton. Soft, comfortable and absorbant.- AQL 0.65 (EN 374).- EN 374 AKL.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00471XXSize 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: X120

EN374: 2/3

EN388: 3121

Page 116: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 115

5

Hand and arm protection

POLYCO CHEMPROTECUnlined natural rubber glove, size 10, length: 44 cm.Performance: provides protection against a wide range of chemicals and cleaning agents.Protection: good resistance to abrasion and tear.Comfort: unlined for easy donning and allows an underglove to be worn for added comfort.Heavy duty: chemical resistance combined with mechanical protection.Cuff: beaded cuff to prevent liquid roll back.Order quantity: mediumweight: 20 pairs per case and heavyweight: 15 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01020XXType Mediumweight HeavyweightXX 01 02

POLYCO JETHeavy duty natural rubber glove, flock lined- Performance: a heavyweight glove that will stand up to repeated knocks, rubbing

and scuffing. - Chlorinated: treated to harden the surface of the glove leaving it smooth to the

touch. - Comfort: anatomically shaped ensuring comfort and reducing hand fatigue. - Good Grip: slip resistant pattern on palm of glove ensuring good grip in both wet

and dry conditions. - Cuff: beaded cuff to prevent liquid roll back.- Cotton Flock: soft cotton flock lining absorbs perspiration, keeping hands cool. - Hygiene: contains fungicidal and bacteriostatic agent.Order quantity 12 pairs per polybag or 48 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00050XXSize 6-6.5 8-8.5 9-9.5 10XX 06 08 09 10

ANSELL BARRIER® 02-100- Chemical resistant, 5 layers laminated glove.- Hand-specific and ergonomic design.- Wide spectrum resistance.- 100 % inspected. - Each glove is individually air-pressure tested. AQL 0.065 (EN374).Order quantity 12 pairs or 72 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00460XXSize 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

EN388: 4011

EN388: 3111

Page 117: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

116 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

HEAT RESISTANT GLOVES

TERRY CLOTH GLOVE- Moderate heat-resistance, limited to 150 °C.- With a knitted cuff.- Ambidextrous, can be worn on the left or right hand.Order quantity 12 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference SizePPE0008015 10

CRUSADER FLEX® 42-474- Designed for intermittent handling of hot objects up to 180°C.

- Provides high resistance to cuts, snags and abrasion. - Lenght: 330 mm - Non-woven polyester liner with nitrile coating - Enhances grip on dry and oily surfaces - Comfortable & flexible: sweat absorbent non-woven felt inner. - EN407: X2XXXX.Order quantity 12 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00478XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

ANSELL MERCURY® 43-113The coolest choice in hot conditions.- Designed for intermittent dry heat contact up to 350 °C.- Kevlar® liner: provides fantastic resistance to cuts, snags and abrasion.- Long knitwrist for secure hold.- Soft, comfortable and absorbent. - EN 407: 434211.Order quantity 6 pairs or 36 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00479XXSize 10 11XX 10 11

HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES H05LA235-BL- Heat protection gloves, 5-fingers, for radiant heat 800 °C or contact heat 250 °C.- Materials: sebatan® leather/aluminium, supple quality, palmside leather blue.- Length: ca. 35 cm, CE cat. II, EN388, EN407, size 10.Order quantity per pair.

Order reference SizePPE0000705 10

EN388: 2241

EN388: 254X

EN388-3133

Page 118: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 117

5

Hand and arm protection

HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES H115A238-W2- Heat protection gloves, 5-fingers, for radiant heat 1000 °C or contact heat 500 °C.- Material: aramid/aluminium, supple quality, palmside aramid yellow.- Good behavior under mechanical stress and cut resistant.- Length: ca. 38 cm, CE cat. III, EN388, EN407, size 10.Order quantity per pair.

Order reference SizePPE0000706 10

HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES H111B140-PBI- Heat protection gloves, mitten, for contact heat up to 800 °C.- Material: PBI-fabric with special insulation.- Good behavior under mechanical stress and cut resistant, length: ca. 40 cm.- CE cat. III, EN388, EN407, size 10.Order quantity per pair.

Order reference SizePPE0000707 10

HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES H111B130- Heat protection gloves, mitten, for contact heat up to 500 °C.- Material: aramid fabric with special insulation.- Good behavior under mechanical stress and cut resistant, length: ca. 30 cm.- CE cat. III, EN388, EN407, size 10.Order quantity per pair.

Order reference SizePPE0000708 10

HEAT PROTECTION GLOVES H115B130- Heat protection gloves, 5-fingers, for contact heat up to 500 °C.- Material: aramid fabric with special insulation.- Good behavior under mechanical stress and cut resistant, length: ca. 30 cm.- CE cat. III, EN388, EN407, size 10.Order quantity per pair.

Order reference SizePPE0000709 10

EN388-1X2X

EN388-2442

EN388-2442

EN388-2442

Page 119: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

118 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

ANTI-VIBRATION GLOVES

POLYCO TREMOR-LOWSeamless knitted shell with anti-vibration coating.- Innovative: the unique coating on the glove acts to reduce the effects of impact,

shocks and vibration.- Comfort: the soft knitted seamless liner is comfortable to wear over long periods of

time.- Dexterity: unlike other impact gloves, Tremor-Low™ allows the wearer a greater

level of dexterity.- Grip: the foamed coating provides an excellent level of grip.Order quantity 10 pairs or 50 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01021XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

COLD INSULATING GLOVES

GL11 - FLEECE GLOVEThis classically styled fleece glove has a sumptuous fleece quality and great warmth to weight ratio.The gripper pads to the palm and index finger give added functionality.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference ColorPPE0033600 BlackPPE0033601 Navy

GL13 - KNIT GLOVE THINSULATE® LINEDThe acrylic knit outer is hardwearing whilst the soft inner Thinsulate lining gives additional warmth and comfort.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference ColorPPE0033602 BlackPPE0033603 Navy

EN388: X343

Page 120: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 119

5

Hand and arm protection

POLYCO FREEZEMASTER II- Leather: made from premium quality leather.- Spandex: on the back of the hand for comfort.- Lining: fleecy lining and waterproof membrane keeps hands warm and dry in cold

conditions.- Elasticated wrist: for a secure fit. - Available with an extra long cuff ‘LC’ for additional warmth and protection.- EN511: 22XOrder quantity 1 pair per polybag or 10 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00047XXFreezmaster II:

Size 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 06 07 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00048XXFreezmaster II LC:

Size 7 8 9 10 11XX 07 08 09 10 11

POLYCO REFLEX THERMCrinkle finish latex with fleecy lining.- Warm: the special fleecy lining keeps hands warm in cold conditions.- Durable: medium duty, offering excellent tear resistance and good abrasion

resistance.- Comfort: the seamless liner provides exceptional comfort and reduces hand

fatigue. The back of the glove is uncoated allowing the hand to breathe.- Excellent grip: flexible latex palm coating provides excellent grip in both wet and

dry conditions for safe and secure handling.- EN511: 02XOrder quantity 10 pairs or 120 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00062XXSize 8 9 10XX 08 09 10

WELDING GLOVES

BLUE LEATHER WELDERS GLOVE- General pupose Welding glove- Blue full split leather welding gauntlet- One piece back ,hemmed cuff- CE CAT II, EN 388, EN 407: 413X4X- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128020 10

EN388: 2112

EN388: 2242

EN388: 4144

Page 121: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

120 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

SUPA RED LEATHER WELDERS GLOVE- General purpose welding glove- Red fullsplit leather welding gauntlet- One piece back ,hemmed cuff- CE CAT II, EN 388, EN 407: 413X4X- Size10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128021 10

RED PATCHPALM WELDERS GLOVE- General purpose welding glove- Red fullsplit leather welding gauntlet- Reinforced palm for extra protection.- One piece back ,hemmed cuff- CE CAT II, EN 3515, EN407: 413X4X, EN12477: Type A- Size10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128022 10

MORDANT TIG WELDERS GLOVE- Ideal glove for TIG welding- Mordant/Tig welding gauntlet- Grey soft leather palm and back for added comfort and dexterity- Split leather cuff- CE CAT II, EN388, EN407- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128025 10

EN388: 3144

EN388: 3122

EN388: 3122

Page 122: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 121

5

Hand and arm protection

BLUE COW SPLIT LEATHER WELDING GLOVE- Ideal glove for TIG welding- Mordant/Tig welding gauntlet- Grey soft leather palm and back for added comfort and dexterity- Split leather cuff- CE CAT II , EN388, EN407- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128023 10

GOLD COW SPLIT LEATHER WELDING GLOVE- High Quality Leather welders glove- Yellow Cowsplit leather- Kevlar stitched- Fully lined- CE CAT II, EN388, EN407: 413X4X, EN12477: Type A- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128024 10

EN388: 3122

EN388: 4243

Page 123: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

122 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

SPECIALIST GLOVES

POLYCO ELECTRICIANSLatex insulating gloves.- Latex material: excellent electrical resistance.- Anatomical shape: for greater user comfort.Class 00: maximum working AC voltage 500 V. Class 0: maximum working AC voltage 1000 V.Class 1: maximum working AC voltage 7500 V.Class 2: maximum working AC voltage 17000 V.Class 3: maximum working AC voltage 26500 V.Class 4: maximum working AC voltage 36000 V.Order quantity 1 pair per polybag.

Order reference: PPE00041XXClass 00:

Size 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00042XXClass 0:

Size 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00043XXClass 1:

Size 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00044XXClass 2:

Size 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00045XXClass 3:

Size 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00046XXClass 4:

Size 8 9 10 11XX 08 09 10 11

POLYCO ELECTRICIANS GLOVE BAGBag for electrician gloves.

Order referencePPE0007002

EN60903

Page 124: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 123

5

Hand and arm protection

LEATHER

GREY SPLIT RIGGER GLOVE- Rigger glove for General handling- Superior Canadian rigger style- Grey split leather palm- Red Cotton back- Rubberised cuff - CE CATII, EN388- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128007 10

HQ CANADIAN RIGGER GLOVE-Rigger glove for general handling- Superior Canadian Rigger glove- Grey split leather palm- Blue cotton back- Rubberised Cuff- CE CAT II, EN388- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128008 10

SUPERIOR RIGGER GLOVE‘- Rigger glove for general handling- Superior Canadian Rigger glove- Grey split leather palm- Striped cotton back- Rubberised cuff- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128011 10

REINFORCED PALM RIGGER GLOVE-Rigger glove for general handling- Superior Canadian rigger glove- Grey split leather palm- Red split leather re-inforced patch gives extra protection- Red cotton back ,rubberised cuff- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128013 10

CAT II, EN388

EN388: 3143

EN388 CAT II

EN388: 3143

Page 125: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

124 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

YELLOW COWHIDE RIGGER GLOVE- Rigger glove for general handling- Superior Canadian rigger glove- Yellow soft grain leather for added comfort- Red cotton back ,rubberised cuff- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128014 10

STANDARD RIGGER GLOVE- Rigger glove for general handling- Cow split suede rigger glove- Patch palm - CE CAT I minimum risk- Striped cotton back and cuff- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference: SizePPE0128012 10

SOLID FURNITURE HIDE RIGGER GLOVE-Rigger glove for general handling- Hard wearing- Solid furniture hide- CE CAT I minimum risk- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference: SizePPE0128010 10

BLACK HIDE RIGGER GLOVE- Rigger glove for general handling- Superior Canadian Rigger glove- Black furniture hide palm- Striped cotton back- Rubberised cuff- CE CAT II, EN388- Size 10 only- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference: SizePPE0128009 10

EN388: 3121

EN388 CAT I Minimum risk

EN388: 4143

Page 126: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 125

5

Hand and arm protection

LINED DRIVERS GLOVES- Drivers Style Glove- All soft grain leather- Red full feleece lining- One piece back with Velcro tensioner for adjustment- CE CAT II, EN388- Size 10- Pack of 12 / Carton of 120

Order reference: SizePPE0128002 10

COTTON

BLEACHED COTTON GLOVE- General puprose light handling glove- Ideal for inspection use- Good for parts handling to protect product- CE CAT I mimimum risk- Size: Ladies or Mens- Pack of 12 / Carton of 600

Order reference: PPE01280XXSize Ladies MensXX 00 01

MENS STOCKINETTE GLOVE- Lightweight and breathable cotton liner- Knitted wrist for secure fit- CE CAT I minimum risk- Pack of 12 /Carton of 600

Order reference: SizePPE0128018 One Size

EN388: 2122

CE CAT I Minimum Risk

CE CAT I , Minimum risk

Page 127: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

126 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

PVC

RED PVC GLOVE-Ideal handling glove in wet environment- Red single dipped- Cotton interlock liner for added comfort- PVC dipped coating-CE CAT III, EN388, EN374/3- Size 10, 27cm or 35cm long- Pack of 12 /Carton 120

Order reference: PPE01280XXLength 27 cm 35 cm

XX 27 35

RED PVC GLOVE KNITTED WRIST- Ideal handling glove in wet environment- Red single dipped- Knitted wrist for comfort and fit- Cotton interlock lining for added comfort- PVC dipped coating- CE CAT II, EN388- Size 10- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120

Order reference SizePPE0128017 10

GREEN D/DIPPED GLOVE- Good quality glove for general handling- Seamless polyester/cotton liner for comfort- Latex coating for excellent grip- CE CAT II, EN388, EN374: JKL- Pack of 12 /Carton of 120CAT II, EN388

Order reference: PPE01281XXLength 27 cm 35 cm

XX 27 35

EN388: 4121

EN388: 4121

EN388: 4121

Page 128: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 127

5

Hand and arm protection

JW POLYCHEMHeavyweight red PVC chemical resistant gauntlet.- Superior chemical offers protection against a variety of chemicals including

concentrated acids.- Resistance: alkalis, oils and greases.- Durable: has attained maximum abrasion score as defined by European Standard

EN388. EN374: 2/3- Comfort: cotton interlock knitted liner.- Lengths: gauntlets come in various lengths, protecting to the top of the arm.- Actifresh® treated: stays fresher.Order quantity:35 cm - 40 cm - 45 cm: 10 pairs per polybag, 50 pairs per case.56 cm: 5 pairs per polybag, 25 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00058XXSize 9 9.5 10 9.5 10 9.5 10 9 9.5 10

Length 35 40 45 56XX 31 32 33 41 42 43 44 51 52 53

JW POLYSOLGreen double dipped PVC glove.- Protection: offers protection against a variety of chemicals including hydrocarbons

and certain solvents. - Durable: has attained maximum abrasion score as defined by European Standard

EN388, EN374: 2/3- Comfort: cotton interlock knitted liner. - Grip: granular finish for improved grip levels.- Actifresh® treated: stays fresher.Order quantity:27 cm: 10 pairs per polybag, 100 pairs per case.35 cm - 40 cm: 10 pairs per polybag, 50 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00059XXSize 9.5 10 9.5 10 9 10

Length 27 35 40XX 21 22 31 32 41 42

JW VYCLEARPVC Glove.- Protection: offers protection against a variety of chemicals.- Durable: has attained maximum abrasion score as defined by European Standard

EN388, EN374: /3- Comfort: cotton interlock knitted liner.- Actifresh® treated: stays fresher.Order quantity 10 pairs or 50 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00065XXSize 9 9.5 10XX 09 95 10

EN388: 4121

EN388: 4121

EN388: 4121EN374-3

Page 129: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

128 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

JW VYFLEXSeamless supported PVC glove.- Protection: offers good protection against oil, acids and other chemicals

EN374:2/3- Durable: has attained maximum abrasion score as defined by European Standard

EN388: 4121. - Comfort: fine knit seamless liner and anatomical shaped for increased user

comfort. - Grip: granular non-slip surface on hand for improved grip.- Anti-static properties: Meets the surface resistivity requirements of EN1149 part 1:

1995.- Actifresh® treated: stays fresher.Order quantity 10 pairs or 100 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE01027XXSize 09 10

ANSELL CONFORM®+ 69-140- Premium natural rubber latex.- Flexible and comfortable to wear. Cooler than vinyl, with superior finger flexibility

and grip.- Natural colour, thickness: 0.12 mm, powdered.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- Beaded cuff ensures a secure hold. - AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity: 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00481XXSize 5 - 6.1/2 7 - 8.1/2 9 - 10.1/2XX 05 07 09

DISPOSABLES

ANSELL CONFORM®+ 69-150- Premium natural rubber latex, powder free.- Flexible and comfortable to wear.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- Beaded cuff ensures a secure hold, textured fingertips.- Natural colour, thickness: 0.12 mm. - AQL 1.5 (EN374).Order quantity: 100 gloves per box or 10x boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00482XXSize 5 - 6.1/2 7 - 8.1/2 9 - 10.1/2XX 05 07 09

EN388: 4121

Page 130: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 129

5

Hand and arm protectionThe Shield Glove Range

High quality gloves offered at a very competitive price. A range of PPE disposable gloves offering a reliable and constant quality toanswer to most industry needs.

Available in:

PLatexPNitrilePVinylPPolysyntheticPWhite or Blue

Page 131: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

130 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

SHIELD LATEX DISPOSABLE GLOVES GD45- Shield powdered latex gloves.- High quality natural latex gloves.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- Food approved EC 1935/2004- AQL 1.5Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00024XXSize XS S M L XLXX 01 02 03 04 05

SHIELD LATEX DISPOSABLE GLOVES BLUE GD41- Shield blue powdered latex gloves.- High quality blue natural rubber- Ambidextrous, fits either hand- Food approved EC1935/2004- AQL 1.5Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00023XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

SHIELD LATEX GLOVES POWDER FREE GD05- Shield powder free latex gloves.- High quality natural latex gloves.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- Food approved EC 1935/2004- AQL 1.5Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00018XXSize XS S M L XLXX 01 02 03 04 05

SHIELD 2 NITRILE GLOVES BLUE POWDER FREE GD19- Shield2 blue powder free nitrile gloves.- Latex free.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- Textured to improve grip.Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00022XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

Page 132: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 131

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL VERSATOUCH 92-465- Dark blue nitrile single-use gloves suitable for contact with all fatty foods. - Latex-free formulation for the prevention of Type I allergies.- Textured fingertips provide a secure grip in both dry and wet conditions.- Beaded cuff ensures a secure hold.- Thickness: 0.10 mm and length: 240 mm, packaged in a bag.- AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00490XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

ANSELL TOUCHNTUFF® 92-500- Green nitrile single-use gloves, powdered - Latex-free formulation for the prevention of Type I allergies.- 100 % nitrile; no waxes, silicone or plasticisers.- Textured fingertips provide a secure grip in both dry and wet conditions.- Beaded cuff ensures a secure hold.- Thickness: 0.12 mm and length: 240 mm.- AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00491XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

ANSELL TOUCHNTUFF® 92-600- Resists a greater variety of industrial chemicals for longer periods than any other nitrile disposable gloves.- Latex-free formulation for the prevention of Type I allergies.- Primary skin irritation studies and Insult patch tests have also shown no evidence

of risk from irritation or allergic contact dermatitis.- Unique “Thin Nitrile Technology” formulation, this glove offers easy donning and

strong grip in wet or dry conditions.- Beaded cuff ensures a secure hold.- Green, thickness: 0.12 mm, length: 240 mm, powder free.- AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00492XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

Page 133: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

132 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL TNT® BLUE 92-670- Blue nitrile single-use gloves, powder free.- Latex-free formulation for the prevention of Type I allergies.- 100 % nitrile; no waxes, silicone or plasticisers.- Textured fingertips provide a secure grip in both dry and wet conditions.- Beaded cuff ensures a secure hold.- Thickness: 0.10 mm and length: 240 mm.- AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00493XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

BODYGUARDS VITRILEVitrile: a blend of nitrile and vinyl powder free disposable gloves.- Comfort: nitrile/vinyl combination makes the glove comfortable and flexible to

wear.- Fit: a better fit and therefore more dextrous than vinyl.- Strength: provides good barrier protection.- Sensitive skin: no latex proteins - eliminates protein sensitisation.- Rolled cuff: for additional strength and prevention of liquid roll back.Order quantity 100 gloves per dispenser or 10 dispensers per case.

Order reference: PPE00030XXSize 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5XX 65 75 85 95

POLYCO FINITE P INDIGO AFNitrile powder free disposable glove.- Sensitive skin: no latex proteins, eliminates protein sensitisation.- Residual accelerators: free from residual accelerators, a cause of allergic

dermatitis.- Fit: unique shape delivers a glove with improved fit.- Rolled cuff: for additional strength and prevention of liquid roll back.- Anti-static properties: tested to EN1149.Order quantity 100 gloves per dispenser or 10 dispensers per case.

Order reference: PPE00031XXSize 5.5 6.5 7.5 8.5 9.5XX 55 65 75 85 95

SHIELD 2 VINYL GLOVES GD47- Shield2 powdered vinyl gloves.- Made from PVC plastisol- Latex free- Ambidextrous, fits either hands.- Food approved 1935/2004Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00025XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

Page 134: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 133

5

Hand and arm protection

SHIELD 2 VINYL GLOVES BLUE GD11- Made from blue PVC plastisol.- Latex free.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- Food approved 1935/2004.Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00020XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

SHIELD 2 VINYL GLOVES POWDER FREE GD09- Shield2 clear powder free clear vinyl gloves.- Made from PVC plastisol- Latex free- Ambidextrous, fits either hand- Food approved, 1935/2004Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00019XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

SHIELD 2 VINYL GLOVES BLUE POWDER FREE GD13- Shield2 blue powder free vinyl gloves.- Made from blue PVC plastisol.- Latex free.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.Food approved 1935/2004.Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00021XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

SHIELD PE GLOVES GD55- Shield clear embossed PE gloves.Order quantity 100 gloves per bag or 10 bags per case.

Order reference: PPE01004XXSize M LXX 03 04

Page 135: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

134 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

SHIELD POLYSYNTHETIC GLOVES BLUE POWDER FREE GD75- Shield powder free blue polysynthetic gloves.- Made from a blend of polythene and synthetic polymers.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand.- AQL 1.5Order quantity 250 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE01005XXSize M L XLXX 03 04 05

SHIELD POLYSYNTHETIC GLOVES POWDER FREE GD76- Shield powder free clear polysynthetic gloves.- Made froma blend of polythene and synthetic polymers.- Ambidextrous, fits either hand- AQL 1.5Order quantity 250 pieces per box or 10x250 per case.

Order reference: PPE01006XXSize M L XLXX 03 04 05

SHIELD SYNTHETIC GLOVES POWDER FREE GN66- Shield powder free synthetic gloves.- Made from a blend of vinyl and nitrile materials.- AQL 1.5- Complies with Medical Devices Directives 93/42/EEC Class 1.Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00026XXSize S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

SHIELD HYBRID EXAM GLOVES POWDER FREE GN70- Shield blue powder free hybrid exam gloves.- Made from a blend of vinyl and nitrile materials- AQL 1.5- Complies with Medical Devices Directives 93/42/EEC Class 1

Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00027XXSize XS S M L XLXX 01 02 03 04 05

Page 136: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 135

5

Hand and arm protection

ANSELL NEOTOUCH® 25-101- Neoprene single-use gloves, powder free.- Latex-free formula for the prevention of type I allergies.- Polyurethane inner-coating that ensures easy donning.- Textured fingertips provide a secure grip in both dry and wet conditions.- Bright green beaded cuff ensures a secure hold.- Thickness: 0,13 mm.- AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity 100 gloves per box or 10 boxes per case.

Order reference: PPE00467XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

ANSELL ECONOHANDS® 87-190- Yellow natural rubber.- Specially treated to reduce the risk of allergic reactions.- Thickness: 0.35 mm, provides outstanding sensitivity.- Straight trimmed cuff.- Excellent price/quality ratio. - AQL 1.5 (EN 374).Order quantity 12 pairs per bag, 12x12 pairs per box.

Order reference: PPE00487XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

ANSELL VERSATOUCH 87-195- Blue natural rubber.- Specially treated to reduce the risk of allergic reactions.- Thickness: 0.35 mm, provides outstanding sensitivity.- Straight trimmed cuff. - AQL 1.5 (EN 374),EN 421.Order quantity 2 pairs per bag, 12x12 pairs per box.

Order reference: PPE00488XXSize 6.1/2 - 7 7.1/2 - 8 8.1/2 - 9 9.1/2 - 10XX 06 07 08 09

EN388: X010

Page 137: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

136 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

5

Hand and arm protection

POLYCO SWIFT HOUSEHOLD- Lightweight natural rubber glove, flock lined.- Slip resistant pattern on palm offers good wet and dry grip.- Flock lining absorbs perspiration, keeping hands cool.- Food approved (blue version only).Available in yellow and blue.Order quantity 12 pairs or 144 pairs per case.

Order reference: PPE00032XXBlue: Size 6-6.5 7-7.5 9-9.5 10-10.5XX 06 07 09 10

Order reference: PPE00033XXYellow:

Size 6-6.5 7-7.5 9-9.5 10-10.5XX 06 07 09 10

GLOVE DISPENSER SGD- Single glove dispenser.- Ideal for holding an individual box of disposable gloves, providing an easy dispensing solution.- Supplied with fittings.

Order referencePPE0001628

GRABBER DUAL CLIP TYPE 3400 - Grabber dual clip. Keep gloves and other items handy.- Equipped with a safety breakpoint. - Dielectric, non conductive material. Durable, ultra resilient acetal co-polymer.Pack of 6.

Order reference: PPE01028XXColour Blue Black Hi Vis orange Hi Vis lime

XX 06 10 23 24

STORAGE BOX FOR GLOVESStorage box wall mounting for dust-free storage of work gloves.Small: 23.6 x 12 x 12 cm.Medium: 23.6 x 22.5 x 12.5 cm.

Order reference: PPE01029XXType S MediumXX 01 02

Page 138: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 137

5

Hand and arm protection

NOTES

Page 139: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

138 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

Employees need functional and durable clothing to protect themselves against risksthey are faced with in the course of their daily work or in order to ensure continuityin the production process.

Whatever the conditions, whatever the application, ERIKS offers an extensive range of work wear and protective clothing.

This chapter includes disposable clothing that can be used in dusty environments, or which provides limited-life protection against chemicals or other hazardous substances.

You will also find a wide range of CE approved protective clothing, including high visibility, flame retardant, and chemical resistant garments, as well as clothing and outfits that protect you from the cold, wind or rain.

CLOTHING

Page 140: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 139

6

Workwear

Employees need functional and durable clothing to protect themselves against risksthey are faced with in the course of their daily work or in order to ensure continuityin the production process.

Whatever the conditions, whatever the application, ERIKS offers an extensive range of work wear and protective clothing.

This chapter includes disposable clothing that can be used in dusty environments, or which provides limited-life protection against chemicals or other hazardous substances.

You will also find a wide range of CE approved protective clothing, including high visibility, flame retardant, and chemical resistant garments, as well as clothing and outfits that protect you from the cold, wind or rain.

CLOTHING

Page 141: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

140 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Clothing

174 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 175

6 6

Clothing Clothing

Protection clothing against cold (< -5 °C).

Parameters: • x: Resulting thermal insulation measured with underwear of type B. • y: Air permeability (3 levels). • z: Breathing proporties (3 levels).

EN 342

EN 342:1998

Protective clothing with solar UV protection.

This norm specifies the requirements for protective clothing which is designed to offer the wearer protection against UV exposure. The UPF (Ultraviolet Protection Factor) shall be larger than 40 (UPF 40+).

High visibility clothing for professionals.

Parameters: • x: Surface of fluorescent and retroreflective material ( 3 levels). • y: Quality of the retroreflective material ( 2 levels).

EN 13758

EN 471

EN 13758-2

EN 471:1994

1

1

Some working conditions require the use of appropriate clothing. In addition, clothing that is comfortable to wear automatically improves your safety and the safety of your co-workers.If protective clothing is necessary, the company will provide it to help protect you and your co-workers from any risks.

MAKE THE RIGHT CHOICE

Once the determination has been made as to the role of clothing in your company and the requirements that the clothing must meet, a choice can be made from a wide selection of possibilities.Our selection is extensive:

WORK CLOTHINGLEISURE CLOTHINGRAINPROOF CLOTHINGHIGH VISIBILITY CLOTHINGFLAME-RETARDANT CLOTHINGHEAT-RESISTANT CLOTHINGCHEMICAL-RESISTANT CLOTHINGWINTER AND COLD RESISTANT CLOTHING THERMAL UNDERWEARDISPOSABLE CLOTHINGACCESSORIES

We also have a wide selection of materials: Cotton, polyester/cotton, cotton/polyester, acrylic, nylon, polypropylene, etc.When selecting work clothing, the types of materials and their characteristics and good and bad points should be taken in to consideration.Our product specialists will be pleased to assist you.

Applicable European standards for protective clothing are as follows:

Protective clothing against rain.

Parameters: • x: Waterproofness (3 levels). • y: Breathing properties (3 levels).

Protective clothing against cool environments

Parameters: • a: Thermal isolation (Rct) (3 levels). • b: Optional, air permeability (3 levels). • c: Optional, waterproofness (2 levels). • d: Optional, isolation (cler). • e: Optional, isolation (cle).

EN 14058

EN 343:1998

EN 14058:2004

EN 343

The new International Standard for High Visibility Clothing is due to be published in the Official Journal of the EU in 2013.

Summary of the main updates to the new EN ISO 20471 standard:

1. Class 1 retroreflective tape is no longer an option so only Class 2 retroreflective tape is permissible.2. The EN ISO 20471 symbol has been updated.3. Placement of retroreflective tape: The mandatory patterns for retroreflective tape

remain unchanged, except now additional bands of tape may be added to achieve required areas.

4. Class 3 garments must now be garments which cover the torso and have either full-length sleeves and or full-length legs.

5. Fluorescent background materials must pass colour and luminance tests after stated number of washes on the care label (not applicable to vests and tabards).

6. Tensile strength, burst strength, tear strength requirements have been reduced.7. Colourfastness to perspiration staining requirement has increased to 4.8. Colourfastness to washing/drycleaning staining requirement has been reduced to 4 for

non-fluorescent fabrics.9. Water vapour permeability requirements for fabrics (excluding EN 343 fabrics) have

been amended.10. Retroreflective tape: Performance after washing test method requires each cycle to be

a wash and dry cycle. EN 471 only requires drying after the last wash cycle.

EN 471:1994

1

1

EN 20471

Page 142: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 141

6

Clothing

174 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 175

6 6

Clothing Clothing

Protection clothing against cold (< -5 °C).

Parameters: • x: Resulting thermal insulation measured with underwear of type B. • y: Air permeability (3 levels). • z: Breathing proporties (3 levels).

EN 342

EN 342:1998

Protective clothing with solar UV protection.

This norm specifies the requirements for protective clothing which is designed to offer the wearer protection against UV exposure. The UPF (Ultraviolet Protection Factor) shall be larger than 40 (UPF 40+).

High visibility clothing for professionals.

Parameters: • x: Surface of fluorescent and retroreflective material ( 3 levels). • y: Quality of the retroreflective material ( 2 levels).

EN 13758

EN 471

EN 13758-2

EN 471:1994

1

1

Some working conditions require the use of appropriate clothing. In addition, clothing that is comfortable to wear automatically improves your safety and the safety of your co-workers.If protective clothing is necessary, the company will provide it to help protect you and your co-workers from any risks.

MAKE THE RIGHT CHOICE

Once the determination has been made as to the role of clothing in your company and the requirements that the clothing must meet, a choice can be made from a wide selection of possibilities.Our selection is extensive:

WORK CLOTHINGLEISURE CLOTHINGRAINPROOF CLOTHINGHIGH VISIBILITY CLOTHINGFLAME-RETARDANT CLOTHINGHEAT-RESISTANT CLOTHINGCHEMICAL-RESISTANT CLOTHINGWINTER AND COLD RESISTANT CLOTHING THERMAL UNDERWEARDISPOSABLE CLOTHINGACCESSORIES

We also have a wide selection of materials: Cotton, polyester/cotton, cotton/polyester, acrylic, nylon, polypropylene, etc.When selecting work clothing, the types of materials and their characteristics and good and bad points should be taken in to consideration.Our product specialists will be pleased to assist you.

Applicable European standards for protective clothing are as follows:

Protective clothing against rain.

Parameters: • x: Waterproofness (3 levels). • y: Breathing properties (3 levels).

Protective clothing against cool environments

Parameters: • a: Thermal isolation (Rct) (3 levels). • b: Optional, air permeability (3 levels). • c: Optional, waterproofness (2 levels). • d: Optional, isolation (cler). • e: Optional, isolation (cle).

EN 14058

EN 343:1998

EN 14058:2004

EN 343

The new International Standard for High Visibility Clothing is due to be published in the Official Journal of the EU in 2013.

Summary of the main updates to the new EN ISO 20471 standard:

1. Class 1 retroreflective tape is no longer an option so only Class 2 retroreflective tape is permissible.2. The EN ISO 20471 symbol has been updated.3. Placement of retroreflective tape: The mandatory patterns for retroreflective tape

remain unchanged, except now additional bands of tape may be added to achieve required areas.

4. Class 3 garments must now be garments which cover the torso and have either full-length sleeves and or full-length legs.

5. Fluorescent background materials must pass colour and luminance tests after stated number of washes on the care label (not applicable to vests and tabards).

6. Tensile strength, burst strength, tear strength requirements have been reduced.7. Colourfastness to perspiration staining requirement has increased to 4.8. Colourfastness to washing/drycleaning staining requirement has been reduced to 4 for

non-fluorescent fabrics.9. Water vapour permeability requirements for fabrics (excluding EN 343 fabrics) have

been amended.10. Retroreflective tape: Performance after washing test method requires each cycle to be

a wash and dry cycle. EN 471 only requires drying after the last wash cycle.

EN 471:1994

1

1

EN 20471

Page 143: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

142 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Clothing

176 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 177

6 6

Clothing Clothing

Protective clothing with limited flame spread properties.

Parameters: • x: Flame spreading index ( 3 levels). • y: Durability index.

EN 533

EN 533:1997

Index 3

The standard is composed of several parts. Each part deals with a specific part of the body:

• EN 381-5: Leg protectors. - Type A and type B clothing is intended for use in normal forestry activities by

professional lumberjacks who are properly trained and informed. - Type C clothing is intended for use by persons who do not normally work with

chainsaws or in unusual conditions.• EN 381-7: Cut-protection gloves.• EN 381-9: Cut-protection leg protectors.• EN 381-11: Upper body.The standard also describes 4 classes, which match the speed of the chain that the tests were done with.Not all classes are permitted in every part of the standard.• Class 0: 16 m/s.• Class 1: 20 m/s.• Class 2: 24 m/s.• Class 3: 28 m/s.

EN 381

EN 381:1995

Protective clothing for workers exposed to heat. (excluding fire and welders clothing)

Parameters: a. Min. requirements, fabric combination conforms to EN 14116 index 3. b. (B1>B3): Isolation against convective heat. c. (C1>C4): Isolation against radiant heat. d. (D1>D3): Isolation against molten aluminium. e. (E1>E3): Isolation against molten cast iron. f. (F1>F3): Isolation against contact heat. w.Waterproofness (2 levels) optional.

Heat protection clothing for heat exposed industry work.Extreme temperatures of over 1000 °C radiation heat need extreme protection coatings. Because of this ERIKS offers various fabric qualities.

• JT260PXAHV (KA-1) Preox-aramid fabric, ± 260 g/m², with aluminium high vacuum coating, very light, very soft model with extreme wear comfort.

• JT400PXAHV (KA-2) Preox-aramid fabric, ± 400 g/m², with aluminium high vacuum coating, medium weight, very soft model with extreme wear comfort.

• JT500KAHV (KA-3) Aramid fabric, ± 500 g/m², with aluminium high vacuum coating, medium heavy, very soft model with extreme wear comfort.

EN ISO 11612

EN ISO 11612:2008

A B1 C1 F1

(supersedes EN 531)

Protective clothing with limited flame spread properties.

Criteria: 1. Limited spread of flame. 2. Formation of hole. 3. Flaming debris. 4. Afterglow shall not spread. 5. After flame time.

EN ISO 14116

EN ISO 14116:2008

Material assembly complies with EN ISO 14116:2008

index 1/25H/40

(supersedes EN 533)

Protective clothing for workers exposed to heat. (excluding fire and welders clothing)

Parameters: a. Min. requirements, fabric combination conforms to EN 533 index 3. b. (B1>B5): Isolation against convective heat. c. (C1>C4): Isolation against radiant heat. d. (D1>D3): Isolation against molten aluminium. e. (E1>E3): Isolation against molten cast iron.

EN 531

EN 531:1995

A B1 C1

Protection against the danger caused by static electricity.

EN 1149-5:EN 1149-5:

EN 1149-5

Protective clothing against the thermal hazards of an electric ARC.

IEC 61482-1-2 tested.

Parameters: • Class 1 < 4 kA. • Class 2 < 7 kA.

IEC 61482-2

IEC 61482-2:IEC 61482-2:

Page 144: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 143

6

Clothing

176 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 177

6 6

Clothing Clothing

Protective clothing with limited flame spread properties.

Parameters: • x: Flame spreading index ( 3 levels). • y: Durability index.

EN 533

EN 533:1997

Index 3

The standard is composed of several parts. Each part deals with a specific part of the body:

• EN 381-5: Leg protectors. - Type A and type B clothing is intended for use in normal forestry activities by

professional lumberjacks who are properly trained and informed. - Type C clothing is intended for use by persons who do not normally work with

chainsaws or in unusual conditions.• EN 381-7: Cut-protection gloves.• EN 381-9: Cut-protection leg protectors.• EN 381-11: Upper body.The standard also describes 4 classes, which match the speed of the chain that the tests were done with.Not all classes are permitted in every part of the standard.• Class 0: 16 m/s.• Class 1: 20 m/s.• Class 2: 24 m/s.• Class 3: 28 m/s.

EN 381

EN 381:1995

Protective clothing for workers exposed to heat. (excluding fire and welders clothing)

Parameters: a. Min. requirements, fabric combination conforms to EN 14116 index 3. b. (B1>B3): Isolation against convective heat. c. (C1>C4): Isolation against radiant heat. d. (D1>D3): Isolation against molten aluminium. e. (E1>E3): Isolation against molten cast iron. f. (F1>F3): Isolation against contact heat. w.Waterproofness (2 levels) optional.

Heat protection clothing for heat exposed industry work.Extreme temperatures of over 1000 °C radiation heat need extreme protection coatings. Because of this ERIKS offers various fabric qualities.

• JT260PXAHV (KA-1) Preox-aramid fabric, ± 260 g/m², with aluminium high vacuum coating, very light, very soft model with extreme wear comfort.

• JT400PXAHV (KA-2) Preox-aramid fabric, ± 400 g/m², with aluminium high vacuum coating, medium weight, very soft model with extreme wear comfort.

• JT500KAHV (KA-3) Aramid fabric, ± 500 g/m², with aluminium high vacuum coating, medium heavy, very soft model with extreme wear comfort.

EN ISO 11612

EN ISO 11612:2008

A B1 C1 F1

(supersedes EN 531)

Protective clothing with limited flame spread properties.

Criteria: 1. Limited spread of flame. 2. Formation of hole. 3. Flaming debris. 4. Afterglow shall not spread. 5. After flame time.

EN ISO 14116

EN ISO 14116:2008

Material assembly complies with EN ISO 14116:2008

index 1/25H/40

(supersedes EN 533)

Protective clothing for workers exposed to heat. (excluding fire and welders clothing)

Parameters: a. Min. requirements, fabric combination conforms to EN 533 index 3. b. (B1>B5): Isolation against convective heat. c. (C1>C4): Isolation against radiant heat. d. (D1>D3): Isolation against molten aluminium. e. (E1>E3): Isolation against molten cast iron.

EN 531

EN 531:1995

A B1 C1

Protection against the danger caused by static electricity.

EN 1149-5:EN 1149-5:

EN 1149-5

Protective clothing against the thermal hazards of an electric ARC.

IEC 61482-1-2 tested.

Parameters: • Class 1 < 4 kA. • Class 2 < 7 kA.

IEC 61482-2

IEC 61482-2:IEC 61482-2:

Page 145: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

144 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Clothing

178 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 179

6 6

Clothing Clothing

Protective clothing for use in welding and allied processes.

Parameters: • Class 1: Lower level > less hazardous welding situations. • Class 2: High level > more hazardous welding situations.

Protection against liquid chemicals. Parameters: • Type 4: Full body clothing, spray tight connections (EN 465) (spray test). • Type 3: Full body clothing, liquid tight connections (jet test) (EN 466). • Type PB[4] or PB[3]: Items providing protection to parts of the body only (EN 467).

Limited protection against liquid chemicals.

Parameters: • Type PB[6]: Limited protection.

EN ISO 11611 EN 14605

EN 13034

EN ISO 11611:EN ISO 11611: EN 14605:2005

EN 13034:2005

Type PB [6]

Guide to protective clothing ‘Types’EN Type Type description Symbol

EN 943-1 & 2Type 1

Gas tight protective clothingProtective clothing against liquid and gaseous chemicals, aerosols and solid particulates.

EN 943-1 Type 2

Non gas tight protective clothingSuits which retain positive pressure to prevent ingress of dusts, liquids and vapours.

EN 14605Type 3

Liquid tight suitsSuits which can protect against strong and directional jets of liquid chemical.

EN 14605Type 4

Spray tight suitsSuits which offer protection against saturation of liquid chemicals.

EN ISO 13982-1Type 5

Dry particle suitsSuits which provide protection to the full body against airborne solid particulates .

EN 13034Type 6

Reduced spray suitsSuits which offer limited protection against a light spray of liquid chemicals.

Page 146: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 145

6

Clothing

178 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 179

6 6

Clothing Clothing

Protective clothing for use in welding and allied processes.

Parameters: • Class 1: Lower level > less hazardous welding situations. • Class 2: High level > more hazardous welding situations.

Protection against liquid chemicals. Parameters: • Type 4: Full body clothing, spray tight connections (EN 465) (spray test). • Type 3: Full body clothing, liquid tight connections (jet test) (EN 466). • Type PB[4] or PB[3]: Items providing protection to parts of the body only (EN 467).

Limited protection against liquid chemicals.

Parameters: • Type PB[6]: Limited protection.

EN ISO 11611 EN 14605

EN 13034

EN ISO 11611:EN ISO 11611: EN 14605:2005

EN 13034:2005

Type PB [6]

Guide to protective clothing ‘Types’EN Type Type description Symbol

EN 943-1 & 2Type 1

Gas tight protective clothingProtective clothing against liquid and gaseous chemicals, aerosols and solid particulates.

EN 943-1 Type 2

Non gas tight protective clothingSuits which retain positive pressure to prevent ingress of dusts, liquids and vapours.

EN 14605Type 3

Liquid tight suitsSuits which can protect against strong and directional jets of liquid chemical.

EN 14605Type 4

Spray tight suitsSuits which offer protection against saturation of liquid chemicals.

EN ISO 13982-1Type 5

Dry particle suitsSuits which provide protection to the full body against airborne solid particulates .

EN 13034Type 6

Reduced spray suitsSuits which offer limited protection against a light spray of liquid chemicals.

Page 147: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

146 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Clothing

180 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 181

6 6

Clothing Clothing

SIZE CHART

The best way to determine the correct size, is to be measured. The size is dependent on the type of garment. For trousers and/or Bib & Brace use waist size (K1 or K2) and the inside leg measurements (in centimetres) is required. For polo/T shirts, jackets and overalls the chest measurement (A) is required. Once you know your size in centimeters, you can read your size in the table. Is your size is not listed, then go one step to the right and choose one size larger. Please note, clothing measurements can vary from one manufacturer to another. The following tables are for guidance only.

H.Head measurement. For hats and caps, measure horizontally around the head, one inch above the ears.

P.Collar size. When measuring for shirts, place the tape measure level around the neck, 1 cm above the collar bone.

A.Chest. When measuring for jackets and boiler suits, place the tape measure level around the widest part of the chest. For example: If your chest measurement is 102 cm, choose jacket size 104 cm (next size up). If a sweater is to be worn under the jacket, choose the next size up, i.e. 108 cm.

K1.Normal waist height. When measuring for trousers and bib and braces, place the tape measure level around the waist..

K2.Low waist. When measuring for trousers, place the tape measure level around the waist.

L.Hips. For ladies trousers measure horizontally around the hip at the widest part.

E.Inside leg.Measure from crotch to desired length of trouser. Regular: 82 cm (32”). Tall: 90 cm (35”). Short: 76 cm (30”).

Note:Over-trousers, rainwear, and traffic vests/jackets are meant to be worn over clothing. Therefore there is no need to select a larger size. If you are size L in a sweatshirt, you should choose L in rainwear or hi-vis.

H

P

A

K1. K2.

L

E

Size (bodysize) C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C54 C56 C58 C60 C62 C64 C66 C68 C70 C72

Winter workwear/waistcoat XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL

A: Chest, jacket/boiler suit (cm) 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144

A: Chest, jacket/ boiler suit (inch) 33 34.5 36 38 39.5 41 42.5 44 45.5 47 49 50.5 52 53.5 55 56.5

K1/K2: Waist, mens’ trousers (cm) 68 70,5 73 75,5 78 80,5 83 85,5 88 90,5 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143

K1/K2: Waist, mens’ trousers (inch) 27 28 28.5 29.5 30.5 31.5 32.5 33.5 34.5 35.5 36.5 38.5 40.5 42.5 44.5 46.5 48.5 50.5 52.5 54.5 56.5

K1/K2: Waist, bib & brace/combi suit (cm) 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143

K1/K2: Waist, bib & brace/combi suit (inch) 27 28.5 30.5 32.5 34.5 36.5 38.5 40.5 42.5 44.5 46.5 48.5 50.5 52.5 54.5 56.5

L: Hip (cm) 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 114 118 122 126 130 134 138 142 146 150

L: Hip (inch) 35.5 36 37 38 38.5 39.5 40 41 41.5 42.5 43 45 46.5 48 49.5 51 52.5 54 56 57.5 59

P: Collar size, shirts (cm) 37-38 39-40 41-42 43-44 45-46 47-48 49-50 51-52

P: Colar size, shirts (inch) 14 15.5 16.5 17.5 18 19 19.5 20

Ladies’ size (bodysize) 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52

A: Chest, T-shirt (cm) 79 85 85 91 97 97 103 111 119 119

A: Chest, T-shirt (inch) 31 33,5 33,5 35,5 38 38 40,5 43,5 46,5 46,5

Head measure S M L XL 2XL

H: Head measure, cap (cm) 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

H: Haed measure, cap (inch) 21 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.25 23.5 24 24.5 25

Page 148: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 147

6

Clothing

180 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 181

6 6

Clothing Clothing

SIZE CHART

The best way to determine the correct size, is to be measured. The size is dependent on the type of garment. For trousers and/or Bib & Brace use waist size (K1 or K2) and the inside leg measurements (in centimetres) is required. For polo/T shirts, jackets and overalls the chest measurement (A) is required. Once you know your size in centimeters, you can read your size in the table. Is your size is not listed, then go one step to the right and choose one size larger. Please note, clothing measurements can vary from one manufacturer to another. The following tables are for guidance only.

H.Head measurement. For hats and caps, measure horizontally around the head, one inch above the ears.

P.Collar size. When measuring for shirts, place the tape measure level around the neck, 1 cm above the collar bone.

A.Chest. When measuring for jackets and boiler suits, place the tape measure level around the widest part of the chest. For example: If your chest measurement is 102 cm, choose jacket size 104 cm (next size up). If a sweater is to be worn under the jacket, choose the next size up, i.e. 108 cm.

K1.Normal waist height. When measuring for trousers and bib and braces, place the tape measure level around the waist..

K2.Low waist. When measuring for trousers, place the tape measure level around the waist.

L.Hips. For ladies trousers measure horizontally around the hip at the widest part.

E.Inside leg.Measure from crotch to desired length of trouser. Regular: 82 cm (32”). Tall: 90 cm (35”). Short: 76 cm (30”).

Note:Over-trousers, rainwear, and traffic vests/jackets are meant to be worn over clothing. Therefore there is no need to select a larger size. If you are size L in a sweatshirt, you should choose L in rainwear or hi-vis.

H

P

A

K1. K2.

L

E

Size (bodysize) C42 C43 C44 C45 C46 C47 C48 C49 C50 C51 C52 C54 C56 C58 C60 C62 C64 C66 C68 C70 C72

Winter workwear/waistcoat XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL

A: Chest, jacket/boiler suit (cm) 84 86 88 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140 144

A: Chest, jacket/ boiler suit (inch) 33 34.5 36 38 39.5 41 42.5 44 45.5 47 49 50.5 52 53.5 55 56.5

K1/K2: Waist, mens’ trousers (cm) 68 70,5 73 75,5 78 80,5 83 85,5 88 90,5 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143

K1/K2: Waist, mens’ trousers (inch) 27 28 28.5 29.5 30.5 31.5 32.5 33.5 34.5 35.5 36.5 38.5 40.5 42.5 44.5 46.5 48.5 50.5 52.5 54.5 56.5

K1/K2: Waist, bib & brace/combi suit (cm) 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133 138 143

K1/K2: Waist, bib & brace/combi suit (inch) 27 28.5 30.5 32.5 34.5 36.5 38.5 40.5 42.5 44.5 46.5 48.5 50.5 52.5 54.5 56.5

L: Hip (cm) 90 92 94 96 98 100 102 104 106 108 110 114 118 122 126 130 134 138 142 146 150

L: Hip (inch) 35.5 36 37 38 38.5 39.5 40 41 41.5 42.5 43 45 46.5 48 49.5 51 52.5 54 56 57.5 59

P: Collar size, shirts (cm) 37-38 39-40 41-42 43-44 45-46 47-48 49-50 51-52

P: Colar size, shirts (inch) 14 15.5 16.5 17.5 18 19 19.5 20

Ladies’ size (bodysize) 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52

A: Chest, T-shirt (cm) 79 85 85 91 97 97 103 111 119 119

A: Chest, T-shirt (inch) 31 33,5 33,5 35,5 38 38 40,5 43,5 46,5 46,5

Head measure S M L XL 2XL

H: Head measure, cap (cm) 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63

H: Haed measure, cap (inch) 21 21.5 22 22.5 23 23.25 23.5 24 24.5 25

Page 149: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

148 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Clothing

182 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Clothing

PERSONALISATION

EmbroideryEmbroidery is a professional, stylish and extremely durable way to personalise textiles. Yarn is colour and laundry fast.

Transfer systemsYour print work is applied onto a (transfer) paper. Pressure is then applied to the article that is to be printed on and to the transfers on a press under high temperatures so that the pressure and the heat ensure that the ink on the transfer paper is released and adheres to the product. Using this process, detailed printing is no problem.

Please contact your local ERIKS Service Centre for more information.

Page 150: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 149

6

Workwear

WORK CLOTHING

MASCOT JACKET MAINZ- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams on sleeves and at the sides. - High collar. - Fastening with zip, storm flap and hidden press studs. - Extended back. - Chest pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - Easy access to integrated phone pocket inside the breast pocket. - Front pockets. - D-ring. - Inner pockets. - Waist with press stud adjustment. - Cuffs with press stud fastening. - Contrast stitching. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-2.

Order reference: PPE00708XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00709XXRoyal/Dark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 151: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

150 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT TROUSERS ERFURT- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Low waist and form cut waist band. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Belt loops. - D-ring. - Fly with zip. - Tool strap at waist. - Adjustable hammer loop. - Spacious front pockets; one with easily accessible telephone pocket. - Back pockets with reinforcement. - Skewed thigh pocket with manual partitioning with press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Pen pocket. - Adjustable CORDURA® fabric knee pad pockets with flap and top access. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA.

Order reference: PPE00735XXBlack/Antracite - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00733XXBlack/Antracite - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00734XXBlack/Antracite - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00738XXAntracite/Black - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00736XXAntracite/Black - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00737XXAntracite/Black - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00741XXDark Navy/Royal - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00739XXDark Navy/Royal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Page 152: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 151

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00740XXDark Navy/Royal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

MASCOT TROUSERS DORTMUND- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Low waist and form cut waist band. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Belt loops. - Fly with zip. - D-ring. - Tool strap at waist. - Back pockets with reinforcement. - Adjustable hammer loop. - Skewed thigh pocket with manual partitioning with press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Spacious front pockets; one with easily accessible telephone pocket. - Pen pocket. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-2.

Order reference: PPE00742XXBlack/Antracite - 82cm

Size cm 62 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 135XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00743XXBlack/Antracite - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00744XXAntracite/Black - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00745XXAntracite/Black - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00746XXDark Navy/Royal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00747XXDark Navy/Royal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

W

Page 153: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

152 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT JACKET FULDA- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams on sleeves and at the sides. - High collar. - Fastening with zip, storm flap and hidden press studs. - Extended back. - Chest pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - Easy access to integrated phone pocket inside the breast pocket. - Front pockets. - D-ring. - Inner pockets. - Waist with press stud adjustment. - Cuffs with press stud fastening. - Contrast stitching. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-2.

Order reference: PPE00710XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00711XXRoyal/Dark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 154: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 153

6

Workwear

MASCOT® WORKWEAREriks A5stasand3.indd 1 19-12-2013 15:27:16

Page 155: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

154 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT TROUSERS MANNHEIM- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Low waist and form cut waist band. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Belt loops.- D-ring. - Fly with zip. - Tool strap at waist. - Spacious front pockets - one with easily accessible telephone pocket. - Back pockets with reinforcement. - Adjustable hammer loop. - Skewed thigh pocket with manual partitioning with press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Pen pocket. - Adjustable CORDURA® fabric knee pad pockets with flap and top access. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-5.

Order reference: PPE00720XXAntracite/Black - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00718XXAntracite/Black - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00719XXAntracite/Black - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00723XXAntracite/Black - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00721XXAntracite/Black - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00722XXAntracite/Black - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 989 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00726XXDark Navy/Royal - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00724XXDark Navy/Royal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 123 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Page 156: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 155

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00725XXDark Navy/Royal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

MASCOT TROUSERS OLDENBURG- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Low waist and form cut waist band. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Belt loops. - Fly with zip. - D-ring. - Tool strap at waist. Back pockets with reinforcement. - Adjustable hammer loop. - Skewed thigh pocket with manual partitioning with press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Spacious front pockets - one with easily accessible telephone pocket. - Pen pocket. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-5.

Order reference: PPE00727XXBlack/Antracite - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00728XXBlack/Antracite - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00729XXAntracite/Black - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00730XXAntracite/Black - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00731XXDark Navy/Royal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00732XXDark Navy/Royal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Page 157: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

156 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT BIB & BRACE AUGSBURG- Two-toned. - Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Adjustable straps in short, strong elastic with plastic buckles. - Bib pocket with pen pocket, phone pocket and flap with hidden press studs. - D-ring. - Inner pocket with hook and loop band fastening. - Adjustable waist. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Fly with zip. - Front pockets. - Back pockets with reinforcement. - Adjustable hammer loop. - Skewed thigh pocket with manual partitioning with press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Pen pocket. - Adjustable CORDURA® fabric knee pad pockets with flap and top access. - Reflectors. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-2.

Order reference: PPE00714XXAntracite/Black - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00712XXAntracite/Black - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00713XXAntracite/Black - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00717XXRoyal/Dark Navy - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00715XXRoyal/Dark Navy - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00716XXRoyal/Dark Navy - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Page 158: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 157

6

Workwear

MASCOT JACKET ROCKFORD- Triple stitched seams on sleeves, shoulders and at the sides. - High collar. - Fastening with zip, storm flap and hidden press studs. - Chest pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - Pen pocket. - D-ring. - Front pockets. - Inner pockets. - Cuffs with press stud fastening. - Waist with press stud adjustment. - Contrast stitching. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA.

Order reference: PPE00762XXDark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00763XXRed Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00764XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00765XXRoyal Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00766XXDark Anthracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 159: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

158 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT TROUSERS PITTSBURGH- Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Belt loops. - D-ring. - Fly with zip. - Front pockets. - Back pockets with reinforcement, flap and hidden press studs. - Thigh pocket with flap and hidden press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Adjustable knee pad pockets. - Contrast stitching. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA.

Order reference: PPE00827XXDark Navy - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00796XXDark Navy - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00797XXDark Navy - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00800XXRed - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00798XXRed - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00799XXRed - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00803XXBlack - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00801XXBlack - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00802XXBlack - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Page 160: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 159

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00806XXRoyal - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00804XXRoyal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00805XXRoyal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00809XXDark Anthracite - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00807XXDark Anthracite - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00808XXDark Anthracite - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 56 58 60 62

Page 161: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

160 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT TROUSERS BERKELEY- Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Belt loops. - D-ring. - Fly with zip. - Front pockets. - Back pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - Thigh pocket with flap and hidden press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Contrast stitching. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA.

Order reference: PPE00786XXDark Navy - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00787XXDark Navy - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00788XXRed - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00789XXRed - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00790XXBlack - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00791XXBlack - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00792XXRoyal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00793XXRoyal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00794XXDark Anthracite - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Page 162: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 161

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00795XXDark Anthracite - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

MASCOT BIB & BRACE NEWARK- Triple stitched seams at leg and crotch. - Adjustable straps in short, strong elastic with plastic buckles. - Bib pocket with flap and hidden press studs. - D-ring. - Inner pocket with hook and loop band fastening. - Adjustable waist. - Front pockets. - Fly with zip. - Back pockets with reinforcement, flap and hidden press studs. - Thigh pocket with flap and hidden press studs. - Reinforced ruler pocket. - Adjustable knee pad pockets. - Contrast stitching. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA.

Order reference: PPE00769XXDark Navy - 76cm

Size cmXX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00767XXDark Navy - 82cm

Size cmXX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00768XXDark Navy - 90cm

Size cmXX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00772XXRed - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00770XXRed - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00771XXRed - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00775XXBlack - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Page 163: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

162 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00773XXBlack - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00774XXBlack - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00778XXRoyal - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00776XXRoyal - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00777XXRoyal - 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Order reference: PPE00781XXDark Anthracite - 76cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103XX 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00779XXDark Anthracite - 82cm

Size cm 68 73 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118 123 128 133XX 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Order reference: PPE00780XXDark Anthracite 90cm

Size cm 78 83 88 93 98 103 108 113 118XX 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62

Page 164: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 163

6

Workwear

MASCOT BOILERSUIT AKRON- Triple stitched seams on the sleeves, shoulders, leg and crotch. - Ergonomically formed trouser leg. - Fastening with two way zip, storm flap and press studs. - High collar. - Chest pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - D-ring. - Front pockets. - Access to trousers from both sides. - Back pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - Thigh pocket with flap and hidden press studs. - Ruler pocket. - Cuffs with press stud fastening. - Elastic and pleat in the back. - Adjustable knee pad pockets. - Contrast stitching. - Tested in accordance with EN/ISO 15797 and assessed according to ETSA.

Order reference: PPE00782XXDark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00783XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00784XXRoyal Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00785XXDark Anthracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST C701 - COMBAT POLYCOTTON TROUSERS This garment portrays all the original styling of the modern-day work trouser. Constructed from our rugged pre-shrunk Kingsmill fabric the Combat Trouser is built to take on the toughest of jobs. Multiple utility pockets are featured with Velcro flaps for added security. Two rear patch pockets.Also available in: Grey, White, Bottle Green.Regular leg 31” (other lengths available).

Order reference: PPE00282XXNavy

Size inch 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48XX 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Order reference: PPE00283XXRoyal

Size inch 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48XX 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Order reference: PPE00284XXBlack

Size inch 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48XX 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Page 165: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

164 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST C853 - COTTON ENGINEER’S JACKETThis popular jacket has three patch pockets for convenient storage. The concealed stud front enhances the professional appearance while the cotton fabric ensures maximum comfort. Pen pocket

Order reference: PPE00297XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S882 - COTTON ENGINEER’S TROUSERSThis practical trouser is perfect for the modern work place offering comfort and durability. Ideal for combination with the C853 jacket. Hook and bar closure

Order reference: PPE00393XXNavy: Size 36 38 40 41 42 44 46 47XX 36 38 40 41 42 44 46 47

PORTWEST C881 - COTTON BIB AND BRACEMade from the highest quality cotton this popular style offers all day comfort. Convenient features include side access a chest pocket and back elastic for ease of movement. Spacious pocket

Order reference: PPE00301XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST C806 - COTTON COVERALLFeatures of this stylish coverall include a concealed stud front and a handy chest pocket. The quality cotton fabric washes well and offers supreme comfort. Pen pocket

Order reference: PPE00288XXNavy: Size S M L XLXX 02 03 04 05

Page 166: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 165

6

Workwear

PORTWEST C811 - COTTON BOILERSUITThis smart boilersuit offers the ultimate in comfort and protection. Winning features include twin stitching throughout YKK brass zips and several secure pockets. Available in a range of modern colours.YKK zips.On request also available in: Orange, Bottle Green, White.

Order reference: PPE00289XXRed: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00290XXKhaki: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00291XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST C859 - MAYO POLYCOTTON JACKET FOUR POCKETSFeatures of this smart jacket include an action back for comfort and multiple pockets for convenience. The hardwearing material is fully compatible with the Mayo Trousers (S885) and Pleated Trousers (S886). Mobile phone pocket.

Order reference: PPE00298XXRoyal: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00299XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00300XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 167: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

166 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S885 - MAYO POLYCOTTON TROUSERConstructed from our high quality pre-shrunk poly-cotton TradeGuard fabric the trouser provides two side pockets and one jetted back pocket with button. Hook and bar closure.Also available in: Bottle, Red, Grey.Regular leg 31” (other lengths available).

Order reference: PPE00394XXNavy:

Size inch 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54XX 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54

Order reference: PPE00395XXBlack:

Size inch 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48XX 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48

Order reference: PPE00396XXRoyal:

Size inch 32 33 34 36 38 40 41 42 44 46 48 50XX 32 33 34 36 38 40 41 42 44 46 48 50

PORTWEST S999 - EURO WORK POLYCOTTON COVERALLWinning features of this durable coverall include two chest pockets one rule pocket and a concealed stud front. Perfect for all your working requirements.

Order reference: PPE00548XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00549XXRoyal: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S862 - ACTION POLYCOTTON JACKETThis stylish jacket is the perfect accompaniment to our Action trouser range. Stylish and functional features include versatile storage and side elastication for comfort.Handy D ring

Order reference: PPE00391XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00392XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 168: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 167

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S887 - ACTION POLYCOTTON TROUSERSMade from quality poly-cotton features include multiple zip pockets reinforced fabric at seat and knee areas with the added option of accommodating knee pads. Multi-purpose pockets.Also available in: Bottle, Red, Grey.Regular leg 31” (other lengths available).

Order reference: PPE00397XXNavy:

Size inch 26 28 30 32 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56XX 26 28 30 32 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00398XXBlack:

Size inch 26 28 30 32 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56XX 26 28 30 32 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56

Order reference: PPE00399XXRoyal:

Size inch 26 28 30 32 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56XX 26 28 30 32 33 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56

PORTWEST C813 - LIVERPOOL-ZIP POLYCOTTON COVERALLThe pre-shrunk top quality fabric contributes to the professional appearance of this garment. Various pockets and a hammer loop compliment the all-purpose styling.Action back garment.On request also available in: Red, Bottle Green.

Order reference: PPE00292XXRoyal: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00293XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00294XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST KS10 - CHROME POLYCOTTON JACKETMulti pocketed with handy features such as: ID holder, easy access phone and pen pocket and adjustable cuff and hem bands with retro reflective flashing for increased visibility. Webbing tape with Hi-Vis detail.

Order reference: PPE00340XXGrey/Black:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00341XXNavy/Black:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 169: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

168 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST KS14 - TUNGSTEN POLYCOTTON TROUSERAmazing robust canvas work trouser with Oxford fabric reinforcement at key abrasion points. This comfortable cut trouser is packed with features including triple stitched critical seams tuck-away holster pockets articulated kneepad pockets with deep fail-safe secure covers and multiple pockets to provide storage for phones and tools.

Order reference: PPE00538XXBlack Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST TX10 - TEXO COTTON/POLYESTER CONTRAST JACKETThis fashionable contrast colour jacket is practical and hardwearing. Multiple versatile features include back pocket for cap and glove storage and velcro cuffs for an adjustable fit. Compatible with the TX11 trousers and TX12 Bib and Brace. Detachable ID pocket.Also available in: Royal.

Order reference: PPE00405XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00406XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00407XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST TX11 - TEXO COTTON/POLYESTER CONTRAST TROUSERSStylish and practical work trousers with an abundance of useful features including kneepad pockets mobile phone and thigh pocket and velcro at hems for adjust-ment. Can be twinned with the TX10 Contrast Jacket. Back elasticated waistband.Also available in: Royal.

Order reference: PPE00408XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00409XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00410XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 170: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 169

6

Workwear

PORTWEST TX12 - TEXO COTTON/POLYESTER CONTRAST BIB AND BRACEThe Texo cotton rich fabric creates a very comfortable yet practical garment. This bib & brace offers complete lower body and leg protection. Features include a concealed bib pocket kneepad pockets and thigh pockets. Velcro at the leg end ensures a secure fit. Compatible with the Texo Contrast Jacket.Knee pad pockets.Also available in: Royal.

Order reference: PPE00411XXNavy: Size M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00412XXBlack: Size M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00413XXGrey: Size M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST TX15 - TEXO COTTON/POLYESTER CONTRAST COVERALLThis stylish coverall provides comfort and all over protection. Winning features inclu-de knee pad pockets velcro for cuff and hem adjustment and multiple pockets.Smart phone pocket.

Order reference: PPE00420XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00421XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00422XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST TX14 - TEXO COTTON/POLYESTER CONTRAST SHORTSThe TX14 shorts combine function and style. Waist elastication provides comfort and ease of movement. Versatile pockets for multiple storage space.

Order reference: PPE00417XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00418XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00419XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 171: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

170 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST 2852 - STANDARD POLYCOTTON COATBack vented for extra comfort this versatile coat features a concealed stud front 2 lower patch pockets and 1 chest pocket. Excellent dye retention and fully pre-shrunk this modern workwear coat will retain its fresh look wash after wash.On request also available in: Spruce Green, Bottle Green, Royal.

Order reference: PPE00260XXWhite: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00261XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST C851 - STANDARD COTTON COATFeatures of this popular style include a concealed stud front two lower patch pockets and one chest pocket. Made from 100 % cotton this superb garment is durable and comfortable meeting all your working requirements. Quality Cotton Comfort

Order reference: PPE00295XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00296XXWhite: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S843 - POLYCOTTON TABARD WITH POCKETThis Tabard combines classic styling with functionality and comes in a range of modern colours. Features include stud adjustable side straps and a front patch pocket.On request also available in: Black, Royal, Red.

Order reference: PPE00388XXNavy: Size S/M L/XL 2XLXX 02 04 06

Order reference: PPE00389XXWhite: Size S/M L/XL 2XLXX 02 04 06

Order reference: PPE00390XXGreen: Size S/M L/XL 2XLXX 02 04 06

Page 172: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 171

6

Workwear

LEISURE WEAR

MASCOT T-SHIRT POTSDAM- 100 % cotton.- Two-toned. - Anti-pilling fabric. - Strong quality. - Preshrunk. - Round neck. - Rib at neck. - Internal neck yoke. - Reflectors.

Order reference: PPE00753XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00754XXRed/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00755XXWhite/Antracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00756XXRoyal/Dark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00757XXKhaki/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 173: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

172 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT T-SHIRT BORNEO- Cotton/polyester.- Ribbed collar and sleeves. - Buttoned placket. - Chest pocket.

Order reference: PPE00810XXDark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00811XXRed Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00812XXWhite Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00813XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00814XXRoyal Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00816XXAntracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00815XXDark Anthracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

MASCOT T-SHIRT BOTTROP- Cotton/polyester.- Two-toned. - Ribbed collar and sleeves. - Buttoned placket. - Neckband. - Reflectors.

Order reference: PPE00748XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00749XXRed/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 174: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 173

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00750XXWhite/Antracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00751XXRoyal/Dark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00752XXKhaki/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST TX20 - TEXO POLYCOTTON CONTRAST POLO SHIRT Designed for comfort and performance this fashionable polo shirt is suitable for a wide range of end uses and compliments all the existing Texo styles. Perfect when worn alone on hot days or under the Texo jackets. New larger chest pocket dimensions

Order reference: PPE00423XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00424XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00425XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

MASCOT T-SHIRT CARIBIEN- Cotton/polyester.- Combed cotton. - Round neck. - Rib at neck, waist and cuffs. - Neckband.

Order reference: PPE00817XXDark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00818XXRed Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00819XXWhite Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 175: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

174 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

Order reference: PPE00820XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00821XXRoyal Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00823XXAnthracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00822XXDark Anthracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

MASCOT T-SHIRT WITTEN- Cotton/polyester.- Two-toned. - Round neck. - Rib at neck, waist and cuffs. - Neckband. - Reflectors. - Certified to UV Standard 801, 12.1.10.0016-3.

Order reference: PPE00758XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST B310 - NATO SWEATERA long time favourite with the public services this 100 % acrylic sweater has polyester-cotton shoulder and elbow patches for extra reinforcement. Features include Velcro fastening shoulder epaulette and a sleeve pen pocket.

Order reference: PPE00265XXNavy: Size XXS XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00266XXBlack: Size XXS XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 176: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 175

6

Workwear

RAINPROOF CLOTHING

SIOEN 4820 RAIN JACKET100 % waterproof, windproof, supple, stretchable, comfortable, lightweight, noiseless, extended durability.- High frequency welded seams.OUTSIDE.- Straight collar, foldaway hood in collar.- Zip closure under flap with press studs.- 2 Patched pockets.- Raglan sleeves.- Elasticated wristband with narrowing by press studs.- Underarm ventilation.- Back length 85 cm.Flexothane Classic: 100 % Polyamide knitting with PU coating, ± 180 g/m².Meets standards:EN343: 1998

Order reference: PPE00444XXYellow Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00502XXNavy Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

SIOEN 4500 RAIN TROUSERS100 % waterproof, windproof, supple, stretchable, comfortable, lightweight, noiseless, extended durability.- High frequency welded seams.OUTSIDE.- Legs adjustable by press studs.- Elasticated waist.Flexothane Classic: 100 % polyamide knitting with PU coating, ± 180 g/m².Meets standards:EN343: 1998

Order reference: PPE00446XXYellow Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00503XXNavy Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 177: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

176 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

SIOEN 4964 COVERALL100 % waterproof, windproof, supple, stretchable, comfortable, lightweight, noiseless, extended durability, protection against liquid chemicals.- High frequency welded seams.OUTSIDE.- Straight collar.- Foldaway hood in collar.- Zip closure under double flap with press studs.- Raglan sleeves.- Sleeve and ankle narrowing by press studs.- Elasticated waist in the back.INSIDE.- Elasticated wind cuffs in sleeves.Flexothane Classic: 100 % Polyamide knitting with PU coating, ± 180 g/m².Meets standards:EN343: 1998

Order reference: PPE00448XXYellow Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00504XXNavy Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S440 - CLASSIC RAIN JACKETDesigned to be worn in foul weather conditions. Easily rolled up and stored for when the wet weather arrives it matches perfectly with the S441 rain trouser to form an unbeatable rain set.Eyelets for ventilation.Meets standard:EN343 class 3:1Also available in: Olive green, Black, Royal, Orange.

Order reference: PPE00367XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00368XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Page 178: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 177

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S441 - CLASSIC ADULT RAIN TROUSERSLightweight and easily packable for convenience these trousers provide comfort and protection in any weather. The fit is roomy for easy layering on top of trousers with the added benefit of side access pockets. The stud adjustable hem ensures a secure fit around work boots. Elasticated waistbamd.Meets standard:EN343 class 3:1Also available in: Olive green, Black, Royal, Orange.

Order reference: PPE00369XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00370XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST S537 - ORKNEY SHELL BREATHABLE JACKETA clean cut jacket style with internal mesh & taffeta lining. Foldaway hood in collar. Pockets include two easy access chest pockets and two roomy front storage pockets. Internal security key fob. External Hi Vis trim for added visibility. Meets standard:EN343 Class 3:2

Order reference: PPE00379XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00380XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 179: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

178 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

HIGH VISIBIL ITY CLOTHING

PORTWEST RT46 - HI-VIS POLYCOTTON RAIL COMBAT TROUSERSOffers all the great benefits and features of the E046 trousers. Reflective tape is positioned higher up on the legs for even greater visibility.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2

Order reference: PPE00540XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST RT42 - HI-VIS POLYCOTTON COVERALLThe industrial wash Hi-VisTex tape to the arms legs chest and shoulders provide outstanding wearer visibility while the heavyweight fabric and rugged design ensures the coverall lasts longer. Elastic to waist provides a roomy fit.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2

Order reference: PPE00539XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST TX50 - TEXO HI-VIS POLYCOTTON JACKETThis stylish two colour jacket has many useful features including a back pocket for cap and glove storage. Detachable ID Pocket.Meets standards:EN471 Class 3:2GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00426XXOrange/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00427XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 180: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 179

6

Workwear

PORTWEST TX51 - TEXO HI-VIS POLYCOTTON TROUSERSThese new trousers look smart and feel great. The modern contrast colouring is combined with useful features such as a mobile phone and pen pocket knee pad pockets and adjustable Velcro hems. Compatible with the TX50 jacket.Back elasticated waistband.Meets standards:EN471 Class 2:2GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00428XXOrange/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00429XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST TX52 - TEXO HI-VIS POLYCOTTON BIB AND BRACEBe seen and be comfortable in this versatile Bib and Brace. Features are stylish as well as practical including many well placed pockets for safe storage. Compatible with TX50 jacket. Concealed zip pocket.Meets standards:EN471 Class 2:2GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00430XXOrange/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00431XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST TX55 - TEXO HI-VIS POLYCOTTON COVERALLThis stylish Coverall offers complete certified protection for anyone working near motorways or traffic. Useful features include knee pad pockets and back elastica-tion for ease of movement. Velcro adjustable cuffs.Meets standards:EN471 Class 3:2GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00432XXOrange/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00433XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 181: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

180 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST E046 - HI-VIS POLYCOTTON COMBAT TROUSERSConforming to the latest EN471 standard these modern trousers feature a combat thigh pocket with mobile phone pocket kneepad pockets and back waist elastic for superior wearer comfort.Meets standard:EN471 class 2:2

Order reference: PPE00529XXYellow:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST E042 - HI-VIS POLYCOTTON COVERALLComplete protection for anyone working near roads motorways or traffic. The heavyweight fabric and rugged design ensures the coverall lasts longer.Meets standard:EN342 class 3:2

Order reference: PPE00528XXYellow:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S478 - HI-VIS T-SHIRTKeep cool in this high quality Hi-Vis T-Shirt. The lightweight sports-type fabric provides unbeatable wearer comfort and great ventilation on those hot summer days.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2GOST - R CertifiedOn request also available in:Red.

Order reference: PPE00376XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST S477 - HI-VIS SHORT SLEEVED POLO SHIRTThoughtful details and a high quality construction mean our polo shirt is more comfortable and longer lasting than leading competitors. Ideal for warmer working conditions. Also with plain collars.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2GOST - R CertifiedOn request also available in:Red.

Order reference: PPE00375XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XL 7XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

Page 182: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 181

6

Workwear

PORTWEST RT23 - HI-VIS T-SHIRT GO/RTRail specification T-Shirt that combines high visibility protection and unbeatable comfort. Ideal for the summer months and indoor work.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2GO/RT 3279GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00360XXOrange:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XlXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST R422 - RWS POLO SHIRTThe R422 has a stylish contrasting grey collar that ensures dirt and stains are less noticeable whilst the HiVisTex reflective tape keeps you visible and safeMeets standards:EN471 class 2:2GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00356XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S469 - HI-VIS REVERSIBLE BODYWARMERThis cleverly designed padded garment traps heat to keep you warm when worn either way. The Hi-Vis side of the garment provides added visibility and safety for the wearer when needed.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2

Order reference: PPE00543XXYellow:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00544XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 183: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

182 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST C470 - HI-VIS TWO BAND & BRACE VEST2 band an brace hi vis waistcoat, EN471 Class 2:2.

Order reference: PPE00525XXYellow:

Size S/M L/XL 2XL/3XL 4XL/5XLXX 03 05 07 09

Order reference: PPE00526XXOrange:

Size S/M L/XL 2XL/3XL 4XL/5XLXX 03 05 07 09

Order reference: PPE00527XXRed: Size S/M L/XL 2XL/3XL 4XL/5XLXX 03 05 07 09

PORTWEST C472 - HI-VIS ONE BAND & BRACE VESTThis article provides comfort and protection of the wearer. The unique two-size system allows greater flexibility. Deep armholes give the opportunity to pull the vest over a jacket.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2GOST- R Certified

Order reference: PPE00278XXYellow:

Size S/M L/XL 2XL/3XLXX 02 04 06

Order reference: PPE00279XXOrange:

Size S/M L/XL 2XL/3XLXX 02 04 06

PORTWEST C476 - WARSAW EXECUTIVE VESTRevolutionary in its design the executive vest combines the light weight of a waistcoat with the practicality of pockets for those situations when a jacket may be too warm. A clear ID pocket for security passes and cards compliments this unique garment.Meets standards:EN471 class 1:2GOST- R CertifiedAlso available in: Orange/Navy, Yellow/Navy.

Order reference: PPE00280XXYellow/Royal:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00281XXYellow/Red:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 184: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 183

6

Workwear

PORTWEST R470 - RWS TRAFFIC VESTWith its RWS reflective tape configuration this waistcoat style offers safety and protection to the wearer.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00358XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST H440 - HI-VIS RAIN JACKETDesigned to keep the wearer visible safe and dry in foul weather conditions the H440 is extremely practical and waterproof. It offers exceptional value for money and can be perfectly matched with the H441 Hi-Vis Rain Trouser. This garment can be easily rolled up and stored when not in use.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2 EN343 class 3:1.

Order reference: PPE00534XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00535XXYellow:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST H441 - HI-VIS RAIN TROUSERSLike the Hi-Vis Rain Jacket our Hi-Vis Rain Trousers are lightweight and extremely practical. They can be worn over the wearers own trousers for complete waterproof protection.Meets standards:EN471 class 1:2 EN343 class 3:1

Order reference: PPE00536XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00537XXYellow:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 185: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

184 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST RT50 - SEALTEX ULTRA UNLINED JACKETA garment of exceptional quality the Sealtex Ultra Jacket is made from a unique lightweight material which offers an unrivalled mixture of breathability waterproof and windproof protection.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2EN343 class 3:2

Order reference: PPE00541XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST RT51 - SEALTEX ULTRA TROUSERSAll styles feature the excellent weatherproof and breathable Sealtex Ultra Fabric. For all day comfort the waistbands are fully elasticated and the hems are adjustable by means of stud fasteners . The reflective trousers are finished with our top quality.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2EN343 class 3:2

Order reference: PPE00542XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST RT30 - HI-VIS TRAFFIC JACKETCertified to the Railway Group Standard GO/RT 3279 this jacket meets the stringent safety requirements the standard requires. Features include taped waterproof seams and multiple storage pockets.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2EN343 class 3:1EN342 class 3 GO/RT 3279GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00361XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST RT31 - HI-VIS TRAFFIC TROUSERS GO/RTDesigned with rail and other industries in mind these trousers have the added feature of side leg zips with placket so they can be easily worn over trousers or jeans.Meets standards:EN471 class 2:2EN343 class 3:1GO/RT 3279

Order reference: PPE00362XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 186: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 185

6

Workwear

PORTWEST R460 - HI-VIS TRAFFIC JACKETFully certified waterproof jacket, hardwearing functional and packed full of features including a drawsting hood studded storm flap and multiple storage pockets.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2EN343 class 3:1EN342 Class 3GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00371XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XL 7XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

PORTWEST S480 - HI-VIS TRAFFIC TROUSERSThese trousers are designed to keep the wind and rain out as well as offering the best specification in the industry. An elasticated waist and adjustable stud hem make this garment a popular comfortable choice.Meets standards:EN471 class 1:2EN343 class 3:1

Order reference: PPE00377XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

Order reference: PPE00378XXRed: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST R460 - RWS TRAFFIC JACKETThe reflective tape on this popular styled traffic jacket is in RWS configuration. By combining a heavy duty 100 % polyester fabric and a rugged 300D Oxford weave this jacket is ideal for outdoor work. Multiple pockets provide ample storage space.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2 EN343 class 3:1EN342 class 3GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00357XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 187: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

186 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST R480 - RWS TRAFFIC TROUSERSA perfect component for the the RWS traffic jacket this trouser comes with reflective tape in the RWS configuration. A fully elasticated waist makes for a perfect fit and the taped seams will ensure that this waterproof garment keeps you dry.Meets standards:EN471 class 1:2EN343 class 3:1GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00359XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

SIOEN 209A HI-VIS RAIN JACKET WITH DETACHABLE BODYWARMERMultifunctional 4 in 1 product can be used in all weather conditions, 100 % waterproof/ windproof/ highly breathable/ water-repellent outer fabric, moisture attracting coating on the inside, comfortable, supple, high tear resistance.- Taped seams.OUTSIDE.- Straight collar.- Foldaway hood in collar.- Zip closure under flap with touch & close fastening.- 2 Inset pockets.- 1 Napoleon pocket.- Kimono sleeves.- Elasticated wristband with narrowing by touch & close fastening.- Drawstring in waist.- Back length 85 cm.INSIDE.- Fixed mesh lining.- Knitted wind cuffs in sleeves.- 1 Inside pocket with zip closure.- Zipper in back lining for placing logos.DETACHABLE LINING.- Detachable bodywarmer.- Detachable sleeves.- 2 Inset pockets.- Knitted windcuffs at end of sleeves.- Fixed quilted lining.- 2 Inside pockets.Siopor Ultra: 100 % Polyester fabric with 100 % PU coating/ +/- 195 g/m².Meets standards:EN471 - EN343 - EN14058

Order reference: PPE00451XXFluo yellow/Navy

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00506XXFluo orange/Navy

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

www.vidal-protection.com www.sip-protection.com www.mullion-pfd.com

YoUr partner in high qUalitY professional protective clothing for all market sectors

www.sioenapparel.com

SIOEN_EricsEurope.indd 2 7/10/13 14:42

Page 188: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 187

6

Workwear

www.vidal-protection.com www.sip-protection.com www.mullion-pfd.com

YoUr partner in high qUalitY professional protective clothing for all market sectors

www.sioenapparel.com

SIOEN_EricsEurope.indd 2 7/10/13 14:42

Page 189: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

188 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S462 - HI-VIS CLASSIC TWO TONE JACKETDesigned to keep you warm and dry this item provides maximum visibility and is suitable for all weather conditions. Features include a mobile phone pocket and fold away hood. Concealed smart phone pocket.Meets standards:EN471 Class 3:2EN343 Class 3:1GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00372XXYellow/Black:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

SIOEN 404A HI-VIS BOMBER JACKETMulti-functional jacket with detachable sleeves and fur lining.- Stitched seams.OUTSIDE.- Detachable fur collar.- Zip closure.- 2 Patched chest pockets with zip closure.- 2 Inset pockets.- 1 Phone pocket.- Sleeve pocket + pen pocket(s).- 1 Loop for badge.- Detachable sleeves.- Knitted windcuffs at end of sleeves.- Elasticated waist.- Back length 75 cm.INSIDE.- Fixed lining:polyamide in body + quilted sleeves.- 1 Inside pocket.DETACHABLE LINING.- Detachable fur lining.- 1 Patched pocket.80 % Polyester and 20 % Cotton/ +/- 280 g/m².Meets standards: EN 471: 1994, EN 14058: 2004.

Order reference: PPE01260XXFluo yellow

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE01261XXFluo orange

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 190: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 189

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S463 - HI-VIS BOMBER JACKETComfort and quality are key with this garment coupled with all our usual safety and weatherproof functions. The two-way front zip studded flap and knitted storm cuffs provide ultimate protection. Concealed hood with drawstring closure.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2 EN343 class 3:1 EN342 CLASS 3GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00373XXYellow:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XL 7XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00374XXRed: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XL 7XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

PORTWEST RT32 - HI-VIS BOMBER JACKET GO/RTCompletely padded and lined the RT32 offers great freedom of movement and is combined with all our usual safety and weatherproofing functions. Fully certified to GO/RT 3279 for use on railways or similar environments. Concealed hood.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2EN343 class 3:1EN342 CLASS 3GO/RT 3279

Order reference: PPE00363XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST C466 - HI-VIS CLASSIC BOMBER JACKETIt features a detachable fur liner removable sleeves and detachable collar making it adaptable to all weather conditions. Other features include ID pocket security sleeve pocket and contrast black panels. Concealed hood & detachable collar.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2EN343 class 3:1GOST- R Certified

Order reference: PPE00276XXOrange/Black:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00277XXYellow/Black:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 191: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

190 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST C465 - EN471 CONTRAST BOMBER JACKETVersatile and comfortable protection against all weather conditions. The detachable fur lining and collar in combination with the zip-out sleeves prove this is a superbly adaptable garment. Numerous zipped outer and interior pockets afford excellent personal security. Concealed hood & detachable collar.Meets standards:EN471 class 3:2EN343 class 3:1GOST- R CertifiedAlso available in: Red/Navy.

Order reference: PPE00274XXOrange/Navy:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE01040XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

PORTWEST B904 - QUICK RELEASE HI-VIS BACKPACKThe B904 features fabric and reflective tape fully certified to GO/RT 3279 & EN471. The innovative quick release anti-entanglement system is designed as a protection device when working in hazardous conditions. Modern features include a secure weatherproof MP3/CD and mobile phone outlet as well as padded straps and back panel for wearer comfort. Fluo orange, volume 25 l.

Order referencePPE0026690

FLAME RETARDANT

PORTWEST BIZ 2 - BIZWELD™ COTTON JACKETThe Bizweld™ Jacket provides the wearer with all day protection and comfort. Features include secure stud fasteners down the front and two chest pockets with flaps. This flame retardant jacket also includes a concealed mobile phone pocket and can be matched perfectly with the Bizweld™ Trousers (Biz 3).Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+A2, B1, C1, E1, F1EN ISO 11611 Class 1, A1+A2GOST - R CERTIFIEDAlso available in: Black, Red, Orange, Green.

Order reference: PPE00269XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Page 192: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 191

6

Workwear

PORTWEST BZ30 - BIZWELD™ COTTON TROUSERSDesigned to give maximum protection and comfort to the wearer our Bizweld™ Trousers will keep you safe. The garment has a Flexi-Fit waistband; twin stitched seams for extra stength and side pockets with a conveniently placed rule pocket for quick and easy accessibility.Conforms to:EN ISO 11612 A1+A2, B1, C1, E1, F1

Order reference: PPE00437XXRed: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST BIZ 4 - BIZWELD™ COTTON BIB AND BRACEOffering complete lower body and chest protection our Bizweld™ Bib and Brace garment has been designed with the safety and protection of the wearer in mind. It has been constructed with a large chest flap pocket in the front for carrying tools or personal belongings and also boasts two side pockets a back hip pocket with flap and a rule pocket. The adjustable elasticated straps offer maximum comfort and a perfect fit.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+A2, B1, C1, E1, F1EN ISO 11611 Class 1, A1+A2GOST - R CERTIFIED

Order reference: PPE00272XXRoyal: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00273XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST BIZ 1 - BIZWELD™ COTTON FLAME RESISTANT COVERALLVoted the number one favourite coverall in the welding industry our best selling Bizweld™ coverall is ideal for offering complete protection to workers exposed to heat. The generous fit provides comfort and allows the wearer to work unhindered whilst ample storage space rule pocket and concealed mobile phone pocket hold equipment securely and safely.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+A2, B1, C1, E1, F1EN ISO 11611 Class 1, A1+A2GOST - R CERTIFIEDAlso available in: Black, Bottle Green, Red, Grey, Orange.

Order reference: PPE00267XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00268XXRoyal: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Page 193: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

192 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST BIZ5 - BIZWELD™ IONA COTTON COVERALLThe Bizweld Iona Coverall offers visible protection to the wearer. Clever design features include flame retardant reflective tape on the shoulders sleeves and legs the option to insert knee pads when needed ample storage space and a rule pocket.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+A2, B1, C1, F1 EN ISO 11611 Class 1, A1+A2

Order reference: PPE00434XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00435XXRoyal: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00436XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST NX50 - COVERALL MADE FROM NOMEX® COMFORTThe fibres used in this fabric include 93 % Nomex® which is an inherently flame resistant meta-aramid fibre that does not melt drip or continue to burn providing natural flame resistance without the need for a chemical treatment in the textile process. The fabric has a fluorocarbon finish providing oil and water repellency and helps to protect against stains.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+ A2, B1, C1, F1EN1149-5EN 61482-1-2 Class 1ASTM F1959 APTV = 7.5 cal/cm2GOST-R Certified

Order reference: PPE00350XXNavy: Size M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00351XXOrange:

Size M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 03 04 05 06 07

Page 194: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 193

6

Workwear

PORTWEST MX28 - MODAFLAME COVERALLThe fibres used in this fabric include 60 % Modacrylic inherently flame retardant fibre that does not combust the fibers are difficult to ignite and will self-extinguish providing natural flame retardancy. These fibres are blended with 39 % cotton for strength and the fabric is inherently antistatic by also incorporating 1 % carbon fibre for protection against electrostatic discharge hazards. The fabric has a fluorocarbon finish providing oil and water repellency and helps to protect against stains.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+ A2, B2,C1, F1 EN ISO 11611 CLASS 1 A1+ A2 EN1149-5 EN 61482-1-2 CLASS 1ASTM F1959, APTV= 7.1 cal/cm2 GOST-R zertifiziert

Order reference: PPE00349XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST FR80 - MULTI-NORM COTTON COVERALLThis coverall is perfect for the demands of the petrochemical industry. The highly technical fabric provides flame heat, iron splash, chemical, electric arc and has anti-static protection. The high collar and studded flaps on each pocket provide maximum protection. Knee pad pockets.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1+A2, B1, C1, E3, F1EN ISO 11611 Class 1 A1 + A2 EN 61482-1-2 Class 1 ASTM F1959 APTV 13.6 cal/cm2 EN13034 Type 6 EN1149-5 GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00324XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 195: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

194 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST FR50 - ANTI-STATIC COTTON COVERALL 350GMThis coverall is perfect for the demands of the offshore industry. Constructed with a highly innovative flame-retardant fabric with high visibility reflective tape double stitched for enhanced visibility. Meeting all the required EN standards features include triple stitched seams high visibility strips on shoulders arms and legs concealed 2-way front brass zip and two front slant chest pockets with concealed brass zips. The garment also has patented knee pad pockets designed with an innovative two tier adjustable system.Meets standards:EN ISO 11612 A1 + A2, B1, C1, E2, & F1EN ISO 11611 CLASS 2 A1 + A2EN 61482-1-2 CLASS 1ASTM F1959 APTV= 13.6 Cal/cm2EN1149-5GOST- R CERTIFIEDOn request also available in: Red, White.

Order reference: PPE00318XXOrange:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00319XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00320XXRoyal: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST FR60 - HI-VIS COTTON MULTI-NORM COVERALLThis multi-norm coverall is constructed with a highly innovative high visibility flame-retardant multi-norm fabric. This comfortable garment offers protection against multiple risks including exposure to heat fire chemicals electrical arcs and welding. Features include twin-stitched Hi-Vis strips on chest arms shoulders and legs concealed 2-way front brass zip two concealed front chest pockets with piping detail concealed side access pockets hip pockets and rule pocket. The garment also has patented knee pad pockets designed with an innovative two tier adjustable system.Double stitched.Meets standards: EN 471 Class 3:2, EN ISO 11612 A1 + A2, B1, C1, E3 & F1, EN ISO 11611 Class 1 A1 + A2, EN 13034 Type 6<br>EN 1149-5, EN 61482-1-2 Class 1, ASTM F1959 APTV 13.6 CAL/CM2, GOST R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00321XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 196: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 195

6

Workwear

PORTWEST FR91 - ARAFLAME HI VIS MULTI ORANGE COVERALL- Made of 57 % aramid, 42 % polyester and 1 % carbon fibre.- The EN 471 orange colour twinned with the silver flame resistant reflective tape on

the shoulders torso arms and legs offer superior enhanced visibility.- Meets standards: EN 471, GORT 3279, EN 11611, EN 11612, EN 13034, EN

1149, EN 61482.

Order reference: PPE00533XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

MAMMOET JACKET- Multinorm jacket (250 g/m²), very comfortable with adjustable waist.- Triple stitching.- Offshore reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- To be worn with red Mammoet bib overalls.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN1149-5:2008 / EN13034:2005 type

PB(6) / EN ISO 11611:2007 / EN ISO 11612:2008 / EN 471:2003 + A1:2007 / IEC/EN 61482-2.

Order reference: PPE00112XXRed

Size cm 84-88 88-92 92-96 96-100 100-104

104-108

108-112

112-116

116-120

120-124

124-128

128-132

XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

MAMMOET BIB OVERALL- Multinorm bib overall (250 g/m²), very comfortable with adjustable waist.- Triple stitching.- Offshore reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie loops.- To be worn with red Mammoet jacket.- Pockets for knee pads.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN1149-5:2008 / EN13034:2005 type

PB(6) / EN ISO 11611:2007 / EN ISO 11612:2008 / EN 471:2003 + A1:2007 / IEC/EN 61482-2.

Order reference: PPE00111XXRed

Size cm 84-88 88-92 92-96 96-100 100-104

104-108

108-112

112-116

116-120

120-124

124-128

128-132

XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

Page 197: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

196 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MAMMOET YAKUT II TROUSER- Multinorm waterproof bib overall (255 g/m²).- Red/black high visibility.- Adjustable waist.- Reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN 531:1995 / EN 471:2003 / EN

343:2003 / EN 13034:2005 type PB [6] / EN 1149-5:2008.

Order reference: PPE00116XXRed/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

MAMMOET OROK TROUSER- Multinorm waterproof bib overall (255 g/m²).- Yellow/dark.- Adjustable waist.- Reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN 531:1995 / EN 471:2003 / EN

343:2003 / EN 13034:2005 type PB [6] / EN 1149-5:2008.

Order reference: PPE00118XXYellow/Dark blue

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

MAMMOET COVERALL- Multinorm overall (250g/m²), very comfortable with adjustable waist.- Triple stitching.- Offshore reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- Pockets for knee pads.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN1149-5:2008 / EN13034:2005 type

6 / EN ISO 11611:2007 / EN ISO 11612:2008 / EN 471:2003 + A1:2007 / IEC/EN 61482-2.

Order reference: PPE00110XXRed Size 84-88 88-92 92-96 96-100 100-104 104-108 108-112 112-116 116-120 120-124 124-128

XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68

Page 198: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 197

6

Workwear

Page 199: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

198 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MAMMOET OS COVERALL- Offshore overall, heavy-duty (380g/m²), strong and hard-wearing.- Adjustable waist.- Triple stitching.- Offshore reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- Pockets for knee pads.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN1149-5:2008 / EN13034:2005 type

6 / EN ISO 11611:2007 / EN ISO 11612:2008 / EN 471:2003 + A1:2007 / IEC/EN 61482-2.

Order reference: PPE00113XXBlack: Size 84-88 88-92 92-96 96-100 100-

104104-108

108-112

112-116

116-120

120-124

124-128

128-132

XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

Order reference: PPE00114XXOrange:

Size 84-88 88-92 92-96 96-100 100-104

104-108

108-112

112-116

116-120

120-124

124-128

128-132

XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

SIOEN 7690 FLAME RETARDANT AND ANTISTATIC FLEECECan be zipped into different jackets, Anti-pilling treatment, Stitched seams.OUTSIDE:- Straight collar.- Zip closure under flap with touch & close fastening.- 2 inset pockets with zip closure.- Round inset sleeves.- Elasticated cuffs, Elastic drawstring in hem.INSIDE:- 1 inside pocket.Fabric: Double sided fleece: cotton - 49,75 % modacryl - 0,5 % carbon; ± 300 g/m².EN ISO 11612:2008 / EN ISO 14116:2008 / EN 1149-5:2008 / EN 14058:2004

Order reference: PPE00511XXNavy Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST FR11 - LONG SLEEVE T-SHIRT- Made of 60 % modacrylic, 39 % cotton and 1 % carbon fibre.- High quality construction and premium materials set our flame-retardant

anti-static long sleeve T-Shirt aside from its competitors.Meets standards:EN 11612 A1, B1, C1, EN 1149-5, ASTM F1959 APTV= 4.3 cal/cm2, GOST- R CERTIFIED

Order reference: PPE00316XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 200: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 199

6

Workwear

PORTWEST FR10 - FLAME-RESISTANT ANTI-STATIC LONG SLEEVE POLO SHIRT- Made of 60 % modacrylic, 39 % cotton and 1 % carbon fibre.- Convenient for cooler weather and ideal for workers in the industry exposed to

heat.- The stylish design of the garment has a 3-button placket finished with a ribbed

collar and cuffs.Meets standards:EN 11612 A1, B1, C1, EN 1149-5

Order reference: PPE00532XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST FR14 - FLAME-RESISTANT ANTI-STATIC LEGGINGS- Made of 60 % modacrylic, 39 % cotton and 1 % carbon fibre.- Designed for cooler conditions to keep the wearer warm comfortable and safe.- Elasticated waistband allows freedom of movement and the ribbed hem cuffs help

trap in heat.Meets standards:EN 11612 A1, B1, C1, EN 1149-5, ASTM F1959 APTV= 4.3 cal/cm², GOST- R CERTIFIED

Order reference: PPE00317XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

PORTWEST FR18 - FLAME-RESISTANT ANTI-STATIC BALACLAVA- Made of 60 % modacrylic, 39 % cotton and 1 % carbon fibre.- Ideal for cooler conditions to keep the head and neck warm. - The navy blue ribbed fabric allows for a snug comfortable fit. - Wear with the FR10 and FR11.Meets standards:EN11612 A1, B1, C1, EN1149-5, ASTM F1959 APTV= 4.3 cal/cm², GOST- R CERTIFIED

Order referencePPE0033610

Page 201: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

200 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST FR70 - HI-VIS VEST - FLAME RESISTANT- Flame retardant certified to EN 471 class 2:2 and EN 14116 Index 1 the vest must

be worn over Index 2 or 3 garments to offer protection.- 100 % polyester.Meets standards:EN471 Class 2:2EN ISO 14116 Index 1/12H/40GOST- R Certified

Order reference: PPE00322XXYellow:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00323XXOrange:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

SIOEN 3073 FLAMERETARDANT, ANTISTATIC HI-VIS RAIN JACKET100 % waterproof, windproof, highly breathable, water repellent outer fabric, moisture attracting coating on the inside, comfortable, supple, high tear resistance.- Taped seams.OUTSIDE.- Straight collar, foldaway hood in collar.- Zip closure under flap with touch & close fastening.- 2 Inset chest pockets with zip closure.- 2 Patched pockets.- 1 Phone pocket.- 1 Napoleon pocket.- 2 Loops for badges.- Round inset sleeves.- Sleeve narrowing by touch and close fastening.- Elasticated waist in the back + drawstring in the hem.- Back length 85 cm.INSIDE.- Fixed flame retardant cotton lining.- 1 Inside pocket with zip closure.- Different linings/ fleeces can be zipped in.100 % Polyester Fabric with 100 % FR PU coating + AST/ ± 240 g/m².

Order reference: PPE00440XXNavy/Fluo yellow

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00501XXNavy/Fluo orange

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 202: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 201

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S779 - BIZFLAME™ RAIN HI-VIS MULTI-PROTECTION JACKET- Multi-protection waterproof breathable jacket that offers protection against multiple

risks. - Made of 98 % polyester and 2 % carbon fibre.- Detachable FR fleece liner makes this jacket suitable for use in all weather

conditions. - Jacket to be worn with trousers for full protection. - Flame resistant lining on hood and body.Meets standards:EN 471 class 3:2, EN 343 class 3:3, EN ISO 14116 Outer Index 1, Inner Index 3, EN 1149-5, GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00386XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00387XXOrange/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

S782 - BIZFLAME™ RAIN HI VIS MULTI-PROTECTION TROUSER- Multi-protection lined waterproof breathable trousers that offer protection against

multiple hazards. - Made of 98 % polyester and 2 % carbon fibre.- The fully elasticated waistband and back waist buggy maximise comfort the braces

are fitted with a quick release buckle system. - Trousers to be worn with jacket for full protection.Meets standards:EN 471 class 2:2, EN 343 class 3:3, EN ISO 14116, EN 1149-5

Order reference: PPE00545XXOrange/Navy:

Size M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00546XXYellow/Navy:

Size M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

MAMMOET OROK JACKET- Multinorm waterproof parka (255 g/m²).- Yellow/dark blue high visibility.- Magnetic fasteners, adjustable waist.- Detachable lining, air vents under the arms.- English harness reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN 531:1995 / EN 471:2003 / EN

343:2003 / EN 13034:2005 type PB [6] / EN 1149-5:2008.

Order reference: PPE00117XXYellow/Dark blue:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Page 203: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

202 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MAMMOET YAKUT II JACKET- Multinorm waterproof parka (255 g/m²).- Red/black high visibility.- Magnetic fasteners, adjustable waist.- Detachable lining, air vents under the arms.- English harness reflective striping.- Walkie-talkie and ID loops.- Multi-standard compliant: EN 340:2003 / EN 531:1995 / EN 471:2003 / EN

343:2003 / EN 13034:2005 type PB [6] / EN 1149-5:2008.

Order reference: PPE00115XXSize XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

HEAT RESISTANT CLOTHING

HEAT PROTECTION JACKET HSJ080- Heat protection jacket for radiant heat 1000°C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated in KA-1 (ca.260g/m²) or

KA-2 (ca. 400g/m²).- Supple quality, with stand-up collar, with centred fastening (with hidden Velcro

and press button).- Length ca.80cm, DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in the quality KA-3.

Order reference: PPE00002XXKA-1

Size cm 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

Order reference: PPE00004XXKA-2

Size cm 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

HEAT PROTECTION COAT HSM130KA-2- Heat protection coat for radiant heat 1000°C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated, ca.400g/m².- Supple quality, with stand-up collar, with centred fastening (with hidden Velcro

and press button).- Length ca.130cm, DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in the quality KA-3.

Order reference: PPE00005XXSize 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

Page 204: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 203

6

Workwear

FRONTAL HEAT PROTECTION COAT HSFM130KKA-2- Frontal heat protection coat for radiant heat 1000°C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated, ca.400g/m².- Supple quality, with back open, with Velcro fastening on the back.- Length: ca.130cm, DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in the quality KA-3.

Order reference: PPE00006XXSize 96 100 104 108 112 116 120 124 128 132 136 140XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

HEAT PROTECTION TROUSERS HSH100- Heat protection trousers for radiant heat 1000 °C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated in KA-1 (ca. 260 g/m²) or

KA-2 (ca. 400 g/m²).- Supple quality, with waist fastener (Velcro and press stud) and belt loops. - Length: ca. 100 cm.- DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in quality KA-3.

Order reference: PPE00001XXKA-1

Size cm 80 88 92 96 100 108 112 116 120 124 128 132XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

Order reference: PPE00003XXKA-2

Size cm 80 88 92 96 100 108 112 116 120 124 128 132XX 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70

HEAT PROTECTION APRON HSS1008KA-2- Heat protection chest apron for radiant heat 1000 °C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated, ca. 400g/m².- Supple quality, with Velcro fastener, with adjustable neck belt.- Length: ca. 100cm, width: 80cm.- DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in quality KA-3.

Order referencePPE0000703

HEAT PROTECTION HOOD HSS000KA-2-GF- Heat protection hood for radiant heat 1000 °C.- Heat resistant fabric preox-aramide aluminium coated, ca. 400g/m², supple quality.- Covers also throat and neck, with frame for wide angle pane 150x250 mm.- Length: ca. 30cm.- Fitting for safety helmets.

Also available in quality KA-3.

Order referencePPE0000700

EN531

Page 205: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

204 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PANE GOLD STEAMED SECURITY GLASS HWS1525GWide angle pane for HSS000KA-2 150mx250 mm, bent bonded security glass.- Gold steamed.- High reflection.- UV protection, protection level III.- Thickness: ca. 3mm.

Order referencePPE0000701

PANE GOLD STEAMED POLYCARBONATE HWS1525PCGWide angle pane for HSS000KA-2 150x250 mm, polycarbonate.- Gold steamed.- High reflection.- UV protection, protection level III. - Thickness: ca. 1mm, DIN EN 166/171.

Order referencePPE0000702

HEAT PROTECTION SLEEVES HSA042GKA-2- Heat protection sleeves for radiant heat 1000 °C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated, ca. 400g/m².- Supple quality, with elastic band? - Length: ca. 42cm.- DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in quality KA-3.

Order referencePPE0000704

HEAT PROTECTION GAITERS HSG036KA-2- Heat protection gaiters for radiant heat 1000 °C.- Heat resistant preox-aramide fabric aluminium coated, ca. 400g/m².- Supple quality, with Velcro fastener. - Length: ca.36 cm.- DIN EN ISO 11612.

Also available in quality KA-3.

Order referencePPE0000710

Page 206: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 205

6

Workwear

CHEMICAL RESISTANT CLOTHING

SIOEN 5967 CHEMTEX COVERALL- 100 % waterproof, windproof, tear resistant, very strong.- High frequency welded seams.OUTSIDE:- Fixed hood with peak.- Zip closure under double flap with T&C fast and press studs.- Raglan sleeves.INSIDE:- Unlined.- Elasticated wind cuff in sleeves and ankles.Chemtex: double sided PVC coated polyester fabric, ± 360 g/m².

Order reference: PPE00457XXGreen Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

DUPONT TYCHEM C COVERALL This coverall provides protection against concentrated inorganic chemicals and biohazards;- Resists liquid splashes up to 2 Bar.- Suitable for use in Ex-zones.- Elasticated face and chin flap.- Overtaped seams.- Elasticated wrists and ankles.- Elasticated waist.- Thumb loops.- Complies with the following norms: CAT III, Type 3, 4, 5 and 6, EN14126 type 3B,

EN1149-1:1995 and EN1073-2.

Order reference:YellowSize L XL 2XLXX 04 05 06

DUPONT TYCHEM F COVERALL This coverall provides protection against organic chemicals, highly concentrated inorganic chemicals and biohazards.- Resists liquid splashes up to 5 Bar.- Suitable for use in Ex-zones.- Elasticated face and chin flap.- Overtaped seams.- Elasticated wrists and ankles.- Elasticated waist.- Thumb loops.- Complies with the following norms: CAT III, Type 3, 4, 5 and 6, EN14126 type 3B,

EN1149-1:1995 and EN1073-2.

Order reference:GreySize M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

Page 207: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

206 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

WINTER, COLD RESISTANT CLOTHING

PORTWEST CS12 - COLDSTORE COVERALLHeavy-duty all-in-one coverall for the ultimate in coldstore protection. This garment is warm yet unrestrictive. - Reflective tape is used around the chest back and legs for increased wearer

visibility. - Oversized hip pockets are perfect for storage and access while wearing gloves. - The legs have reinforced knee patches for comfort. - Knee length zippers and velcro fastening for easy fitting. - For security and personalisation there is a chest pocket with clear ID pocket as

well as back-elastication for extra comfort.- Knitted cuffs with thumb holes.- Meets standard: EN342 class 1.

Order reference: PPE00302XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

SIOEN 608Z RAIN JACKET- 100 % waterproof, windproof, highly breathable, water repellent outer fabric.- Moisture attracting coating on the inside, very comfortable, supple, high tearresi-

stance.- Taped seams.- Long zippullers for extra comfort while opening the zipper.OUTSIDE:- Straight collar. - Detachable hood with chin protection + peak.- Zip closure under double flap with press studs.- 2 inset chest pockets with zip closure.- 2 inset pockets with zip closure.- 1 sleeve pocket.- 1 Napoleon pocket.- Shaped sleeves.- Elastic at end of sleeves with narrowing by touch & close fastening.- Underarm ventilation.- Drawstring in waist and hem.- Back length: 85 cm.INSIDE:- Fixed lining: mesh in body and polyamide in sleeves.- 1 inside pocket.- Inside pocket for storage of hood.- Different linings/ fleeces can be zipped in.Siopor Extra: 100 % Polyester Fabric (cotton touch) with 100 % PU laminate/ ± 205 g/m².- Meets standard: EN343: 2003 + A1: 2007.

Order reference: PPE00453XXNavy/Black

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00508XXRed/Black

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 208: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 207

6

Workwear

SIOEN 611Z FLEECE JACKET (DOUBLE SIDED)Soft fleece material, good cold and wind protection, breathable, can be zipped into different jackets, anti-pilling treatment.- Stitched seams.- Long zippullers for extra comfort while opening the zipper.OUTSIDE:- Straight collar.- Zip closure with chin protection.- 1 inset chest pocket with zip closure.- 2 inset pockets with zip closure.- Round inset sleeves.- Elasticated cuffs.- Elastic drawstring in hem.- Back length 75 cm.INSIDE:- Fixed windbreaker lining in front and back.- 1 inside pocket.100 % Polyester double sided fleece, ± 285 g/m².- Meets standard: EN14058: 2004.

Order reference: PPE00454XXNavy/Black

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00509XXRed/Black

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

SIOEN 622Z BONDED SOFTSHELL (2-LAYERS)Modern styling, lightweigth softshell, cold and wind protection, can be zipped into different jackets.- Stitched seams.- Long zip pullers for extra comfort while opening the zipper.OUTSIDE:- Straight collar.- Zip closure with chin protection.- 1 inset chest pocket with zip closure.- 2 inset pockets with zip closure.- Round inset sleeves.- Sleeve narrowing by touch and close fastening.- Back length: 75 cm.INSIDE:- 1 inside pocket.2-layer bonded softshell: 100 % Polyester stretch + 100 % polyester fleece inside, ± 250 g/m².- Meets standard: EN14058: 2004.

Order reference: PPE00452XXNavy Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00507XXBlack Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 209: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

208 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S570 - AVIEMORE 3 IN 1 MENS JACKETFantastic value waterproof jackets that combines function and good taste. The quality finish and close attention to detail are apparent throughout. - Complete with two covered zip pockets full front zip and storm flap and detachable

fleece liner. 3 in 1 Styling.- Meets standard: EN343 Class 3:1.

Also available in black.

Order reference: PPE00381XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00382XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00383XXRed: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST S768 - HI-VIS EXECUTIVE 5-IN-1 JACKETInnovative style adaptable for multiple uses. Outer jacket contains two useful large patch pockets with Velcro closures and a concealed hood whilst the inner jacket has detachable sleeves a large phone/radio pocket with D-ring and print access allowing for personalisation.- Meets standards: EN471 class 3:2, EN343 class 3:1, GOST - R Certified

Order reference: PPE00384XXYellow/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00385XXOrange/Navy:

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 210: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 209

6

Workwear

SIOEN 027A WINTER BOMBER JACKET WITH DETACHABLE SLEEVESMulti-functional jacket with detachable sleeves and fur lining.- Stitched seams.OUTSIDE:- Detachable fur collar.- Zip closure.- 2 patched chest pockets with zip closure.- 2 inset pockets.- 1 sleeve pocket.- 1 loop for badge.- Round inset sleeves.- Knitted windcuffs at end of sleeves.- Elasticated waist.- Back length: 75 cm.INSIDE:- Fixed lining: polyamide in body and quilted sleeves.- 1 inside pocket.LINING:- Detachable fur lining.- 1 inside pocket.60 % polyamide and 40 % cotton, +/- 280 g/m².Meets standard: EN14058: 2004.

Order reference: PPE00456XXNavy Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00510XXCornflower bleu

Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 211: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

210 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT JACKET FRANKFURT- Breathable, wind and waterproof. - Taped seams. - Detachable lined hood with adjustable drawstring. - Lining of quilted fleece. - Fastening with zip and storm flap with press studs. - Zipped pocket under storm flap. - Chest pockets with zip. - Easy access to integrated phone pocket inside the breast pocket. - D-ring. - Front pockets. - Inner pocket with zip. - Rib (hidden in storm flap) at cuffs. - Internal drawstring adjustment at the hip. - Zip at lower back for logo printing/ embroidery. - Reflectors. - Certified to EN 343 class 3/1 and EN 342 class 3/2 (2,0 clo).

Order reference: PPE00700XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00701XXRed/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00702XXRoyal/Dark navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00703XXDark navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00704XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Page 212: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 211

6

Workwear

MASCOT JACKET COLUMBUS- Breathable, windproof and water-repellent. - Lining of quilt and quilted fleece. - Fleece inner collar. - Extended back. - Fastening with zip, storm flap and hidden press studs. - Zipped pocket under storm flap. - Chest pockets with flap and hidden press studs. - D-ring. - Front pockets. - Inner pocket with zip. - Rib (hidden in storm flap) and press stud fastening at cuffs. - Internal drawstring adjustment at the hip. - Waist with press stud adjustment. - Zip at lower back for logo printing/ embroidery. - Contrast stitching. - Reflectors.- The fabric complies with the demands of EN 343 class 3/3.

Order reference: PPE00759XXDark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00760XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00761XXDark Anthracite

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST KS20 - STEEL JACKETAn updated take on the classic work jacket with chunky contrast twin needle stitching and comfort inner lining system. The robust showerproof fabric provides good all round wear. Ample outer pocketing and handy touches such as radio loops stow away ID pockets and dedicated phone and pen pockets make this ideal for those on the go. Reflective flat binding.

Order reference: PPE00345XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00346XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 213: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

212 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST PJ10 - PILOT JACKETThis style is available in classic monotone colours and has all the winning features of PJ20. Zip out sleeves.

Order reference: PPE00352XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00353XXBlack: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST PJ20 - TWO TONE PILOT JACKETThis contemporary two tone jacket is stylish and practical. Versatile features include: zip out sleeves multiple secure pockets removable fur liner and collar. The shower proof outer fabric adds to the appeal of this all weather style. Zip out sleeves.Also available in HI Vis.

Order reference: PPE00354XXBlack/Red:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00355XXBlack/Grey:

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

PORTWEST KS32 - PEWTER JACKETIdeal for cool outdoor conditions this jacket offers great function and style. The inner Sherpa pile lining traps warmth around the torso area while lightly padded sleeves reduce bulk and allow great reach and movement. Features include an inner zip pocket dedicated phone and pen pocket and print access. Sherpa effect polyester fleece.

Order reference: PPE00347XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00348XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 214: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 213

6

Workwear

PORTWEST F205 - ARAN FLEECEThis middleweight fleece can be worn as part of a uniform or for leisure activities to provide extra warmth when needed. The anti-pill finish maintains the look of the garment for longer. Adjustable drawcord hem. Also available in green.

Order reference: PPE00303XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00304XXBlack: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST F400 - ARGYLL HEAVY FLEECEOur F400 is a favourite season after season due to the traditional uncomplicated design and quality anti-pill finish. The 400g fleece is comfortable to wear and ensures that heat is locked in. Zipped pockets.Also available in: bottle green, red and grey.

Order reference: PPE00308XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XL 6XL 7XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11

Order reference: PPE00309XXRoyal: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00310XXBlack: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST F285 - WINDPROOF FLEECEGuaranteed to keep you warm on a cold windy day, this fleece offers a traditional uncomplicated design and quality anti-pill finish. The microfibre windproof lining gives a snug feel without being bulky. Features include an internal welt pocket and two side pockets with concealed zips. Fully lined for added warmth.

Order reference: PPE00305XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00306XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00307XXCharcoal :

Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 215: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

214 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT JACKET DRESDEN- Breathable, windproof and water-repellent. - Fleece on inner side.- Fastening with zip and internal storm flap. - Chest pockets with zip. - D-ring. - Front pockets with zip. - Inner pockets. - Formed cut sleeves. - Hook and loop band fastening at cuffs. - Adjustable elastic drawstring at waist. - Contrast stitching. - Reflectors.

Order reference: PPE00705XXAntracite/Black

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00706XXDark Navy

Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00707XXBlack Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST TK50 - SOFTSHELL JACKETThis innovative jacket offers a windproof water-resistant breathable membrane with the added luxury of a laminated micro polar fleece. The softshell material stretches for added freedom of movement.Also available in red.

Order reference: PPE00402XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Order reference: PPE00403XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XL 5XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09

Order reference: PPE00404XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 216: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 215

6

Workwear

PORTWEST S414 - SHETLAND BODYWARMERThis garment offers all the characteristics of the Aran Bodywarmer but offers that bit more storage and carrying space for those who may need it. Features include mobile phone pocket and internal top pocket with zip fastening. Multi-purpose pockets.Also available in: red, charcoal grey, bottle green.

Order reference: PPE00364XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00365XXBlack: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

Order reference: PPE00366XXRoyal: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PORTWEST TX13 - TEXO CONTRAST BODYWARMERThis stylish bodywarmer offers function and comfort. Wadding provides heat and insulation while the sleeveless design allows for ease of movement. Hand-warmer pockets.

Order reference: PPE00414XXNavy: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00415XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Order reference: PPE00416XXGrey: Size S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

Page 217: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

216 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

THERMAL UNDERWEAR

MASCOT THERMAL WEAR PARADA- Flexible, fits to the body’s form. - Anti-bacterial (test JIS L1902:2002), anti-static and moisture wicking. - Quick drying. - Effectively protects against UV rays. - Round neck. - Suitable for both men and women.

Order reference: PPE00824XXLight Grey

Size XS S-M L-XL 2XL-3XL 4XL-5XLXX 01 23 45 67 89

MASCOT THERMAL WEAR SEGURA- Flexible, fits to the body’s form. - Anti-bacterial (test JIS L1902:2002), anti-static and moisture wicking. - Quick drying. - Effectively protects against UV rays. - Fly without opening. - Suitable for both men and women.

Order reference: PPE00825XXLight Grey

Size XS S-M L-XL 2XL-3XL 4XL-5XLXX 01 23 45 67 89

PORTWEST B120 - THERMAL T-SHIRT SHORT SLEEVEA traditional t-shirt cut that offers optimum warmth at all times. The material construction allows the skin to breathe if conditions become too warm. The round neck makes it ideal for wearing as an under-garment.Also available in: sky blue and white.

Order reference: PPE00262XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

PORTWEST B123 - THERMAL T-SHIRT LONG SLEEVEOur B123 offers the exact same qualities as our B120 but gives the wearer the choice to opt for maximum warmth with the long-cuffed sleeves.Also available in: sky blue, black, white.

Order reference: PPE00264XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 218: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 217

6

Workwear

PORTWEST B121 - THERMAL TROUSERThe B121 creates a layer of warmth around the lower body. The soft poly-cotton fibres and fabric knitting mean that heat is trapped in. Cuffed hem and elasticated waist provide a comfortable fit.Also available in: sky blue, black and white.

Order reference: PPE00263XXNavy: Size XS S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07

MAMMOET EVENK THERMO SHIRT- Black flame-retardant thermal shirt.- Breathable fabric.- Very elastic, ultimate freedom of movement.- Meets standards: EN 340:2003 et EN 531:1995.

Order reference: PPE00120XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

MAMMOET EVENK THERMO TROUSER- Black flame-retardant thermal trousers.- Breathable fabric.- Very elastic, ultimate freedom of movement.- Meets standards: EN 340:2003 and EN 531:1995.

Order reference: PPE00119XXBlack: Size S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

Page 219: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

218 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

DISPOSABLE CLOTHING

DUPONT TYVEK COVERALL CLASSIC EXPERT WHITE- Hood with zipper flap.- Tyvek zipper.- Elasticated waist.- Elasticated wrists and ankles.- Stitched external seams.- Meets the standard: CAT III, type 5 (solid particles) and type 6 (light-mist spray

from water-based chemicals) and ISO 17491-4:2008 method A, EN1073-2 Class 2, EN ISO 1149-5:2008 and EN14126.

Order reference: PPE00860XXSize S M L XL 2XL 3XLXX 02 03 04 05 06 07

SHIELD PLUS POLYPROPYLENE COVERALLShield Plus SMS coverall Medium nonwoven PP.CAT III Type 5 & 6

Order reference: PPE00014XXSize M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

SHIELD ADVANCE LAMINATE POLYPROPYLENE COVERALLShield Advance laminate coverall.CAT III Type 5 & 6

Order reference: PPE00015XXSize M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

POLYPROPYLENE NON WOVEN COVERALLWhite nonwoven coveralls.

Order reference: PPE00013XXSize M L XL 2XLXX 03 04 05 06

Page 220: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 219

6

Workwear

POLYPROPYLENE VISITOR COAT- Velcro nonwoven visitors coats.- Packing: 25 per box.

Order reference: PPE00012XXSize S M L XL 2XLXX 02 03 04 05 06

DUPONT TYVEK SLEEVE- Elasticated on both sides.- Length: 50 cm.- Packed per pair, 100 pairs per box.- Single size.

Order referencePPE0086350

DUPONT TYVEK SHOE COVER- Elasticated ankle.- Anti-static treatment.- Length: 40 cm.- Single size.- 200 pairs per box.

Order referencePPE0086351

DUPONT TYVEK BOOT COVER- Height: 48 cm and length: 42 cm- Elastic on the top.- With ties- Anti-static treatment- Single size - 100 pairs per box

Order referencePPE0086352

Page 221: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

220 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

SHOE COVER CPE- Blue overshoes CPE- Medium 14” (36 cm) or large 16” (41 cm).- 2000 pieces per case

Order reference TypePPE0001600 36 cmPPE0001601 41 cm

SHOE COVER NON WOVENDeluxe 16” (41 cm) nonwoven overshoes, blue.Box of 800.

Order reference SizePPE0001602 41 cm

PE OVERSLEEVESBlue polythene oversleeves.Packing: case 2000.

Order reference ColorPPE0001155 BluePPE0001156 redPPE0001157 White

PE APRONS IN DISPENSER PACK- Aprons flat packed 27 x 42 inches (69 x 107 cm).- Tickness: 16 microns.- Packing: 1000 pieces per case.

Order reference ColorPPE0001154 Red

Page 222: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 221

6

Workwear

PE APRONS IN DISPENSER PACK- Aprons flat packed 27 x 42 inches (69 x 107 cm), blue or white.- Tickness: 12 microns.- Packing: 1000 pieces per case.

Order reference ColorPPE0001150 BluePPE0001151 White

PE APRONS ROLL- Aprons on roll 27 x 42 inches (69 x 107 cm), blue or white.- Tickness: 12 microns.- Packing: 5 rolls of 200/case.

Order reference ColorPPE0001152 BluePPE0001153 White

ACCESSORIES

MASCOT WATERLOO KNEE  PADS- Fits to all MASCOT® products with knee pockets. - Pads should be taken out of knee pockets before washing. - Can be shortened so product can be used in garments with small knee pockets. - Suitable also for hip protection in MASCOT® Lorca Craftsman’s trousers. - Certified to DS/EN 14404:2004, type 2, class 1.

Order referencePPE0083002

PORTWEST KP44 KNEE PAD BLACKInnovative knee protection conforming to the latest European regulations. The KP44 is ideal for tradesman plumbers or tilers.

- Meets standard: EN14404:2004 type 2, level 1

Order referencePPE0033609

Page 223: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

222 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

MASCOT BELT CONGO- Strong quality. - Metal buckle. - Reinforced holes. - Belt width: 4.5 cm.

Order reference: PPE00826XXSize cm 100 120 140

XX 10 12 14

MASCOT BELT GIBRALTAR- Strong quality. - Buckle and belt end are nickel free. - Can be shortened (total length: 120 cm). - Belt width: 3 cm.

Order referencePPE0083001

MASCOT BELT KAMPALA- Flexible, fits to the body’s form. - Buckle and belt end are nickel free. - Strong fabric which holds the trousers in place even when they are filled up with

tools. - Belt width: 4.5 cm.

Order referencePPE0083000

PORTWEST C107 - ELASTICATED WORK BELTFully adjustable and fashionable, this belt is constructed for every day use and wear and tear in mind. It boasts a strong but easy release buckle making it an all round popular style. One size (adjustable)

Order reference ColorPPE0027390 Navy

PORTWEST S932 - BELTHardwearing two-ply PVC belt finished with a heavy-duty metal buckle. This belt can be worn with any trouser for a smart look.

Order reference: PPE00400XXBlack:

Size inch 32 34 36 38 40 42 44XX 32 34 36 38 40 42 44

Page 224: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 223

6

Workwear

PORTWEST HA11 - CHUNKY KNIT HATClassic knit hat with a contemporary twist. The soft chunky wool/acrylic exterior knit has excellent warmth and durability. The marl effect knit gives a great look to this product.

Order reference ColorPPE0033606 BlackPPE0033607 Navy

PORTWEST HA10 - FLEECE HAT THINSULATE® LINEDThis classic fleece hat is great value and is essential winter kit. The soft fleece outer has high warmth to weight ratio. The Thinsulate® soft inner lining protects the head in harsh weather conditions. When brim is unrolled the HA10 can be worn under a helmet. Stay warm on the inside and the outside this winter!On request also available in: Hi Vis Yellow, Hi Vis Orange.

Order reference ColorPPE0033604 BlackPPE0033605 Navy

PORTWEST HP10 - DETACHABLE CORDURA HOLSTER POCKET This black holster poscket is produced in Cordura® tear and abrasion resistant

fabric.The multi-pocket storage options are practical and hardwearing.Sold in pairs.

Order referencePPE0040105

MAMMOET COOL SOCKS- Black and grey Pro-Cool® socks.- Anti-static (ESD). - Composition: cotton 33 %, polyamide 27 %, Pro-Cool® polyester 25 %,

AmicorPure acrylic 13 %, Bekinox® mtf 1 %, Lycra® elastane 1 %.

Order reference: PPE00124XXSize 35-38 39-42 43-46 47-50XX 35 39 43 47

MAMMOET THERMO SOCKS- Black and red thermal socks. - Composition: Thermolite® polyester 43 %, wool 29 %, polyamide 27 %, Lycra®

elastane 1 %.

Order reference: PPE00125XXSize 35-38 39-42 43-46 47-50XX 35 39 43 47

Page 225: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

224 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

6

Workwear

PORTWEST SK18 - EXTREME COLD WEATHER SOCK BLACKDouble layer outside which consists largely of wool. Viafil® inner layer against unpleasant odors, with insulation and moisture transmitting properties.Meets standard: SATRA TM436: 2010.

Order reference SizePPE0040101 39-43PPE0040102 44-48

PORTWEST SK20 - BIZFLAME SOCK BLACKEagerly anticipated our latest sock is manufactured from Bizflame™. Comprising a flat toe seam for extra comfort and an elasticated leg section.Meets standards: EN531 and EN1149.

Order reference SizePPE0040103 39-43PPE0040104 44-48

PORTWEST SK33 WORK SOCK - 3 PACK - Great value pack of three socks - 79% Acrylic, 15% Nylon, 6% Polyester - Cushioned sole for wearer comfort - Durable reinforced heel and toe area

Order reference SizePPE0130001 39-43 - BlackPPE0130002 44-48 - BlackPPE0130011 39-43 - GreyPPE0130012 44-48 - Grey

PORTWEST SK13 CLASSIC COTTON SOCK BLACK - 80% Cotton, 20% Nylon - Made from fine combed cotton - Cushioned sole area for the ultimate in comfort and durability

Order reference SizePPE013002 39-46

Page 226: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 225

6

Workwear

PORTWEST SK09 FLECK SOCK GREY - 60% Cotton, 35% Acrylic, 5% Elastane - Cotton rich sock provides comfort, performance and practical protection

Order reference SizePPE0130031 39-43PPE0130032 44-48

PORTWEST SK10 COMBAT SOCK - 40% Wool, 40% Acrylic, 20% Nylon - Cushioned foot - Reinforced heel and toe for extra comfort

Order reference SizePPE0130041 39-46 - BlackPPE0130051 39-46 - Navy

Page 227: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

226 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

The right safety footwear is vital at work. Your working environment is a crucial element when choosing the correct safety footwear.

This catalogue explains all the benefits and features of our shoes & boots. We inform about what you should pay attention to, so that your employees are properly protected by footwear suited to their needs and requirements.

The RX® Securo and RX® Solido are quality safety shoes made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole. This makes RX® Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish in the market. Moreover, they perfectly match the other RX® PPE, in terms of colour, function and quality. This way you can stand out even more professionally, from head to toe.

FOOTWEAR

Page 228: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 227

7

Footwear

The right safety footwear is vital at work. Your working environment is a crucial element when choosing the correct safety footwear.

This catalogue explains all the benefits and features of our shoes & boots. We inform about what you should pay attention to, so that your employees are properly protected by footwear suited to their needs and requirements.

The RX® Securo and RX® Solido are quality safety shoes made of lightweight materials, with shock absorbent soles and composite toe protection, plus MS3 non-metallic penetration resistant midsole. This makes RX® Footwear one of the most comfortable and stylish in the market. Moreover, they perfectly match the other RX® PPE, in terms of colour, function and quality. This way you can stand out even more professionally, from head to toe.

FOOTWEAR

Page 229: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

228 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

278 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 279

7 7

Footwear Footwear

S3 BOOTS AND SHOESS2 BOOTS AND SHOESS1 BOOTS AND SHOESSB BOOTS AND SHOESLADIES STYLESRIGGER BOOTSWELLINGTONSACCESSORIES

The safety shoes in this catalogue comply with the European Standard for safety equipment. The following European standards are applicable:

EN ISO 20344: 2011 (E):This norm contains the basic requirements concerning the inspection methods and contains the demands, the testing trial methods and additional demands for protection equipment, such as the shoes.

EN ISO 20345: 2011 (E): Safety shoes with steel toecap. Next to the basic demands of the EN ISO 20344 norm, products with a 20345 norm have to meet up to special requirements. These requirements are indicated with (a combination of) capital letters and digit(s).A combination of the letter and digit informs that the shoe meets up with the following additional demands:

Icon Symbol Explanation

SB Safety shoe steel toecap, which offer resistance against an impact of 200 joules.

S1

Apart from the basic requirements (SB), meets the following additional requirements: closed seat region, antistatic properties, energy absorption of heel region.

S2

The same as S1, with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: waterproofness and water absorption of the leather.

S3Equals S2, with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: steel penetration resistant insert .

S4 Shoes made of 100 % rubber or polymer.

S5Equals S4 with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: penetration resistant inserT.

EN ISO 20347: 2011 (E): Occupational footwear (without protective toecaps). This norm contains demands for shoes for professional use and knows the following indications accompanied by the marks:

Symbol Explanation

O1 Closed seat region, antistatic properties, oil, petrol and acid proof, energy absorption of the heel region.

O2The same as 01 with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: waterproofness and water absorption of the leather.

O3Equals 02 with the exception that the following additional requirements are also met: steel penetration resistant insert and gripsole.

Meaning of the symbols for the eventually adding demands:

Symbol Explanation

C Conductive footwear (resistance between 0 and 0,1 mΩ).

A Antistatic footwear (resistance between 0,1 and 1000 mΩ).

E Energy absorption of heel region.

P Resistance to penetration of sharp objects.

M Metatarsal protection.

ESD Electrical decharge (resistance between 0,1 mΩ and 35 mΩ).

WRU Water resistant upper material.

HRO Heat resistant walking area.

CI Cold isolation.

HI Heat isolation.

NORMS ANTI-SLIP STANDARD

Safety shoes are subjected to an anti-slip test according to NEN standards: The manufacturing must indicate the classification with the appropriate marking (SRA, SRB OR SRC):SRA Slip-resistance on ceramic tile with layer of cleaning product.SRB Slip-resistance on steel plate with layer of glycerine (oil substance).SRC SRA + SRB: If the sole has passed both the SRA and the SRB test, it automatically gets the SRC classification.

ESD (ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE)

ESD footwear

• ESD footwear should be used if it is necessary to reduce the build-up of electrostatic charge by dissipating electrical energy in order to avoid the risk of ignition of e.g. flammable substances or vapours by sparks

• If there is any risk of an electric shock from an electrical unit or live elements.• It should, however, be noted that ESD footwear cannot offer complete protection against an electric shock, as they only

provide resistance between the floor and the foot. If the risk of an electric shock cannot be completely excluded, further measures must be taken to avoid this risk.

Page 230: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 229

7

Footwear

278 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 279

7 7

Footwear Footwear

S3 BOOTS AND SHOESS2 BOOTS AND SHOESS1 BOOTS AND SHOESSB BOOTS AND SHOESLADIES STYLESRIGGER BOOTSWELLINGTONSACCESSORIES

The safety shoes in this catalogue comply with the European Standard for safety equipment. The following European standards are applicable:

EN ISO 20344: 2011 (E):This norm contains the basic requirements concerning the inspection methods and contains the demands, the testing trial methods and additional demands for protection equipment, such as the shoes.

EN ISO 20345: 2011 (E): Safety shoes with steel toecap. Next to the basic demands of the EN ISO 20344 norm, products with a 20345 norm have to meet up to special requirements. These requirements are indicated with (a combination of) capital letters and digit(s).A combination of the letter and digit informs that the shoe meets up with the following additional demands:

Icon Symbol Explanation

SB Safety shoe steel toecap, which offer resistance against an impact of 200 joules.

S1

Apart from the basic requirements (SB), meets the following additional requirements: closed seat region, antistatic properties, energy absorption of heel region.

S2

The same as S1, with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: waterproofness and water absorption of the leather.

S3Equals S2, with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: steel penetration resistant insert .

S4 Shoes made of 100 % rubber or polymer.

S5Equals S4 with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: penetration resistant inserT.

EN ISO 20347: 2011 (E): Occupational footwear (without protective toecaps). This norm contains demands for shoes for professional use and knows the following indications accompanied by the marks:

Symbol Explanation

O1 Closed seat region, antistatic properties, oil, petrol and acid proof, energy absorption of the heel region.

O2The same as 01 with the exception that the following additional requirements are also: waterproofness and water absorption of the leather.

O3Equals 02 with the exception that the following additional requirements are also met: steel penetration resistant insert and gripsole.

Meaning of the symbols for the eventually adding demands:

Symbol Explanation

C Conductive footwear (resistance between 0 and 0,1 mΩ).

A Antistatic footwear (resistance between 0,1 and 1000 mΩ).

E Energy absorption of heel region.

P Resistance to penetration of sharp objects.

M Metatarsal protection.

ESD Electrical decharge (resistance between 0,1 mΩ and 35 mΩ).

WRU Water resistant upper material.

HRO Heat resistant walking area.

CI Cold isolation.

HI Heat isolation.

NORMS ANTI-SLIP STANDARD

Safety shoes are subjected to an anti-slip test according to NEN standards: The manufacturing must indicate the classification with the appropriate marking (SRA, SRB OR SRC):SRA Slip-resistance on ceramic tile with layer of cleaning product.SRB Slip-resistance on steel plate with layer of glycerine (oil substance).SRC SRA + SRB: If the sole has passed both the SRA and the SRB test, it automatically gets the SRC classification.

ESD (ELECTROSTATIC DISCHARGE)

ESD footwear

• ESD footwear should be used if it is necessary to reduce the build-up of electrostatic charge by dissipating electrical energy in order to avoid the risk of ignition of e.g. flammable substances or vapours by sparks

• If there is any risk of an electric shock from an electrical unit or live elements.• It should, however, be noted that ESD footwear cannot offer complete protection against an electric shock, as they only

provide resistance between the floor and the foot. If the risk of an electric shock cannot be completely excluded, further measures must be taken to avoid this risk.

Page 231: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

230 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

280 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 281

7 7

Footwear Footwear

flexible scuff pad for working on the knees

composite toe cap rubber toe reinforcement

ladder grip

anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile for more flexibility

SPECIFICATIONS

stabilizing TPU heel support

ultra slip resistant and shock-absorbing comfort sole

oil and petrol resistant

resistant to temperatures up to 300 °C contact

soft & comfortable inner lining

RX® safety footwear relieve the feet and the back

The innovative design of RX® safety shoes & boots promote wearer comfort and ensure better protection of the foot. The component parts of the safety footwear are processed in such a way that no internal materials irritate the foot. Technical textile materials, such as MS3, are primarily used for the anti-perforation sole. This makes it possible to cover the entire sole as opposed to a steel plate, which offers no protection around the outer edge. Additionally, MS3 textile offers better protection in cold and warm temperatures. MS3 textile anti-perforation sole also provides more sole flexibility and improved walking comfort.

Page 232: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 231

7

Footwear

280 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 281

7 7

Footwear Footwear

flexible scuff pad for working on the knees

composite toe cap rubber toe reinforcement

ladder grip

anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile for more flexibility

SPECIFICATIONS

stabilizing TPU heel support

ultra slip resistant and shock-absorbing comfort sole

oil and petrol resistant

resistant to temperatures up to 300 °C contact

soft & comfortable inner lining

RX® safety footwear relieve the feet and the back

The innovative design of RX® safety shoes & boots promote wearer comfort and ensure better protection of the foot. The component parts of the safety footwear are processed in such a way that no internal materials irritate the foot. Technical textile materials, such as MS3, are primarily used for the anti-perforation sole. This makes it possible to cover the entire sole as opposed to a steel plate, which offers no protection around the outer edge. Additionally, MS3 textile offers better protection in cold and warm temperatures. MS3 textile anti-perforation sole also provides more sole flexibility and improved walking comfort.

Page 233: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

232 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

282 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 283

7 7

Footwear Footwear

Every safety shoe has a label that must contain at least the following information:

LABELLING

HRO Heat Resistant Outsole

08/12 Month and year of manufacture

SIZE 42/8 Size

CE Indicates conformity with safety requirements of European Directive 89/686/EEG

EN ISO 20345: 2011Number and year of the reference standard

S3 Shoe category

SRC Slip resistance

RX SECURO Brand and type name of the shoe

W10 Width size

Instructions for useIt is important that the shoes chosen are capable of providing sufficient protection in the relevant workplaces concerned. If you are not sure whether the shoes are suitable for the work situation in question, please ask the vendor or your safety representative for advice. In order to ensure optimal use of the shoes, it is important that they are regularly cleaned and treated with a good care product.

Care tipsLeather is rather special. Being a natural product, leather has many properties: it is flexible, resists deformation, breathes actively, adjusts to the individual shape of the foot and is very effective at absorbing and releasing moisture. To maintain these excellent material qualities, good care is very important.

• Normal shoe cream is only suitable for the care of safety shoes to a limited extent. For shoes that come into contact with very wet conditions, we recommend a care product that has an impregnating effect without impairing the properties of the leather.

• At the end of the working day, wet shoes should be dried slowly in a well-ventilated location. Shoes should NEVER be dried quickly using a source of heat, as this makes the leather hard and brittle. Stuffing the shoes with paper has proved beneficial.

• If you are able to alternate between two pairs of shoes, this is always to be recommended, as it gives the shoes sufficient time to dry.

The shoes only provide sufficient protection if they are undamaged and the soles still have sufficient tread. See below for the checking of antistatic properties.

UsageThe shoes have special features designed to prevent the person wearing them from injury in the event of accidents. Safety shoes have a toecap, whose protective effect is tested in relation to impact with a test energy of at least 200 J, and in relation to pressure with a force of at least 15 kN.

Limitations of useHeat resistance (maximum, short duration contact temperature) of the outer soles of the various soles: • Shoes with a dual density PUR sole: 130 °C. • Shoes with an intermediate sole of PUR and an outer

sole of rubber: up to max. 180 °C.• Shoes with a nitrile sole: over 250 °C. Aggressive chemicals such as strong acids or alkalis may damage the upper and sole materials. If necessary, the fitness for purpose must be clarified in each individual case.

Date or duration of useThere is no use-by date for the shoes. However, shoes with PUR soles should not be stored for more than five to six years. The maximum service life depends very much on the conditions of use and the individual care given to the shoes. Under normal conditions, the shoes should be replaced after one year.

Page 234: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 233

7

Footwear

282 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 283

7 7

Footwear Footwear

Every safety shoe has a label that must contain at least the following information:

LABELLING

HRO Heat Resistant Outsole

08/12 Month and year of manufacture

SIZE 42/8 Size

CE Indicates conformity with safety requirements of European Directive 89/686/EEG

EN ISO 20345: 2011Number and year of the reference standard

S3 Shoe category

SRC Slip resistance

RX SECURO Brand and type name of the shoe

W10 Width size

Instructions for useIt is important that the shoes chosen are capable of providing sufficient protection in the relevant workplaces concerned. If you are not sure whether the shoes are suitable for the work situation in question, please ask the vendor or your safety representative for advice. In order to ensure optimal use of the shoes, it is important that they are regularly cleaned and treated with a good care product.

Care tipsLeather is rather special. Being a natural product, leather has many properties: it is flexible, resists deformation, breathes actively, adjusts to the individual shape of the foot and is very effective at absorbing and releasing moisture. To maintain these excellent material qualities, good care is very important.

• Normal shoe cream is only suitable for the care of safety shoes to a limited extent. For shoes that come into contact with very wet conditions, we recommend a care product that has an impregnating effect without impairing the properties of the leather.

• At the end of the working day, wet shoes should be dried slowly in a well-ventilated location. Shoes should NEVER be dried quickly using a source of heat, as this makes the leather hard and brittle. Stuffing the shoes with paper has proved beneficial.

• If you are able to alternate between two pairs of shoes, this is always to be recommended, as it gives the shoes sufficient time to dry.

The shoes only provide sufficient protection if they are undamaged and the soles still have sufficient tread. See below for the checking of antistatic properties.

UsageThe shoes have special features designed to prevent the person wearing them from injury in the event of accidents. Safety shoes have a toecap, whose protective effect is tested in relation to impact with a test energy of at least 200 J, and in relation to pressure with a force of at least 15 kN.

Limitations of useHeat resistance (maximum, short duration contact temperature) of the outer soles of the various soles: • Shoes with a dual density PUR sole: 130 °C. • Shoes with an intermediate sole of PUR and an outer

sole of rubber: up to max. 180 °C.• Shoes with a nitrile sole: over 250 °C. Aggressive chemicals such as strong acids or alkalis may damage the upper and sole materials. If necessary, the fitness for purpose must be clarified in each individual case.

Date or duration of useThere is no use-by date for the shoes. However, shoes with PUR soles should not be stored for more than five to six years. The maximum service life depends very much on the conditions of use and the individual care given to the shoes. Under normal conditions, the shoes should be replaced after one year.

S3 BOOTS AND SHOES

SAFETY SHOES RX® SECUROFeatures & benefits:- Composite toe cap which can resist a pressure of 200 J.- Anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile; very flexible, gives a much better

walking comfort, isolates against the cold and/or heat and protects a larger area of the foot.

- Scuff pad allows more ‘give’ at the point where the foot flexes. Ideal for jobs where kneeling is required.

- Quality uppers stabilises and supports the foot.- TPU heel support.- Reflective accents for high visibility.- Shock-absorbing comfort sole for better walking comfort.- PU/rubber sole material; oil and petrol resistant.- HRO resistant to 300 °C contact heat.- SRC sole for improved slip resistance.- Ladder grip prevents slipping on ladders.- Extra Wide Fit (10).- UK sizes: 5(38), 6(39), 6,5(40), 7(41), 8(42), 9(43), 9.5 (44) 10(45), 11(46),

12(47).

Order reference: PPE01009XXRX-SECURO

Size 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47XX 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

SAFETY SHOES RX® SOLIDOFeatures & benefits:- Composite toe cap which can resist a pressure of 200 J.- Anti-perforation sole made from MS3 textile; very flexible, gives a much better

walking comfort, isolates against the cold and/or heat and protects a larger area of the foot.

- Scuff pad allows more ‘give’ at the point where the foot flexes. Ideal for jobs where kneeling is required.

- Quality uppers stabilises and supports the foot.- TPU heel support.- Reflective accents for high visibility.- Shock-absorbing comfort sole for better walking comfort.- PU/rubber sole material; oil and petrol resistant.- HRO resistant to 300 °C contact heat.- SRC sole for improved slip resistance.- Ladder grip prevents slipping on ladders.- Extra Wide Fit (10).- UK sizes: 5(38), 6(39), 6,5(40), 7(41), 8(42), 9(43), 9.5 (44) 10(45), 11(46),

12(47).

Order reference: PPE01010XXRX-SOLIDO

Size 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47XX 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Page 235: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

234 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

TERRAIN 775NMP 6” NM BOOT- Non Metal toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004 SRC.- Black 6” boot with S3 water resistant upper, dual density polyurethane sole- Non-metal composite toecap and non-metal composite midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE01225XXBlack Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

TERRAIN 785NMP NM SHOE- Non Metal toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004 SRC.- Black shoe with S3 water resistant upper, dual density polyurethane sole- Non-metal composite toecap and non-metal composite midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE001226XXBlack Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

PORTWEST FC60 COMPOSITELITE™ OPERIS SHOE- Stylish design combined with total S3 safety in a 100 % non metallic boot.- Lightweight construction with a durable PU/Rubber outsole for slip resistance and

shock absorption.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345: 2004 + A1:2007 / S3 HRO SRC.

Order reference: PPE00530XXBlack Size 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

FC61 - COMPOSITELITE™ OPERIS SHOEA low cut version of the FC60 with all the same outstanding features.

Order reference: PPE00531XXBlack Size 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

Page 236: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 235

7

Footwear

BLACKROCK SOVEREIGN S3 BOOT METAL FREE- Metal free and lightweight for greater comfort- Composite high impact toecap & composite protective midsole- Dual density shock adsorbant sole, with removable insole - Wide fitting- Slip resistant sole to highest rating SRC- Safety rating to EN20345 S3 SRC

Order reference: PPE01252XXBlack Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

BLACKROCK ATLAS S3 SHOE METAL FREE- Metal free and lightweight for greater comfort- Composite high impact toecap & composite protective midsole- Dual density shock adsorbant sole, with removable insole - Wide fitting- Slip resistant sole to highest rating SRC- Safety rating to EN20345 S3 SRC

Order reference: PPE01253XXBlack Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

BLACKROCK TEMPEST S3 BOOT- Waterproof Nubuck upper with padded collar- Steel toecap & protective midsole- PU/Rubber sole, Wide fitting- Slip resistant sole to highest rating SRC- Safety rating to EN20345 S3 SRC

Order reference: PPE01250XXBlack: Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

BLACKROCK ECLIPSE S3 BOOT - Waterproof resistant leather upper- Steel toecap & protective midsole- Scuff resistant toe protection- Wide fitting, with removable footbed- Safety rating to EN20345 S3 SRA

Order reference: PPE01251XXBlack: Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

Page 237: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

236 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

EUROTEC 706SM BLACK NUBUCK HIKER- EUROTEC Black Nubuck Hiker- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004 SRC.- Black Nubuck hiker with a waterproof and breathable Kingtex lining- Cemented construction, lightweight rubber sole, steel midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE01218XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 47 48

STRATA 520SM BLACK CHUKKA BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004 SRC.- Black ‘D’ ring chukka with water resistant oil-tanned leather upper- Padded collar and tongue, steel midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE01219XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 47 48

STRATA 526SM BLACK D RING CHUKKA BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004 SRC.- Black ‘D’ ring chukka boot, water resistant, oil-tanned leather upper- Waterproof and breathable Oritex lining, steel midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE01221XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

STRATA 524SM BLACK SHOE- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004 SRA.- Black shoe with water resistant, oil-tanned leather upper- Padded collar, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01222XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

Page 238: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 237

7

Footwear

PORTWEST FW23 - STEELITE™ KUMO BOOTOur S3 Kumo Boot is manufactured with water-resistant leather keeping feet dry in wet conditions. Complete protection with 200 Joule steel toecap steel midsole and a slip resistant energy absorbent heel.Meets standards:EN ISO 20345 SRA.GOST- R Certified

Order reference: PPE00329XXBlack Size 3 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13 14XX 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

PORTWEST FW43 - STEELITE™ KUMO SHOEOur S3 Kumo Boot is manufactured with water-resistant leather keeping feet dry in wet conditions. Comprehensive protection with 200 Joule steel toecap steel midsole and a slip resistant energy absorbent heel.Meets standards:EN ISO 20345GOST- R Certified

Order reference: PPE00330XXBlack Size 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

JCB 4X4 BLACK BOOT- JCB 4x4/B Black Boot- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Water resistant leather upper with waterproof and breathable lining- Lightweight phylon midsole with forefoot flex channels, oil and slip resistant

outsole, pierce resistant steel midsole.

Order reference: PPE01203XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 47 48

JCB 4X4 BROWN BOOT- JCB 4x4/T Brown Boot- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Water resistant leather upper with waterproof and breathable lining- Lightweight phylon midsole with forefoot flex channels, oil and slip resistant

outsole, pierce resistant steel midsole.

Order reference: PPE01204XXBrown: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 47 48

Page 239: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

238 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

JCB 4x4/H Honey Nubuck Boot- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Water resistant leather upper with waterproof and breathable lining- Lightweight phylon midsole with forefoot flex channels, oil and slip resistant outsole, pierce resistant steel midsole.

Order reference: PPE01205XXHoney Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 47 48

JCB 3CX/H HONEY NUBUCK HIKER- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- S3 water resistant upper, waterproof and breathable lining.- Oil and slip resistant outsole, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01206XXHoney Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 47 48

JCB 3CX/B BLACK HIKER- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- S3 water resistant upper, waterproof and breathable lining.- Oil and slip resistant outsole, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01207XXBlack: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

JCB F/TRACK/H HONEY NUBUCK BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Waterproof and Breathable W-Tex lining.- Dual density phylon and rubber sole, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01208XXHoneySize 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

Page 240: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 239

7

Footwear

JCB F/TRACK/B BLACK BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Waterproof and Breathable W-Tex lining.- Dual density phylon and rubber sole, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01209XXBlackSize 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

DR MARTENS 764SM BLACK GREASY LEATHER CHUKKA BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S3 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black S3 water resistant greasy leather upper- Nitrile rubber outsole with cushioned polyurethane midsole, heat resistant to 300 C, steel midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE01236XXBlackSize 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

MAMMOET HORN GTX- Waterproof boots- Full-grain leather, rubber hose guard- GORE-TEX® laminate, breathable and waterproof- Rubber sole and rubber midsole- Non-slip soles, steel toe cap and steel mid-plate- Resistant to oil, chemical and heat- CE EN ISO 20345:2004/A1:2007 S3 WRU/WR/HRO/HI/CI/SRA.

Order reference: PPE00121XXBlackSize 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13 14XX 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49

Page 241: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

240 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

S2 SHOES AND BOOTS

STRATA 521 BROWN CHUKKA BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S2 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Brown chukka boot with water resistant oil-tanned leather upper- Padded collar and tongue, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01220XXBrownSize 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 48

PSF W322 SLIP-ON HYGIENE SHOE- White Slip-On Shoe- Steel toe- Class S2 EN ISO 20345:2004.- S2 Lorisafe upper- Lightweight polyurethane sole, antistatic, tested to the highest level of slip

resistance

Order reference: PPE01242XXWhiteSize 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 35 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

PSF W222 LACE-UP HYGIENE SHOE- White Tie Shoe- Steel toe- Class S2 EN ISO 20345:2004.- S2 Lorisafe upper- Lightweight polyurethane sole, antistatic, tested to the highest level of slip

resistance

Order reference: PPE01243XXWhite: Size 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 35 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

Page 242: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 241

7

Footwear

S1 , S1P SHOES AND BOOTS

PORTWEST FC63 - COMPOSITELITE™ TREKKER BOOT- A non metallic hiker style safety boot S1 with 200 joule composite toe cap.- Lightweight and flexible for all day comfort.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345 SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00313XXGrey/Black:

Size 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PORTWEST FC64 - COMPOSITELITE™ TREKKER SHOE- A non metallic hiker style safety shoe S1 with 200 joule composite toe cap.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345 SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00314XXGrey/Black:

Size 3 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

TERRAIN 985NMP MID CUT HIKER- Non Metal toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black hiker with dual density polyurethane sole- Non-metal composite toecap and non-metal composite midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01228XXBlack: Size 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 36 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

TERRAIN 980NMP TRAINER- Non Metal toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black trainer with dual density polyurethane sole- Non-metal composite toecap and non-metal composite midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01229XXBlackSize 3 4 5 6 7 8XX 36 37 38 39 41 42

TERRAIN 795NMP CHUKKA BOOT- Non Metal toe and sole plate- Cclass S1P EN ISO 20345:2004 SRC- Black Chukka boot, non-metal composite toecap and midsole- Dual density polyurethane sole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01227XXBlack: Size 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

Page 243: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

242 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

PORTWEST FC10 - COMPOSITELITE ™ SAFETY BOOT- Metal free S1P boot with composite toecap and midsole. - Black leather upper with dual density polyurethane sole unit.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345: 2004 + A1:2007 SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00311XXBlack Size 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PORTWEST FC14 - COMPOSITELITE ™ SAFETY SHOE- Low cut version of the FC10 with composite toecap and composite midsole. - S1P metal free- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345: 2004 + A1:2007 SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00312XXBlack Size 2 3 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13 14 15 16XX 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51

JCB TRACKLOW- Grey/Black Trainer- Non Metal toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Non-Metal Composite toecap and pierce resistant midsole.- Lightweight phylon midsole with oil and slip resistant outsole.

Order reference: PPE01210XXGrey/Black:

Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

PORTWEST FW09 - STEELITE™ PROTECTOR BOOT SCUFF CAP- Suitable for tilers, plumbers and carpet fitters.- Shoes with a scuff cap to the toe area. - Meets standards: EN ISO 20345 S1P SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00325XXBlack: Size 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PORTWEST FW10 - STEELITE™ PROTECTOR BOOT- Comprehensive protection with 200 joule steel toe cap, steel midsole and a slip

resistant energy absorbent heel.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345 S1P SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00326XXBlack Size 2 3 4 5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13 14 15 16XX 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52

Page 244: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 243

7

Footwear

PORTWEST FW14 - STEELITE™ PROTECTOR SHOE- Benefits from all the superior features of the FW10 but in a low cut version.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345 S1P SRC and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE01202XXBlack Size 2 3 4 5 6 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13 14 15 16XX 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51

JCB WORKMAX/H HONEY NUBUCK BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Nubuck boot, dual density phylon and rubber sole- Oil and slip resistant outsole, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01201XXHoneySize 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

JCB WORKMAX/B BLACK 6” BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Water resistant leather upper, W-Tex waterproof and breathable lining.- Dual density phylon and rubber sole, oil and slip resistant antistatic outsole, pierce

resistant steel midsole

Order reference: PPE01202XXBlackSize 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

JCB TREKKER/B BLACK LOW CUT TRAINER- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Waterproof and breathable W-Tex lining.- Dual density phylon and rubber sole, steel midsole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01212XXHoney: Size 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 37 38 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

Page 245: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

244 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

JCB PROTECT/B BLACK 6” BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Water resistant leather upper, W-Tex waterproof and breathable lining.- Dual density phylon and rubber sole, oil and slip resistant antistatic outsole, pierce

resistant steel midsole

Order reference: PPE01213XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

JCB PROTECT/H HONEY NUBUCK 6” BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Water resistant leather upper, W-Tex waterproof and breathable lining.- Dual density phylon and rubber sole, oil and slip resistant antistatic outsole, pierce

resistant steel midsole

Order reference: PPE01214XXHoney: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

DR MARTENS 112SM CHUKKA BOOT- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black, full grain leather upper, 5 eyelets, 2 ‘D’ rings- Cemented construction dual density PU/rubber, steel midsole, antistatic.

Order reference: PPE01235XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

DR MARTENS 753SM SHOE - Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black, full grain leather upper, 5 eyelets- Cemented construction dual density PU/rubber sole, steel midsole.

Order reference: PPE01237XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

Page 246: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 245

7

Footwear

TIMBERLAND EURO HIKER BLACK- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black hiker, oiled leather upper- Cemented construction rubber nitrile sole, steel midsole

Order reference: PPE01223XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 39 41 42 43 44 46

TIMBERLAND EURO HIKER BROWN- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Brown hiker, oiled leather upper- Cemented construction rubber nitrile sole, steel midsole

Order reference: PPE01224XXBrown Size 6 7 8 9 10 11XX 39 41 42 43 44 46

CAT HOLTON BROWN 6” BOOT- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Brown 6” boot with full grain leather upper- Comfort welt construction, moisture wicking lining, durable rubber compound

outsole

Order reference: PPE01238XXBrown Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

CAT HOLTON BLACK 6” BOOT- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black 6” boot with full grain leather upper- Comfort welt construction, moisture wicking lining, durable rubber compound

outsole

Order reference: PPE01239XXBlack: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

Page 247: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

246 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

CAT HOLTON HONEY NUBUCK 6” BOOT- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Honey Nubuck 6” boot with full grain leather upper- Comfort welt construction, moisture wicking lining, durable rubber compound

outsole

Order reference: PPE01240XXHoney: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

CAT MOOR LIGHTWEIGHT TRAINER BOOT- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black lightweight casual trainer, PU Nubuck and mesh upper- Cemented construction, durable rubber compound outsole, Taibrelle lining

Order reference: PPE01241XXBlack/Grey

Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

EXECUTIVE BROGUE STYLE SHOE- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Dual density polyurethane/rubber compound sole- Steel midsole, antistatic, tested to the highest level of slip resistance

Order reference: PPE01230XXBlack: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

EXECUTIVE BLACK SAFETY SHOE- Steel toe and sole plate- Class S1P EN ISO 20345:2004.- Dual density polyurethane/rubber compound sole- Steel midsole, antistatic, tested to the highest level of slip resistance

Order reference: PPE01231XXBlack: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

Page 248: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 247

7

Footwear

DR MARTENS 750 D RING CHUKKA BOOT- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black leather ‘D’ ring chukka boot with padded collar and tongue - PVC sole heat resistant to 70°C

Order reference: PPE01232XXBlack Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47

SB SHOES AND BOOTS

DR MARTENS 113B BOOT- Black 7 Eyelet Boot- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black smooth leather, 7 eyelet boot with PVC sole- PVC sole heat resistant to 70 C.

Order reference: PPE01233XXBlack: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

DR MARTENS 63 SHOE- Black Gibson Shoe- Steel toe- Class SB EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black smooth leather tie shoe with padded collar- PVC sole heat resistant to 70 C..

Order reference: PPE01234XXBlack: Size 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13XX 39 41 42 43 44 46 47 48

LADIES

PSF 332 LADIES SLIP-ON SHOE- Ladie’s Black Slip on Shoe- Steel toe- Class S1 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black casual slip on shoe with padded collar- Single density polyurethane sole, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01245XXBlack: Size 3 4 5 6 7 8XX 36 37 38 39 41 42

Page 249: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

248 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

PSF 6124 LADIES COURT SHOE- Lavoro Black Court Shoe NMT- Non Metal toe- Class S1 EN ISO 20345:2004.- Black apron front court shoe with rubber sole- Non-metal composite toecap, antistatic

Order reference: PPE01246XXSize 3 4 5 6 7 8XX 36 37 38 39 41 42

R IGGER BOOTS

MAMMOET SPIKE GTX- Waterproof boots, full-grain leather, rubber nose guard.- GORE-TEX® laminate, breathable and waterproof.- Rubber sole and rubber midsole.- Non-slip soles, steel toe cap and steel mid-plate.- Resistant to oil, chemicals and heat.- CE EN ISO 20345:2004/A1:2007 / S3 WRU/WR/HRO/HI/CI/SRA.

Order reference: PPE00122XXSize 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

MAMMOET CLAW- Work boots (brown), leather/Nappa, rubber nose guard.- Breathable.- Rubber sole and rubber midsole.- Non-slip soles, steel toe cap and steel mid-plate.- Resistant to oil, chemicals and heat.- CE EN ISO 20345:2004/A1:2007 / S3 WRU/WR/HRO/HI/CI/SRA.

Order reference: PPE00123XXSize 6.5 7 8 9 10 10.5 11 12 13XX 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PORTWEST FW13 - STEELITE™ RIGGER BOOTP CI (WITH SCUFF CAP)These hard wearing Riggers are extremely comfortable and versatile. The fur lining traps in heat and the thumb straps to top of boot allow for easy donning. Steel toecaps midsole and anti-static protection come as standard.Meets standards: EN ISO 20345 S1P CI and GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00327XXBrown: Size 4.5 5 6 6.5 7,5 8 9 9.5 10.5 11 12 12.5XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Page 250: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 249

7

Footwear

WELLINGTONS

PORTWEST FW84 - STEELITE™ SAFETY FOOD WELLINGTON S4- The FW84 is manufactured from high grade PVC/Nitrile which is resistant to oils

fats alkali and acid. - Excellent slip resistance and suitable for food industry.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345, GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00333XXWhite: Size 4.5 5 6 6.5 7.5 8 9 9.5 10.5 11 12 12.5 13XX 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PORTWEST FW95 - STEELITE™ TOTAL SAFETY WELLINGTON S5- This Steelite™ Safety Wellingtons are manufactured from PVC/Nitrile to give a

seamless watertight construction. - 200 joule steel toe cap slip resistant and anti-static.- Meets standards: EN ISO 20345, GOST- R Certified.

Order reference: PPE00334XXBlack: Size 4.5 5 6 6.5 7.5 8 9 9.5 10.5 11 12 12.5 13XX 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

Order reference: PPE00335XXGreen: Size 4.5 5 6 6.5 7.5 8 9 9.5 10.5 11 12 12.5 13XX 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48

PORTWEST FW71 - STEELITE™ SAFETY WAIST WADER S5- Waist height version of our Chest Wader for those who require a lighter and more

versatile product.- Meets standard: EN20345: 2004 + A1: 2007.

Order reference: PPE00331XXBlack: Size 5 6 6.5 7.5 8 9 9.5 10.5 11 12XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

PORTWEST FW74 - STEELITE™ SAFETY CHEST WADER S5- Heavy duty pvc/nitrile safety wader with steel toecap and steel midsole. - Colour coded red outsole for easy identification of safety features.- Meets standard: EN 20345: 2004 + A1: 2007.

Order reference: PPE00332XXBlack: Size 5 6 6,5 7,5 8 9 9,5 10,5 11 12XX 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46

Page 251: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

250 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

7

Footwear

ICE TREX 6300 ICE TRACTION DEVICE- Soft rubber for fast and easy fit on/off down to -40 °C(F).- 8 steel spikes ensure stability and grip on icy surfaces ..

Order reference SizePPE0013400 Medium: 37-41PPE0013401 Large: 42-44PPE0013402 X-Large: 45-48

ICE TREX 6315 STRAP-ON HEEL ICE TRACTION DEVICE- Corrosion resistant steel plate on the heel offers tenacious grip and stability on ice

and snow.- No obstacle when driving.- Rear reflective accents in the darkness.

Order reference SizePPE0013403 M/LPPE0013404 XL

PORTWEST FC89 - THERMAL FLEECE INSOLE BLACKThis thermal insole CE has a fleece layer to keep your feet warm and a soft latex layer for maximum cushioning to help absorb impact and reduce fatigue.

Order referencePPE0031490

PORTWEST FC90 - GEL CUSHIONING INSOLEAvailable in three standard sizes that can be trimmed to fit your ideal shoe size these gel cushions absorb shocks and help relieve tired aching feet. Sold in pairs.Cushion comfort all day long

Order reference: PPE00315XXGrey: Size S M LXX 02 03 04

Page 252: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 251

7

Footwear

ACCESSORIES

FL01 - FL02 - STEELITE SHOELACEFL01: black, length 90 cm.FL02: black, length 150 cm.Pack of 12.

Order reference Color LengthPPE0031590 Black 90 cmPPE0031591 Black 150 cm

Page 253: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

252 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

It goes without saying that people who work at heights or at depths must be protected from falls. Anywhere where there is a danger of falling, the primary concern must be for reliable equipment such as scaffolding, aerial work platforms, safety nets, work platforms,…If these collective preventative measures are not enough, then the worker must wear personal fall protection equipment.

Sound fall protection equipment is comfortable to wear and permits freedom of movement. The range of possible fall protection equipment and accessories is large: harnesses, lanyards, fall arrest devices, safety nets, clamps, hooks,…

Based on a thorough risk analysis, a decision must be made as to which collective and/or personal preventative measures must be taken. Do not hesitate to contact our product specialists for guidance in this area.

FALL PROTECTION

Page 254: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 253

8

Fall protection

It goes without saying that people who work at heights or at depths must be protected from falls. Anywhere where there is a danger of falling, the primary concern must be for reliable equipment such as scaffolding, aerial work platforms, safety nets, work platforms,…If these collective preventative measures are not enough, then the worker must wear personal fall protection equipment.

Sound fall protection equipment is comfortable to wear and permits freedom of movement. The range of possible fall protection equipment and accessories is large: harnesses, lanyards, fall arrest devices, safety nets, clamps, hooks,…

Based on a thorough risk analysis, a decision must be made as to which collective and/or personal preventative measures must be taken. Do not hesitate to contact our product specialists for guidance in this area.

FALL PROTECTION

Page 255: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

254 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

344 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 345

8 8

Fall protection Fall protection

CATEGORIES

Working at height It is essential that individuals working at height wear the correct personal protection equipment (PPE) and adopt the correct method of work: • Work restraint. • Work positioning. • Rope access. • Fall arrest.

• Work restraint

Equipment made and tested to avoid a fall. Not be used as a fall arrest device!

User can’t work in dangerous area by using a safety lanyard EN 354.

Falling with only a lap belt for protection is not only very painful but can also be fatal in the case of a short fall.

Lap belts are not to be used as fall protection equipment.

It is obvious that those who work at height should be protected from falls. In the UK, Belgium and Germany, certain obligations apply as in regard activities carried out at a height over two metres, in the Netherlands, this figure is 2.5 metres. There is no minimum height specified in France.In situations where there is a risk of falling, appropriate equipment such as scaffolding, aerial work platforms, safety nets, racks, etc. should be provided. If such collective safety measures are insufficient, then personal fall protection equipment should be worn.Good quality fall protection equipment is both comfortable to wear and leaves room for manoeuvre. A wide range of fall protection equipment and accessories are available, including harnesses, life lines, fall arresters, safety nets, grips, hooks, etc. A thorough risk analysis should be conducted to determine which collective and/or personal safety measures need to be taken.

The following types of fall protection equipment are available in our catalogue:

HARNESSES/WORK POSITIONING BELTSAFETY LINES (LIFE LINES)ANCHOR POINTSFALL PREVENTION DEVICESRESCUE HOIST SYSTEMACCESSORIES

CERTIFICATION

The EN 365 standard requires manufacturers to emphasise the importance of regular inspections that serve to establish that the product is operating properly.Regular maintenance is also recommended, depending on the type, frequency of usage and environmental factors. In any case, such maintenance activities should be carried out at least once a year. This should be done by an authorised person in accordance with the procedures established by the manufacturer.

EN-STANDARDISATION

The following EN standards apply to our range of products:

EN 341 Descenders

EN 353-1 Guided type fall arresters rigid anchorage line and rails

EN 353-2 Guided type fall arresters flexible anchorage line

EN 354 Lanyards

EN 355 Shock absorbers

EN 358 Work positioning systems

EN 360 Retractable type fall arresters

EN 361 Full body harness

EN 362 Connectors

EN 363 Fall arrest systems

EN 365 Instructions for use, maintenance, periodic examination, repair, marking

EN 795 Anchorage devices

EN 813 Sit harness

EN 1496 Hoisting equipment for rescue purposes

EN 1497 Rescue belts

EN 1498 Rescue loops

EN 1891 Low stretch kernmantel ropes

Page 256: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 255

8

Fall protection

344 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 345

8 8

Fall protection Fall protection

CATEGORIES

Working at height It is essential that individuals working at height wear the correct personal protection equipment (PPE) and adopt the correct method of work: • Work restraint. • Work positioning. • Rope access. • Fall arrest.

• Work restraint

Equipment made and tested to avoid a fall. Not be used as a fall arrest device!

User can’t work in dangerous area by using a safety lanyard EN 354.

Falling with only a lap belt for protection is not only very painful but can also be fatal in the case of a short fall.

Lap belts are not to be used as fall protection equipment.

It is obvious that those who work at height should be protected from falls. In the UK, Belgium and Germany, certain obligations apply as in regard activities carried out at a height over two metres, in the Netherlands, this figure is 2.5 metres. There is no minimum height specified in France.In situations where there is a risk of falling, appropriate equipment such as scaffolding, aerial work platforms, safety nets, racks, etc. should be provided. If such collective safety measures are insufficient, then personal fall protection equipment should be worn.Good quality fall protection equipment is both comfortable to wear and leaves room for manoeuvre. A wide range of fall protection equipment and accessories are available, including harnesses, life lines, fall arresters, safety nets, grips, hooks, etc. A thorough risk analysis should be conducted to determine which collective and/or personal safety measures need to be taken.

The following types of fall protection equipment are available in our catalogue:

HARNESSES/WORK POSITIONING BELTSAFETY LINES (LIFE LINES)ANCHOR POINTSFALL PREVENTION DEVICESRESCUE HOIST SYSTEMACCESSORIES

CERTIFICATION

The EN 365 standard requires manufacturers to emphasise the importance of regular inspections that serve to establish that the product is operating properly.Regular maintenance is also recommended, depending on the type, frequency of usage and environmental factors. In any case, such maintenance activities should be carried out at least once a year. This should be done by an authorised person in accordance with the procedures established by the manufacturer.

EN-STANDARDISATION

The following EN standards apply to our range of products:

EN 341 Descenders

EN 353-1 Guided type fall arresters rigid anchorage line and rails

EN 353-2 Guided type fall arresters flexible anchorage line

EN 354 Lanyards

EN 355 Shock absorbers

EN 358 Work positioning systems

EN 360 Retractable type fall arresters

EN 361 Full body harness

EN 362 Connectors

EN 363 Fall arrest systems

EN 365 Instructions for use, maintenance, periodic examination, repair, marking

EN 795 Anchorage devices

EN 813 Sit harness

EN 1496 Hoisting equipment for rescue purposes

EN 1497 Rescue belts

EN 1498 Rescue loops

EN 1891 Low stretch kernmantel ropes

Page 257: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

256 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

346 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 347

8 8

Fall protection Fall protection

• Work positioning

Equipment made and tested for positioning at height with adjustable lanyard rated to EN 358.This is usually sold in combination with a fall arrest system. Not be used as a fall arrest device!

• Rope access

Equipment specifically designed for working in suspension.Use a harness EN 361/EN 358/EN 813. You must use a primary and secondary rope when working in suspension. One should be used for upward and downward movement and the other attached to the fall arrest device.

• Fall arrest

Equipment designed to safely arrest a fall.Fall arrest is designed to reduce the forces applied to the user in the event of a fall.

FALL ARREST PROTECTION, WHAT CAN I USE?

1. Anchorage EN 795 2. Fall arrest device: a. Lanyard + absorber EN 355. b. Retractable fall arrester EN 360. c. Rope and cable flexible fall arrest EN 352-2. d. Rail or cable rigid fall arrest EN 353-1.3. Harness which meets EN 361 as a minimum + Safety belt EN 358 + Sit harness EN 813 when working in suspension.

Every situation is different! Do not hesitate to contact our product specialists who can provide you with support throughout this process.

THE COMPONENTS OF A HARNASS

Option:Retrieval webbing strap to be attached to the shoulder straps for rescuing a person in a restricted space

Option:Webbing strap extension for dorsal fastening (EN 354)

Option: Padded shoulder straps

Absorption plate

CE-marking

French jacket

Optimised seams high resistance

PE webbing strap (width 45 mm)Heat bonded web strap ends

PA opening vents enabling fast positioning on the webbing strap

Option:Easy JacketIs a jacket designed to adapt to all the HT harnesses in the Tractel® range. Securing it to the harness and removing it, is made easier by a press button system

Option: Fast adjustment automatic buckle system in aluminium

Seat

Precise shoulder strap adjustment system

CAUTION! Each fall protection product must be inspected by a competent person at least once a year or after a fall.

Page 258: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 257

8

Fall protection

346 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 347

8 8

Fall protection Fall protection

• Work positioning

Equipment made and tested for positioning at height with adjustable lanyard rated to EN 358.This is usually sold in combination with a fall arrest system. Not be used as a fall arrest device!

• Rope access

Equipment specifically designed for working in suspension.Use a harness EN 361/EN 358/EN 813. You must use a primary and secondary rope when working in suspension. One should be used for upward and downward movement and the other attached to the fall arrest device.

• Fall arrest

Equipment designed to safely arrest a fall.Fall arrest is designed to reduce the forces applied to the user in the event of a fall.

FALL ARREST PROTECTION, WHAT CAN I USE?

1. Anchorage EN 795 2. Fall arrest device: a. Lanyard + absorber EN 355. b. Retractable fall arrester EN 360. c. Rope and cable flexible fall arrest EN 352-2. d. Rail or cable rigid fall arrest EN 353-1.3. Harness which meets EN 361 as a minimum + Safety belt EN 358 + Sit harness EN 813 when working in suspension.

Every situation is different! Do not hesitate to contact our product specialists who can provide you with support throughout this process.

THE COMPONENTS OF A HARNASS

Option:Retrieval webbing strap to be attached to the shoulder straps for rescuing a person in a restricted space

Option:Webbing strap extension for dorsal fastening (EN 354)

Option: Padded shoulder straps

Absorption plate

CE-marking

French jacket

Optimised seams high resistance

PE webbing strap (width 45 mm)Heat bonded web strap ends

PA opening vents enabling fast positioning on the webbing strap

Option:Easy JacketIs a jacket designed to adapt to all the HT harnesses in the Tractel® range. Securing it to the harness and removing it, is made easier by a press button system

Option: Fast adjustment automatic buckle system in aluminium

Seat

Precise shoulder strap adjustment system

CAUTION! Each fall protection product must be inspected by a competent person at least once a year or after a fall.

Page 259: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

258 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

348 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

FITTING INSTRUCTIONS

SIZE CHART

4. Fasten the chest strap.

1. Take the D-ring.

5. Fasten the left-hand leg strap.

2. Hold the shoulder straps (with the back of the harness facing you).

6. Fasten the right-hand leg strap.

3. While holding the shoulder straps, put on the harness as

you would a jacket.

You’re ready to go!

Page 260: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 259

8

Fall protection

Page 261: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

260 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

HARNESSES

TRACTEL BASIC HARNESS HT 11Basic harness EN 361, dorsal anchoring, 2 adjustment point, sub- pelvicstrap.

Order reference SizePPE0087040 SPPE0087041 MPPE0087042 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT 22Harness EN 361, dorsal and sternal anchoring, 5 adjustment points, sub-pelvic strap.

Order reference SizePPE0087043 SPPE0087044 MPPE0087045 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT 22 BAHarness EN 361, dorsal and sternal anchoring, 5 adjustment points, sub-pelvic strap, automatic buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087046 SPPE0087047 MPPE0087048 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT 43Harness EN 361, dorsal, sternal and thoraric (2) anchoring, 5 adjustment points, sub-pelvic strap.

Order reference SizePPE0087049 SPPE0087050 MPPE0087051 XL

Page 262: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 261

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL HARNESS HT 43 BAHarness EN 361, dorsal, sternal and thoraric (2) anchoring, 5 adjustment points, sub-pelvic strap, automatic buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087052 SPPE0087053 MPPE0087054 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT 46Harness EN 361, dorsal, sternal and thoraric (2) anchoring, 5 adjustment points, sub-pelvic strap, horizontal leg straps.

Order reference SizePPE0087055 SPPE0087056 MPPE0087057 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT 46 BAHarness EN 361, dorsal, sternal and thoraric (2) anchoring, 5 adjustment points, sub-pelvic strap, horizontal leg straps, autom. buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087058 SPPE0087059 MPPE0087060 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT LADYTRAC™ A Harness EN 361, especially designed for ladies, ergonomic jacket, automatic buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087061 MPPE0087062 XL

Page 263: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

262 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL HARNESS HT LADYTRAC™ BAHarness EN 361, especially designed for ladies, ergonomic jacket, integrated positioning belt, automatic buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087063 MPPE0087064 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT PROMAST BAHarness EN 361, EN 358 and EN 813, for working on structures in suspended and rescue situations, dorsal and sternal anchoring, large size aluminium ventral ring support fastening point, automatic buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087065 SPPE0087066 MPPE0087067 XL

TRACTEL HARNESS HT ELECTRAHarness EN 361 and 358, lineman harness, dorsal and sternal anchoring, semi floating belt allowing rotation of +/-110°, automatic buckles.

Order reference SizePPE0087068 SPPE0087069 MPPE0087070 XL

TRACTEL WEBBING STRAP EXTENSION RLWebbing strap extension for dorsal.

Order referencePPE0087071

Page 264: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 263

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL SUPPORT BELT CE 02Support belt with extra tool holder rings.

Order referencePPE0087072

TRACTEL EASY JACKETFor mounting on the harness to make fitting easier.

Order referencePPE0087073

LANYARDS/L IFELINES

TRACTEL LANYARD WITH SHOCK ABSORBER LSAWebbing lanyard with shock absorber.According to standard EN 355.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087080 1,5 m 2 x M10PPE0087081 2 m 2 x M10PPE0087082 1,5 m M10 + M51PPE0087083 2 m M10 + M51PPE0087084 1,5 m M10 + M53PPE0087085 2 m M10 + M53

TRACTEL LANYARD WITH SHOCK ABSORBER LSADDouble webbing lanyard with shock absorber.According to standard EN 355.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087086 1,5 m M10 + 2 x M51PPE0087087 2 m M10 + 2 x M51PPE0087088 1,5 m M10 + 2 x M53PPE0087089 2 m M10 + 2 x M53

Page 265: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

264 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL LANYARD WITH SHOCK ABSORBER LCALanyard rope with shock absorber.According to standard EN 355.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087090 1,5 m M10 + M51PPE0087091 2 m M10 + M51

TRACTEL LANYARD WITH SHOCK ABSORBER LCADTwin rope lanyard with shock absorber.According to standard EN 355.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087092 1,5 m M10 + 2 x M51PPE0087093 2 m M10 + 2 x M51

TRACTEL LANYARD WITH SHOCK ABSORBER LPAStrap lanyard with integrated POY energy absorber.According to standard EN 355.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087094 1,5 m 2 x M10PPE0087095 2 m 2 x M10PPE0087096 1,5 m M10 + M51PPE0087097 2 m M10 + M51PPE0087098 1,5 m M10 + M53PPE0087099 2 m M10 + M53

TRACTEL LANYARD WITH SHOCK ABSORBER LSEAStrap elastic lanyard with energy absorber.According to standard EN 355.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087100 1,5 m 2 x M10PPE0087101 2 m 2 x M10PPE0087102 1,5 m M10 + M51PPE0087103 2 m M10 + M51PPE0087104 1,5 m M10 + M53PPE0087105 2 m M10 + M53

Page 266: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 265

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL SECURING LANYARD LSWebbing securing lanyard according to standard EN 354.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087110 1 m 2 x M10PPE0087111 1,5 m 2 x M10PPE0087112 2 m 2 x M10

TRACTEL SECURING LANYARD LCLanyard securing rope according to standard EN 354.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087113 1 m 2 x M10PPE0087114 1,5 m 2 x M10PPE0087115 2 m 2 x M10PPE0087116 1 m M10 + M51PPE0087117 1,5 m M10 + M51PPE0087118 2 m M10 + M51

TRACTEL SECURING LANYARD LCFTwin rope securing lanyard according to standard EN 354.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087119 1 m M10 + 2 x M51PPE0087120 1,5 m M10 + 2 x M51PPE0087121 2 m M10 + 2 x M51PPE0087122 1 m M10 + 2 x M53PPE0087123 1,5 m M10 + 2 x M53PPE0087124 2 m M10 + 2 x M53

TRACTEL SECURING LANYARD LSEStrap elastic lanyard securing according to standard EN 354.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087125 1,5 m 2 x M10PPE0087126 2 m 2 x M10PPE0087127 1,5 m M10 + M51PPE0087128 2 m M10 + M51

Page 267: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

266 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL SUPPORT LANYARD LCM 6Stopfor B automatic fall prevention device on stitched rope Ø 14 mm and carabiner M41.According to standard EN 358.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087129 2 m M41PPE0087130 3 m M41PPE0087131 4 m M41

TRACTEL SUPPORT LANYARD LCM 5Stopfor K automatic fall prevention device on braided rope Ø 12,5 mm and carabiner M41.According to standard EN 358.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087132 2 m M41PPE0087133 3 m M41PPE0087134 4 m M41

TRACTEL SUPPORT LANYARD LCM 4Jaw tensioning devices on braided rope Ø 12,5 mm and carabiner M40.According to standard EN 358.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087135 2 m M40PPE0087136 3 m M40PPE0087137 4 m M40

TRACTEL ANCHOR LINE RLX 14Anchor line stiched rope Ø 14 mm according to standard EN 353-2.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087146 10 m M10PPE0087147 20 m M10PPE0087148 40 m M10

Page 268: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 267

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL ANCHOR LINE RLXD 11Anchor line braided rope Ø 11 mm according to standard EN 353-2.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087149 10 m M10PPE0087150 20 m M10PPE0087151 40 m M10

TRACTEL TRAVSAFE™ TEMPO II AND IIITemporary lifeline for 2 or 3 persons according to EN 795 B.

Order reference TypePPE0087206 Tempo 2PPE0087207 Tempo 3

ANCHORPOINTS

TRACTEL MOBILE ANCHORPOINT ROLLBEAMMobile anchor point for I-beam according to standard EN 795 B.

Order referencePPE0087202

TRACTEL FIXED ANCHORPOINTIn aluminum or stainless steel with fall indicator, according to EN 795 A.

Order reference TypePPE0087208 AluPPE0087209 SS

Tempo 2

Tempo 3

Alu

Stainless

Page 269: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

268 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

FALL PROTECTION DEVICES

TRACTEL AUTOMATIC FALL PREVENTION DEVICE STOPFOR™ BFall blocking system without jaws for stitched rope RLX Ø 12 -14 mm according to standard EN 353-2.

Order reference DescriptionPPE0087140 With carabiner M10PPE0087141 With strap 30 cm and carabiner M41PPE0087142 With strap 30 cm and carabiner M42

TRACTEL AUTOMATIC FALL PREVENTION DEVICE STOPFOR™ KFall blocking system for braided rope RLXD Ø 10,5 - 12,5 mm according to standard EN 353-2.

Order reference DescriptionPPE0087143 With carabiner M10PPE0087144 With strap 30 cm and carabiner M41PPE0087145 With strap 30 cm and carabiner M42

TRACTEL FALL ARREST BLOCK BLOCFOR™ WITH RIBBONAutomatic fall arrest block with 17mm polyester strap with hooks.According to standard EN 360.

Order reference Length CarabinerPPE0087170 1,5 m M47 + M10PPE0087171 1,5 m M47 + M51PPE0087172 1,5 m M47 + M53PPE0087173 2 m M47 + M10PPE0087174 2 m M47 + M51PPE0087175 5 m M47 + M10PPE0087176 6 m M47 + M10

1,5 m

2 m 6 m

Page 270: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 269

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL FALL ARREST BLOCK BLOCFOR™ WITH CABLEAutomatic fall arrest block with cable and fall indicator.According to standard EN 360.

Order reference LengthPPE0087179 20 m galvaPPE0087180 30 m galvaPPE0087181 20 m SSPPE0087182 30 m SS

TRACTEL AES FALL ARREST BLOCK BLOCFOR™ WITH CABLEAutomatic fall arrest block with cable with wire absorbing end system (AES).According to standard EN 360.

Order reference TypePPE0087177 10 m steelPPE0087178 10 m SS

TRACTEL RESCUE BLOCFOR™Automatic fall arrest block with galvanized steel wire with fall indicator and recovery lever.According to standard EN 360.

Order reference LengthPPE0087183 20 mPPE0087184 30 m

TRACTEL WEBBING LANYARD FOR BLOCFOR™Line for horizontal use of the Blocfor.According to standard EN 360.

Order referencePPE0087185

Page 271: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

270 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

RESCUE HOIST SYSTEM

TRACTEL TRIPODTripod with pulleys.

Order reference VersionPPE0087190 Tripod

*Blocfor and winch not included

TRACTEL WINCH CAROL™Winch with support for tripod (without wire).According to standard EN 1496 A.

Order reference LengthPPE0087192 20 mPPE0087193 30 m

TRACTEL WIRE ROPE FOR CAROL™Wire 20m or 30m for Carol ™.

Order reference LengthPPE0087194 20 mPPE0087195 30 m

TRACTEL SET TIRSAFE™ Temporary lifeline for 3 persons consisting Tirfor® T3, 20 m cable Ø 8 mm and 2 wire slings.According to EN 795 B and C.

Order referencePPE0087205

Page 272: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 271

8

Fall protection

ACCESSORIES

TRACTEL CARABINER STEEL M10 AND M11 M10: manual srew locking, 18 mm opening.M11: semi-automatic locking, 17 mm opening.According to standard EN 362.

Order reference TypePPE0087155 M10PPE0087156 M11

TRACTEL CARABINER ALUMINIUM M51 AND M52M51: double trigger automatic locking, 60 mm opening.M52: sliding ring and retractable pawl, 60 mm opening.According to standard EN 362.

Order reference TypePPE0087157 M51PPE0087158 M52

TRACTEL CARABINER STEEL M53Double trigger automatic locking, 50 mm opening.According to standard EN 362.

Order reference TypePPE0087159 M53

TRACTEL CONNECTOR STAINLESS STEEL M31 AND M33M31: automatic locking by spring cover, 80 mm opening.M33: Automatic locking by spring cover, 140 mm opening.According to standard EN 362.

Order reference TypePPE0087160 M31PPE0087161 M33

M10

M11

M51

M52

Page 273: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

272 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

8

Fall protection

TRACTEL PROTECTION SLEEVEProtection sleeve for rope on sharp edges.

Order referencePPE0087162

TRACTEL ANCHORPOINT WEBBING STRAPSling for mobile anchor point according to standard EN 795 B.

Order reference LengthPPE0087196 0,6 mPPE0087197 0,8 mPPE0087198 3 m

TRACTEL ANCHORPOINT WEBBING STRAP WITH EYE AS19Sling with an eye for mobile anchor point according to standard EN 795 B.

Order reference LengthPPE0087199 0,6 mPPE0087200 3 mPPE0087201 1,5 m

TRACTEL POLE TELESCOPICLength 6 m, hook AM53 ordered separately.

Order reference TypePPE0087203 PolePPE0087204 AM53

Page 274: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 273

8

Fall protection

NOTES

Page 275: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

274 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

Hygiene is not a luxury but rather a basic need of every human being. An unsanitary area is like a playground for a range of different bacteria which can cause disease and, in turn, a decrease in productivity. After all, skin diseases are a common cause of absence from work.

A hygienic environment will contribute to the welfare and motivation of your employees.

HYGIENE

Page 276: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 275

9

Hand Hygiene

Hygiene is not a luxury but rather a basic need of every human being. An unsanitary area is like a playground for a range of different bacteria which can cause disease and, in turn, a decrease in productivity. After all, skin diseases are a common cause of absence from work.

A hygienic environment will contribute to the welfare and motivation of your employees.

HYGIENE

Page 277: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

276 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

366 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hygiene

The Deb range offers a unique structured and coordinated skincare solution for all employees in the workplace.With an extensive assortment of skincare products we reach out to all companies and organisations that put their employees and customers’ well-being first. The leading formulations and high-quality dispensing systems always have one objective in mind: to ensure a safe and healthy work environment with cost-effective solutions that respect the environment.

UNIVERSAL CONCEPT

‘Universal’ is an important concept for the correct use of skincare products and dispensing systems. Deb respects this. Our many years’ experience with users of our products and dispensing systems have provided us with an effective overview of the factors that play a role in maintaining skincare regimes. A clear understanding of the products that must be used with each application and the way this should be done is paramount. That’s why our products and dispensing systems include universal pictograms, recognisable colours and unambiguous wording.

Colour codes: Are consistently used for

all our products, dispensers and training materials so that the product type can be quickly identified.

Universal pictograms: Demonstrate each step of the Deb Skin

Care System™ and inform the user of the product’s objective.

Illustrations of use: Encourage proper hand hygiene and

universal visual language.

Unambiguous wording: Ensures correct use of the products.

Multilingual product labels:

Make it possible to use the same products in several countries.

International article codes: Simplify administration and facilitate traceability.

ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY PRODUCTS

Many of Deb’s cleaning products are EU Ecolabel certified. This is the official European environmental labelEcolabel is a voluntary programme in which products must comply with strict technical criteria using a Life Cycle Analyses (LCA). This includes the most important environmental aspects in all phases of the life cycle, including manufacturing, use and disposal.

‘Only the very best products, ensuring reduced environ-mental impact, may carry the EU Ecolabel.’ (European Commission)

A UNIQUE SOLUTION

The unique Deb Skin Care System™ consists of 6 steps that incorporate ‘best class’ products and support activities:

Protection Creams that are applied to the

skin before work to protect the skin from contaminating substances and hostile conditions allowing the skin to be easily cleaned.

Cleansing Hand and skin cleansers that

are tailored to meet the specific needs and preferences of diverse workplaces.

Care Conditioning creams that help

keep the hands supple, soft and healthy. Healthy skin is extremely important for proper hand hygiene.

Training Encouraging good skincare

practices by providing material for educational and training purposes and to increase awareness among employees.

Audit Implementing and maintaining

the effectiveness of the Deb Skin Care programme by performing audits.

THE DEB GROUP AND ERIKS: THE ULTIMATE HAND HYGIENE TEAM!!

Page 278: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 277

9

Hand Hygiene

SKINCARE - PROTECTION

DEB UNIVERSAL PROTECTUniversal pre-work skin cream to help protect the skin against contact with water and non-water based contaminants. Perfume-free and non-greasy.In 150 ml and 1 l cartridge for dispenser.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000800 150 ml 12 pcsPPE0000801 1 l 6 pcs

DEB PROTECT 1000 DISPENSERDispenser for Universal Protect 1 l.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000804 White/Orange 1 pcs

DEB SUN PROTECTSPF30 sunscreen to protect the skin against the sun’s harmful UV-A (ageing) & UV-B (burning) rays. Perfume-free and non-greasy, its photostable formula contains a moisturiser and is also water-resistant.In 150 ml and 1 l cartridge for dispenser.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000802 150 ml 12 pcsPPE0000803 1 l 6 pcs

DEB SUN 1000 DISPENSERDispenser for Deb Sun Protect 1 l.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000805 White/Orange 1 pcs

366 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hygiene

The Deb range offers a unique structured and coordinated skincare solution for all employees in the workplace.With an extensive assortment of skincare products we reach out to all companies and organisations that put their employees and customers’ well-being first. The leading formulations and high-quality dispensing systems always have one objective in mind: to ensure a safe and healthy work environment with cost-effective solutions that respect the environment.

UNIVERSAL CONCEPT

‘Universal’ is an important concept for the correct use of skincare products and dispensing systems. Deb respects this. Our many years’ experience with users of our products and dispensing systems have provided us with an effective overview of the factors that play a role in maintaining skincare regimes. A clear understanding of the products that must be used with each application and the way this should be done is paramount. That’s why our products and dispensing systems include universal pictograms, recognisable colours and unambiguous wording.

Colour codes: Are consistently used for

all our products, dispensers and training materials so that the product type can be quickly identified.

Universal pictograms: Demonstrate each step of the Deb Skin

Care System™ and inform the user of the product’s objective.

Illustrations of use: Encourage proper hand hygiene and

universal visual language.

Unambiguous wording: Ensures correct use of the products.

Multilingual product labels:

Make it possible to use the same products in several countries.

International article codes: Simplify administration and facilitate traceability.

ENVIRONMENTALLY FRIENDLY PRODUCTS

Many of Deb’s cleaning products are EU Ecolabel certified. This is the official European environmental labelEcolabel is a voluntary programme in which products must comply with strict technical criteria using a Life Cycle Analyses (LCA). This includes the most important environmental aspects in all phases of the life cycle, including manufacturing, use and disposal.

‘Only the very best products, ensuring reduced environ-mental impact, may carry the EU Ecolabel.’ (European Commission)

A UNIQUE SOLUTION

The unique Deb Skin Care System™ consists of 6 steps that incorporate ‘best class’ products and support activities:

Protection Creams that are applied to the

skin before work to protect the skin from contaminating substances and hostile conditions allowing the skin to be easily cleaned.

Cleansing Hand and skin cleansers that

are tailored to meet the specific needs and preferences of diverse workplaces.

Care Conditioning creams that help

keep the hands supple, soft and healthy. Healthy skin is extremely important for proper hand hygiene.

Training Encouraging good skincare

practices by providing material for educational and training purposes and to increase awareness among employees.

Audit Implementing and maintaining

the effectiveness of the Deb Skin Care programme by performing audits.

THE DEB GROUP AND ERIKS: THE ULTIMATE HAND HYGIENE TEAM!!

Page 279: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

278 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

SKINCARE - CLEANSE + DISPENSERS

DEB CLEAR FOAM WASHPerfume-free and dye-free, mild foam soap for general washroom use.1 l and 1,2 l cartridges for dispenser.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000807 1 l 6 pcsPPE0000808 1 ,2 l 3 pcs

DEB WASHROOM 1000 DISPENSERDispenser for 1 l cartridge

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000809 White/Blue 1 pcs

DEB TOUCHFREE II DISPENSERAutomatic TouchFree dispenser for 1.2 l cartridge.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000812 Blue 1 pcsPPE0000811 White 1 pcsPPE0000810 Black/chrome 1 pcs

DEB HAIR & BODY WASHAll over hair & body lotion wash with an invigorating rainforest fresh fragrance.1 l and 2 l cartridges.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000813 1 l 6 pcsPPE0000814 2 l 4 pcs

Page 280: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 279

9

Hand Hygiene

DEB CLEANSE SHOWER 1000/2000 DISPENSERDispenser for Deb Hair & Body Wash cartridges 1 l and 2 l.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0000815 1000- 1 l 1 pcsPPE0000816 2000 - 2 l 1 pcs

DEB OXYBAC EXTRA LOTION WASH- Unique, perfume-free broad spectrum antibacterial rich-cream foam hand wash.- Combines Accelerated Hydrogen Peroxide® with Deb Foam Technology™- Kills 99.999% of many common bacteria.- 1 l & 2 l catridges

Order reference Content PackagePPE0128310 1 l 6 pcsPPE0128311 2 l 4 pcs

DEB CLEANSE ANTIBAC 1000 DISPENSERDispenser for Deb Oxybac 1 l cartridges.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000821 White/Blue-green 1 pcs

DEB CLEANSE ANTIBAC 2000 (FOAM) DISPENSERDispenser for Deb Oxybac 2 l cartridges.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000822 White/Blue-green 1 pcs

Page 281: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

280 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

DEB NATURAL POWER WASHUses the power of Debasol®, Deb’s patented combination of solvent free, natural sunflower oil extracts with cornmeal and ground olive oil stone scrub to provide a highly effective ‘deep-clean’ performance.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000826 2 l 4 pcsPPE0000827 4 l 4 pcs

DEB CITRUS POWER WASHUses the power of natural orange oil extracts in combination with cornmeal hand scrub to provide a highly effective cleaning performance.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000828 2 l 4 pcsPPE0000829 4 l 4 pcs

DEB CLEANSE HEAVY 2000/4000 DISPENSERDispenser for 2L or 4L cartridge Power Wash.

Order reference Type PackagePPE0000830 2000 - 2 l 1 pcsPPE0000831 4000 - 4 l 1 pcs

DEB GRITTYFOAM®

- First heavy duty foam hand cleaner in the world with non-abrasive cornmeal bio-scrubbers (TM) is powerful yet gentle to the skin to remove most industrial soils.

- The rapid and effective deep cleaning, combined with excellent feel of the skin during and after use..

- Up to 45 % more hand washes per liter compared to traditional hand cleaners.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000824 3,25 l 4 pcs

Page 282: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 281

9

Hand Hygiene

SKINCARE - RESTORE + DISPENSERS

DEB PURE RESTORE- Perfume-free and dye-free, highly effective mild after-work conditioning cream.- Provide effective skin care whether skin is dry, sore, chapped or in normal

condition.- Tube from 150 ml and dipenser cartridge 1 l.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000842 150 ml 12 pcsPPE0000843 1 l 6 pcs

DEB RESTORE 1000 DISPENSERDispenser for Deb Pure Restore 1 l..

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000844 White/Green 1 pcs

SKINCARE - SANIT ISE + DISPENSERS

DEB INSTANTFOAM PUMPBOTTLE- Highly effective, perfume-free, dye-free alcohol-based foam hand sanitiser with

moisturiser.- Use without water to kill 99.999 % of many common germs in just 15 seconds.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000833 47 ml 12 pcsPPE0000835 400 ml 6 pcs

DEB INSTANTFOAM- Highly effective, perfume-free, dye-free alcohol-based foam hand sanitiser with

moisturiser.- Use without water to kill 99.999 % of many common germs in just 15 seconds.- Cartridge 1 l and 1,2 l for Deb Touchfree dispenser.

Order reference Content PackagePPE0000836 1 l 6 pcsPPE0000837 1,2 l 3 pcs

Page 283: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

282 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

DEB SANITISE 1000 DISPENSERDispenser for cartridge 1 l.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000838 White 1 pcs

DEB TOUCHFREE II DISPENSER SANITISEDispenser for cartridge 1,2 l.

Order reference Color PackagePPE0000839 White 1 pcs

DEB SANITISE STANDSupplied without dispenser.

Order reference PackagePPE0000840 1

Page 284: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 283

9

Hand Hygiene

SKIN SAFETY CENTRES

DEB SKIN PROTECTION CENTRE SMALL FOR INDUSTRYSize 500 mm (width)) x 500 mm (hight) contains:- 1 dispenser Protect 1000.- 1 dispenser Cleanse Heavy 2000.- 1 dispenser Restore 1000.

Order reference VersionPPE0000845 DutchPPE0000846 FrenchPPE0000847 EnglishPPE0000848 German

DEB SKIN HYGIENE CENTRESize 500 mm (width) x 375 mm (hight) contains:- 1 dispenser Sanitise 1000.- 1 dispenser Cleanse Antibac 1000.- 1 dispenser Restore 1000.

Order reference VersionPPE0000849 DutchPPE0000850 FrenchPPE0000851 EnglishPPE0000852 German

DEB SKIN PROTECTION CENTRE BIG FOR INDUSTRYSize 800 mm (width)) x 570 mm (hight) contains:- 1 dispenser Protect 1000.- 1 dispenser Cleanse Light 2000.- 1 dispenser Cleanse Heavy 2000.- 1 dispenser Restore 1000.

Order reference VersionPPE0000853 DutchPPE0000854 FrenchPPE0000855 EnglishPPE0000856 German

Page 285: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

284 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

WET WIPES

DEB UNIVERSAL WIPES- Universal wipes for general hand cleaning, such as removing oil, grease and

grime.- The impregnated tough, extra large wipes.- Available in a handy, easy-to-use pack which can be used whilst on the move,

with no need for water.- 150 pieces/bucket.

Order reference PackagePPE0000832 4 pcs

RX MULTI WIPE- Waterless cleaning wipe for industrial cleaning and degreasing.- Dermatologically tested.- Supplied in easy to carry tub.- 150 wipes per tub.

Order reference PackagePPE0140001 4 pcs

RX MAX WIPE- Heavy-duty cleaning wipe.- Scrub impregnated with effective disinfectant for waterless cleaning.- Includes fast-acting anti-bacterial agent to sanitise as well as clean.- Supplied in handy sized tubs.- 80 wipes per tub.

Order reference ColorPPE0140002 10 pcs

Page 286: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 285

9

Hand Hygiene

380 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hygiene

RX Maintenance Wipes

RX MAX WIPE PART NO: RX-WW-MX80

A heavy-duty cleaning wipe – scrub

impregnated, with an effective

disinfectant making these wipes an

ideal solution for waterless cleaning

applications.

RX MAX WIPES effortlessly remove

the toughest dirt and grime from

a variety of surfaces. Primarily

RX MULTI WIPE PART NO: RX-WW-MP150

The RX MULTI WIPE is the

ideal waterless cleaning wipe for

industrial cleaning and degreasing

applications. Dermatologically

tested to be kind to hands the RX

MULTI WIPE can be used to wipe

away water based paints, adhesives,

sealants, oils and greases on a

myriad of surfaces.

Supplied in a portable, easy to

carry tub containing 150 wipes,

the RX MULTI WIPE is the perfect

solution for all your general

workshop cleaning applications.

New to the RX Range

For More Information

Call 0845 006 6000Visit www.eriks.co.uk

designed for cleaning hands, we’ve

now added a fast-acting anti-

bacterial agent to help sanitise as

well as clean.

Supplied in handy sized tubs

containing 80 wipes, the RX MAX

WIPE is an ideal addition to any

toolkit.

PART NO:

RX-WW-MX80

POSITIVE RISKREDUCTION

POSITIVE WASTEREDUCTION

POSITIVE POLLUTIONREDUCTION

POSITIVE ENERGYREDUCTION

Page 287: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

286 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

9

Hand hygiene

NOTES

Page 288: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 287

9

Hand Hygiene

NOTES

Page 289: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

288 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

Made from melt blown Polypropylene, RX® adsorbents are a high quality, high performance workplace spill control and adsorbent solution.

Products are available for general maintenance use in factories, workshops, and manufacturing industry where there is a general requirement for a clean workplace.In outdoor situations, where oil and other liquids must be controlled, RX® provide an oil and fuel solution. This is a hydrophobic product which will not adsorb water.For incidents, and day-to-day situations involving chemicals and solvents, the RX® chemical range provides an instantly recognisable and complete solution.For ease of use, products are available as Pads, Sheets, Rolls, Socks, Pillows, Booms and specially created Spill Kits.

The RX® Bio-Bacterial cleaners are a revolutionary approach to cleaning oil-contaminated surfaces.A combination of bacteria and enzymes that literally eat the oil with a clean surface as a result.The RX® Secondary Retention range helps to comply with UK environmental regulations imposed to protect the environment.

The Mobile Retention systems are, in combination with MBPP sorbents, the perfect product for quick and effective action in emergencies.

SPILL CONTROL

Page 290: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 289

10

Spill Control

Made from melt blown Polypropylene, RX® adsorbents are a high quality, high performance workplace spill control and adsorbent solution.

Products are available for general maintenance use in factories, workshops, and manufacturing industry where there is a general requirement for a clean workplace.In outdoor situations, where oil and other liquids must be controlled, RX® provide an oil and fuel solution. This is a hydrophobic product which will not adsorb water.For incidents, and day-to-day situations involving chemicals and solvents, the RX® chemical range provides an instantly recognisable and complete solution.For ease of use, products are available as Pads, Sheets, Rolls, Socks, Pillows, Booms and specially created Spill Kits.

The RX® Bio-Bacterial cleaners are a revolutionary approach to cleaning oil-contaminated surfaces.A combination of bacteria and enzymes that literally eat the oil with a clean surface as a result.The RX® Secondary Retention range helps to comply with UK environmental regulations imposed to protect the environment.

The Mobile Retention systems are, in combination with MBPP sorbents, the perfect product for quick and effective action in emergencies.

SPILL CONTROL

Page 291: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

290 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

408 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 409

10 10

Spill Control Spill Control

WHY MELT BLOWN POLYPROPYLENE SORBENTS?

2. Reduced adsorption time

• MBPP adsorbs immediately• Granules takes more time to absorb

3. Clean versus dirty

What is Melt Blown Polypropylene (MBPP)?

Melt Blown Polypropylene is an oil derivative that hasthe ability to be both oleophilic and hydrophobic.

MBPP offers many advantages. Benefits you cantranslate into:• Cost-savings• Increased Productivity• Increased Safety

ADVANTAGES

1. Higher adsorption capacity

• MBPP adsorbs up to 25x its own weight: e.g. to adsorb 10L, it will take approx. 8.5 pads @ 64/g pad = 544g• Granules absorbs 1x its own weight e.g. to absorb 10L, it will take approx. 10kg @ 1kg/L = 10kg

MBPP

Granules

MBPP

Granules

MBPP

Granules

4. Easy to clean• With MBPP it’s easy to clean• Working with granules is difficult and labour intensive

5. Preventive and reactive• MBPP can be used in a preventive and reactive way• Granules are only used reactively

6. Safe for man, machine and environment

MBPP • No health risks • No risk of damaging machinery • After incineration, 0.02% residueGranules • Potential health risks due to dust and silicates • Can cause severe damage to machinery

7. Granules vs. MBPP (Spill 200L)

Granules MBPP

Consumption 200kg 10,66kg

Costs/kg £0.31/kg £10.93/kg

Total kg waste 400kg (200kg + 200L)

210,66kg (10,66kg + 200L)

Waste costs £0.80/kg* £0.80/kg*

Total costs £382.00(£62.00 + £320.00)

£285.04(£161.05 + £168.53)

All cost are approximate and are for illustration purposes only

This shows a saving of over 25%! Labour, etc. not included!

MBPP

Granules

Page 292: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 291

10

Spill Control

408 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 409

10 10

Spill Control Spill Control

WHY MELT BLOWN POLYPROPYLENE SORBENTS?

2. Reduced adsorption time

• MBPP adsorbs immediately• Granules takes more time to absorb

3. Clean versus dirty

What is Melt Blown Polypropylene (MBPP)?

Melt Blown Polypropylene is an oil derivative that hasthe ability to be both oleophilic and hydrophobic.

MBPP offers many advantages. Benefits you cantranslate into:• Cost-savings• Increased Productivity• Increased Safety

ADVANTAGES

1. Higher adsorption capacity

• MBPP adsorbs up to 25x its own weight: e.g. to adsorb 10L, it will take approx. 8.5 pads @ 64/g pad = 544g• Granules absorbs 1x its own weight e.g. to absorb 10L, it will take approx. 10kg @ 1kg/L = 10kg

MBPP

Granules

MBPP

Granules

MBPP

Granules

4. Easy to clean• With MBPP it’s easy to clean• Working with granules is difficult and labour intensive

5. Preventive and reactive• MBPP can be used in a preventive and reactive way• Granules are only used reactively

6. Safe for man, machine and environment

MBPP • No health risks • No risk of damaging machinery • After incineration, 0.02% residueGranules • Potential health risks due to dust and silicates • Can cause severe damage to machinery

7. Granules vs. MBPP (Spill 200L)

Granules MBPP

Consumption 200kg 10,66kg

Costs/kg £0.31/kg £10.93/kg

Total kg waste 400kg (200kg + 200L)

210,66kg (10,66kg + 200L)

Waste costs £0.80/kg* £0.80/kg*

Total costs £382.00(£62.00 + £320.00)

£285.04(£161.05 + £168.53)

All cost are approximate and are for illustration purposes only

This shows a saving of over 25%! Labour, etc. not included!

MBPP

Granules

Page 293: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

292 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

410 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 411

10 10

Spill Control Spill Control

SELECTION GUIDE

Will sorbentsbe used onthe water?

Do you requirea barrier toprevent liquidsfrom reachingthe ground?

Will sorbentsbe subjectto abrasionand/or heavytraffic?

Will sorbentsbe subjectto abrasionand/or heavytraffic?

Will sorbentsbe used foraggresivechemicals?

What type of liquids needto be adsorbed?

YES

NO

YES

NO

Universal Poly Backed Rug➜PAGE ??

Universal Rug➜PAGE ??

Perform+ MaintenancePads & Rolls

➜PAGE ??

Perform MaintenancePads & Rolls

➜PAGE ??

Oil- and water-basedliquids

YESPerform+ Chemical Pads, Rolls,Socks & Pillows

➜PAGE ??Chemicals

YES

NO

YES

NO

Oil Only Booms & Sweeps➜PAGE??

Perform+ Oil Only Pads & Rolls ➜PAGE??Oil Only Track Mat

➜PAGE ??

Perform Oil Only Pads, Rolls,Socks & Pillows

➜PAGE ??

Oil-based liquids only

8 STEPS TO CONTROL A SPILL

IDENTIFY WHATTYPE OF LIQUIDHAS BEEN SPILLED

IF SPILL IS TOO LARGE TOHANDLE, NOTIFY ALL RELEVANTPARTIES (FIRE BRIGADE,SAFETY MANAGER, ENVIRON-MENTAL OFFICER, ETC)

MAKE SURE THATCORRECT PPEIS WORN

IDENTIFY THESOURCE OF THESPILL AND USEMINIBOOMS TOSURROUND ANDCONTAIN SPILL.PREVENT FURTHERSPREADING OR LEAKAGE INTO DRAINS

USE APPROPRIATETYPES OF SORBENTSTO ADSORB LIQUIDS

DISPOSE OF AS CONTAM-INATED WASTE, IN AP- PROPRIATELY LABELLEDWASTE BAGS

REPLENISH KIT WITH ABSORBENTMATERIALS AND OTHER SAFETYEQUIPMENT

REVIEW PROCEDURESAND CONTINGENCYPLANS

Page 294: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 293

10

Spill Control

410 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 411

10 10

Spill Control Spill Control

SELECTION GUIDE

Will sorbentsbe used onthe water?

Do you requirea barrier toprevent liquidsfrom reachingthe ground?

Will sorbentsbe subjectto abrasionand/or heavytraffic?

Will sorbentsbe subjectto abrasionand/or heavytraffic?

Will sorbentsbe used foraggresivechemicals?

What type of liquids needto be adsorbed?

YES

NO

YES

NO

Universal Poly Backed Rug➜PAGE ??

Universal Rug➜PAGE ??

Perform+ MaintenancePads & Rolls

➜PAGE ??

Perform MaintenancePads & Rolls

➜PAGE ??

Oil- and water-basedliquids

YESPerform+ Chemical Pads, Rolls,Socks & Pillows

➜PAGE ??Chemicals

YES

NO

YES

NO

Oil Only Booms & Sweeps➜PAGE??

Perform+ Oil Only Pads & Rolls ➜PAGE??Oil Only Track Mat

➜PAGE ??

Perform Oil Only Pads, Rolls,Socks & Pillows

➜PAGE ??

Oil-based liquids only

8 STEPS TO CONTROL A SPILL

IDENTIFY WHATTYPE OF LIQUIDHAS BEEN SPILLED

IF SPILL IS TOO LARGE TOHANDLE, NOTIFY ALL RELEVANTPARTIES (FIRE BRIGADE,SAFETY MANAGER, ENVIRON-MENTAL OFFICER, ETC)

MAKE SURE THATCORRECT PPEIS WORN

IDENTIFY THESOURCE OF THESPILL AND USEMINIBOOMS TOSURROUND ANDCONTAIN SPILL.PREVENT FURTHERSPREADING OR LEAKAGE INTO DRAINS

USE APPROPRIATETYPES OF SORBENTSTO ADSORB LIQUIDS

DISPOSE OF AS CONTAM-INATED WASTE, IN AP- PROPRIATELY LABELLEDWASTE BAGS

REPLENISH KIT WITH ABSORBENTMATERIALS AND OTHER SAFETYEQUIPMENT

REVIEW PROCEDURESAND CONTINGENCYPLANS

Page 295: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

294 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

OIL SPILL CONTROL

RX® PERFORM+ OIL ONLY PADS- Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water.- Spunbond cover on both sides gives superior strength.- Spunbond material allows for high abrasion resistance when wiping rough

surfaces.- Perforations minimize waste.- Packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up. Dimples

add extra strength.- Available in two different weights for easier choice.- Virtually lint-free.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100750 Oil only heavyweight triple layer pad

41 cm x 46 cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box

120

PPE0100751 Oil only lightweight triple layer pad

41 cm x 46 cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box

154

RX® PERFORM+ OIL ONLY ROLLS- Spunbond cover on both sides gives superior strength.- Spunbond material allows for high abrasion resistance when used in high traffic

areas.- All Rolls are perforated down the centre as well as across the width minimizing

waste.- Narrow Roll packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up, dimples

add extra strength.- Available in two different widths for added flexibility.- Virtually lint-free.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100752 Oil only heavyweight triple layer roll

81 cm x 46m 1 Roll/Box 240

PPE0100753 Oil only lightweight triple layer roll

41 cm x 46m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box

120

RX® PERFORM OIL ONLY PADS- Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water.- Cost effective solution to cleaning up oil spills, leaks and drips.- Perforations minimize waste.- Packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up.- Dimples add extra strength.- Available in two different weights for easier choice.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100754 Oil only heavyweight Pad

41 cm x 46 cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box

120

PPE0100755 Oil only lightweight Pad

41 cm x 46 cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box

163

Page 296: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 295

10

Spill Control

RX® PERFORM OIL ONLY ROLLS- Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water.- Cost effective solution to cleaning up oil spills, leaks and drips.- All Rolls are perforated down the centre as well as across the width, minimizing

waste.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up, dimples

add extra strength.- Available in two different widths for added fl exibility.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100756 Oil only heavyweight Roll

81 cm x 46m 1 Roll/Bag 240

PPE0100757 Oil only heavyweight Roll

41 cm x 46m 2 Rolls/Bag 240

RX® OIL ONLY TRACK MAT- Heavy-duty poly backing prevents leaking of liquids onto the floor.- 3-layer construction gives high durability.- Top layer gives UV protection, resulting in increased product life.- Can be used for many applications including:- Under transformers to prevent oils from leaking into the soil.- Factory floors where liquids must not penetrate into the floor.- Factories/warehouses with high foot traffic.- Under heavy equipment in order to protect the floor.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100758 Oil only ultra strong triple layer roll

147 cm x 24,4m 1 Mat/Bag 352

RX® OIL ONLY SOCKS- Filled with 100 % polypropylene for cost effectiveness.- Flexible - can be shaped around leaky machinery or drums.- Available in 2 different lengths for added customer choice.- Can also be used during clean-up of smaller oil spills on the water.- Ideal for use in order to surround and contain liquids during a land spill.- Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water.- Ideal for outside use.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100759 Oil only sock ø7,6 cm x 122 cm 15 Socks/Box 85PPE0100760 Oil only sock ø7,6 cm x 305 cm 6 Socks/Box 85

Page 297: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

296 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

RX® OIL ONLY PILLOWS- Ideal for soaking larger spills concentrated to one specific area.- Can also be used during clean-up of smaller spills on the water.- Ideal for putting under leaky pipes, gaskets or other leaking equipment.- Adsorbs petroleum based liquids and repels water.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100761 Oil only pillow 46 cm x 46 cm 10 Pillows/Box 78

RX® OIL ONLY BOOMS- Filled with 100 % polypropylene for cost effectiveness.- Available in 2 different diameters for more flexibility.- Can be connected one to the other in order to cover larger areas.- Ideal for use during clean-up of oil spills on water.- Can be used on land for temporary barrier during oil spills.- Inner lining prevents filling from leaking during clean up.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100762 Oil only boom 20 cm x 3m 4 Booms/Bag 269PPE0100763 Oil only boom 13 cm x 3m 4 Booms/Bag 135

RX® OIL ONLY SWEEP- Made from 100 % Melt Blown Polypropylene for high adsorption.- Ideal for removal of thin slicks and rainbow sheens off water.- Can be used between two boats in order to clean up oil sheen/rainbow.- Can be fi xed to shoreline for easy clean-up of cliffs/stones/beach area.- Nylon strap allows for connection of multiple sweeps.- Ideal for use during closing stages of oil spill clean-ups.- Flexible nature of sweep makes it ideal solution for smaller clean-ups on rivers

where current may be a factor.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100764 Oil only sweep With re-enforced

nylon rope

41 cm x 30m 1sweep/Bag 80

Page 298: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 297

10

Spill Control

MAINTENANCE SPILL CONTROL

RX® PERFORM+ MAINTENANCE PADS- Spunbond cover gives high abrasion resistance when wiping rough surfaces.- Perforations minimize waste.- Packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Available in two different weights for easier choice- Pads are static resistant giving greater safety when handling fl ammable liquids.- Virtually lint-free.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up, dimples

add extra strength.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100765 Perforated heavyweight pad

41 cm x 46 cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box

120

PPE0100766 Perforated lightweight pad

41 cm x 46 cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box

154

RX® PERFORM+ MAINTENANCE ROLLS- Spunbond cover on both sides gives superior strength.- Spunbond material allows for high abrasion resistance when wiping rough

surfaces.- All Rolls are perforated down the centre as well as across the width thus minimi-

zing waste.- Available in two different widths for greater choice.- Rolls are static-resistant giving greater safety when handling flammable liquids.- Virtually lint-free.- 41cm Roll is packed in an easy to use dispenser box for easier handling.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up, dimples

add extra strength.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100767 Perforated heavyweight triple

layer roll

81 cm x 46m 1 Roll/box 240

PPE0100768 Perforated heavyweight triple

layer roll

41 cm x 46m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box

120

RX® PERFORM MAINTENANCE PADS- Highly adsorbent Melt Blown Polypropylene for cost effectiveness.- Pads are static resistant giving greater safety when handling fl ammable liquids.- Adsorbs most industrial liquids (oil-based as well as water based).- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up, dimples

add extra strength.- Cost effective solution to cleaning up oil spills, leaks and drips.- Perforations minimize waste.- Packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Available in two different basis weights for added choice.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100769 Perforated heavyweight pad

41 cm x 46 cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box

120

PPE0100770 Perforated lightweight pad

41 cm x 46 cm 200 Pads/Dispenser Box

163

Page 299: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

298 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

RX® PERFORM MAINTENANCE ROLLS- Rolls are static-resistant giving greater safety when handling flammable liquids.- Cost effective solution to cleaning up oil spills, leaks and drips.- All Rolls are perforated down the centre as well as across the width thus minimi-

zing waste.- Packed in a plastic bag for greater economy.- Two different widths allow product to be used for multiple applications.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100771 Heavy weight perforated roll

81 cm x 46m 1 Roll/Bag 240

PPE0100772 Heavy weight perforated roll

41 cm x 46m 2 Rolls/Bag 240

RX® MAINTENANCE SOCKS- Flexible, can be shaped around leaky machinery or drums.- Available in two different lengths for added customer choice.- Ideal for use to surround and contain liquids during a land spill.- Adsorbs petroleum based as well as water based liquids.- Can be used as temporary containment during a spill situation.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100773 Universal sock ø7,6 cm x 122 cm 15 Socks/Box 85PPE0100774 Universal sock ø7,6 cm x 305 cm 6 Socks/Box 84

RX® MAINTENANCE PILLOWS- Ideal for soaking up larger spills concentrated to one specific area.- Adsorbs most industrial liquids (oilbased as well as water based).- Ideal for putting under leaky pipes, gaskets or other leaking equipment.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100775 Universal pillow 46 cm x 46 cm 10 Pillows/Box 78

RX® MAINTENANCE DRUM TOP COVER- Standard use applications.- Adsorbs and retains oil, water, solvents, coolants, etc.- Place on drum tops to soak up pump drips and keep work areas neat and clean.- Dimple bonded which speeds wicking of liquid for faster, easier clean-up. Dimples

add extra strength.- Pre-cut hole to provide a perfect fit.- Double weight construction is highly durable and absorbent.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100776 Universal drum top cover

ø56 cm 25 covers/box 50

Page 300: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 299

10

Spill Control

RX® INDUSTRIAL UNIVERSAL RUG- Made from adsorbent needle punched polypropylene.- Polypropylene for cost-effectiveness.- Extremely strong construction allows for both walking and driving on rolls.- Adsorbs petroleum based as well as water based liquids.- Ideal for putting in walkways or around machinery with heavy traffic.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100777 Heavyweight traffic roll

91 cm x 30,5 m 1 Roll/Bag 127

RX® UNIVERSAL POLY BACKED RUG- Made from adsorbent needle punched polypropylene.- Anti-slip backing to prevent slippery floors.- Impermeable backing to protect floors.- Extremely strong construction allows for both walking and driving on rolls.- Adsorbs petroleum based as well as water based liquids.- Ideal for putting in walkways or around machinery with heavy traffic.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100778 Poly backed heavyweight traffic

roll

91 cm x 30,5 m 1 Roll/Bag 127

CHEMICAL SPILL CONTROL

RX® PERFORM+ CHEMICAL PADS- Designed to adsorb chemicals and other hazardous liquids.- Ideal for use in laboratories, hospitals and chemical storage areas.- Spunbond on one side provides added strength, minimizes lint and high abrasion

resistance when wiping rough surfaces.- Packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Yellow colour stands out during a spill thus providing a “caution” warning.- Pads are static-resistant giving greater safety when handling flammable liquids.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100780 Perforated heavyweight chemical pad

41 cm x 46 cm 100 Pads/Dispenser Box

134

Page 301: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

300 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

RX® PERFORM+ CHEMICAL ROLLS- Designed to adsorb chemicals and other hazardous liquids.- Ideal for use in laboratories, hospitals and chemical storage areas.- Spunbond cover on one side provides added strength and minimizes lint allowing

product to be used on hospital floors and other surfaces.- Rolls are perforated down the centre as well as across the width creating cost

savings.- Narrow Roll packed in a sturdy dispenser box for easy handling.- Yellow colour stands out during a spill thus providing a “caution warningö.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100781 Perforated heavyweight chemical roll

81 cm x 46 m 1 Roll/Bag 267

PPE0100782 Perforated heavyweight chemical roll

41 cm x 46 m 1 Roll/Dispenser Box

134

RX® CHEMICAL SOCKS- Flexible, can be shaped around leaky machinery or drums.- Available in two different lengths for added customer choice.- Ideal for use in order to surround and contain liquids during a land spill.

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100783 Chemical sock sock ø7,6 cm x 122 cm

15 Socks/Box 85

PPE0100784 Chemical sock sock ø7,6 cm x 305 cm

6 Socks/Box 84

RX® CHEMICAL PILLOWS- Ideal for soaking up larger spills concentrated to one specific area- Ideal for use with chemicals and other aggressive liquids

Order reference Description Size Packaging Adsorption capacityL/packaging

PPE0100785 Chemical pillow 46 cm x 46 cm 10 Pillows/Box 78

Page 302: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 301

10

Spill Control

SPILL K ITS

RX® PORTABLE BATTERY ACID SPILL KIT- Battery Acid Wipes formulated to clean and neutralize battery acid.- Wipes remove corrosion from terminals, connectors and trays.- Wipes contain acid neutralizing agents.- KOLOR-SAFE® system let’s you know when the acid is neutralized.- Ideal locations include garages, forklift storage areas, battery storage areas etc.- Also effective for clean-up of dry cell batteries.

Order reference Description Content Adsorption capacityPPE0100786 Battery Acid spill kit - 15 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm)

- 2 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122 cm)

- battery acid wipes 22 cm x 18 cm, 30/canister

- KOLOR-SAFE® battery acid neutralizer - 1 Disposal bag

27 l

RX® PORTABLE SPILL KIT- Available in two different sizes.- Standard and large kits packed in shoulder strap bag.- Small in size allowing kits to be placed in smaller strategic areas.- 3 versions: Oil Only, Maintenance and Chemicals.- Small kit packed in clear/yellow bag with handles.- All kits have clear front allowing user to see contents.- Adsorbs up to 39L per kit.

Order reference Description Content Adsorption capacityPPE0100787 Maintenance portable spill

kit- 15 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm) - 2 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 1 Disposal bag

23 l

PPE0100788 Oil only portable spill kit - 16 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm) - 3 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 3 Pillows (25 cm x 25 cm)

- 1 Disposal bag

24 l

PPE0100789 Chemical portable spill kit - 15 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm) - 2 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 1 Disposal bag

27 l

PPE0100790 Maintenance portable spill kit

- 16 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm) - 3 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 3 Pillows (25 cm x 25 cm)

- 1 Disposal bag

38 l

PPE0100791 Oil only portable spill kit - 15 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm) - 2 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 1 Disposal bag

38 l

PPE0100792 Chemical portable spill kit - 16 Pads (41 cm x 46 cm) - 3 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 3 Pillows (25 cm x 25 cm)

- 1 Disposal bag

39 l

Page 303: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

302 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

RX® MOBILE RESPONSE KIT- Available in two different sized bins giving greater flexibility.- All models available in Oil Only, Maintenance and Chemical versions.- Adsorption capacity of up to 347 litres.- Wheels give mobility indoors and outdoors.- Yellow container makes kits highly visible.

Order reference Description Content Adsorption capacityPPE0100793 Maintenance mobile

response kit 120- 50 Heavyweight pads (41

cm x 46 cm) - 12 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122

cm) - 6 Pillows (46 cm x 46 cm)

- 70 Wet-Wipes (25 cm x 30 cm)

- 1 Disposal bag

173 l

PPE0100794 Maintenance mobile response kit 240

- 150 Heavyweight pads (41 cm x 46 cm)

- 6 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 305 cm)

- 8 Pillows (46 cm x 46 cm) - 70 Wet-Wipes (25 cm x

30 cm) - 1 Disposal bag

326 l

PPE0100795 Oil only mobile response kit 120

- 50 Heavyweight pads (41 cm x 46 cm)

- 12 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122 cm)

- 6 Pillows (46 cm x 46 cm) - 70 Wet-Wipes (25 cm x

30 cm) - 1 Disposal bag

186 l

PPE0100796 Oil only mobile response kit 240

- 150 Heavyweight pads (41 cm x 46 cm)

- 6 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 305 cm)

- 8 Pillows (46 cm x 46 cm)

- 70 Wet-Wipes (25 cm x 30 cm)

- 1 Disposal bag

335 l

PPE0100797 Chemical mobile response kit 120

- 50 Heavyweight pads (41 cm x 46 cm)

- 12 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 122 cm)

- 6 Pillows (46 cm x 46 cm) - 70 Wet-Wipes (25 cm x

30 cm) - 1 Disposal bag

180 l

PPE0100798 Chemical mobile response kit 240

- 150 Heavyweight pads (41 cm x 46 cm)

- 6 Socks (ø7.6 cm x 305 cm)

- 8 Pillows (46 cm x 46 cm) - 70 Wet-Wipes (25 cm x

30 cm) - 1 Disposal bag

347 l

Page 304: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 303

10

Spill Control

BIO-BACTERIOLOGICAL CLEANER

RX® BIOLOGICAL OIL STAIN REMOVER FOR HARD SURFACESA new approach to the removal of oil stains – a biological oil stain remover that rapidly removes and digests oil stains Designed for oil stains on:- Hard surfaces.- Porous block-work.For use in removing oil contamination from driveways, road surfaces, forecourts, industrial floors and oil contaminated equipment. Contains a blend of biological bacteria (Type 1 Euro approved) and enzymes, together with a naturally occurring solvent.Please note:RX-SCBIOHS-5 is not suitable for use on tarmac or asphalt – ERIKS recommends the use of RX-SCBIOA-5.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100799 Oil Remover tarmac & asphalt 4 x 5L 4 x 5 l/box

RX® BIOLOGICAL OIL STAIN REMOVER FOR TARMAC & ASPHALTA highly effective biological approach to the removal of oil stains on tarmac or asphalt:- Car parks.- Driveways.- Road Surfaces.RX-SCBIOA-5 Will not erode or degrade tarmac or asphalt surfaces contains a blend of biological bacteria (Type 1 Euro approved) and enzymes, together with biodegra-dable surfactants.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100800 Oil Remover hard surfaces 4 x 5 l/box

RX® BIOLOGICAL WATER-BASED UNIVERSAL DEGREASERGeneral purpose workshop degreaser and excellent traffic film remover designed for:- Removing heavy oil contamination from engineering components, motors, pumps

and valves.- Removing oil contamination from workshop floors.- Use in steam cleaners as a traffic film remover.Contains a blend of biodegradable surfactants designed to reduce the surface tension of the contaminating oil allowing surfaces to be rinsed clean oil and fi lm free.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100801 Universal degreaser 1 x 20 l

Page 305: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

304 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

422 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

SUSTAINABLE BIO CLEANING PRODUCTS

Removing Oil Contamination from Hard Surfaces, Tarmac & Asphalt

Industrial companies around the world where hydrocar-bons are used or consumed (almost all) are looking for solutions that prevent, reduce or eliminate oil pollution.Especially now, when reducing the ecological footprint and sustainable business, are no longer just empty words.With our revolutionary new RX® Bio-bacterial cleaning products, we help our customers to achieve their environmental objectives.

RX® Bio-bacterial cleaning products

RX® Bio-bacterial cleaning products are a new approach to the removal of oil stains on hard surfaces and porous block work.

RX® Bio-bacterial cleaning products contain a blend of specially selected biological enzymes and bacteria to digest oil stains to completion. The selected bacteria can digest both long and short hydrocarbon chains, making these products suitable for all oil types, from heavy bunker fuels to diesel.

1 2 3

Page 306: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 305

10

Spill Control

RX® BIOLOGICAL SPRAY SMALL PARTS CLEANERA spray-on biological degreaser. Quick action on all types of oil contaminationRX-SCBIOSPRAY is: Biological, a blend of biological enzymes and natural solvents. 0 % VOC. Hazard label free.Designed for:- Bench-top cleaning of oil contaminated parts.- Degreasing walkways, hand rails, valves and machinery.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100802 Parts spray degreaser 12 x 500ml trigger sprays/box

SECONDARY CONTAINMENT & STORAGE

RX® SECCONDARY CONTAINMENT- Polyethylene Can Tray.- A tough compact Polyethylene tray suitable for use in labs or at dosing stations.- Its size makes it ideal for the safe storage of bottles and drums from 0.5ltr to 25ltr

capacity.

Order reference Description Size Sump capacityPPE0100803 1 x 25 ltr spill tray 550mm L x 550mm W x

110mm H33 l

PPE0100804 2 x 25 ltr spill tray 715mm L x 460mm W x 110mm H

36 l

PPE0100805 4 x 25 ltr spill tray 920mm L x 720mm W x 175mm H

115 l

RX® SPILL FLOORING- Polyethylene low profile drum Sump Floor.- Only 150 mm high moulded from medium density.- Polyethylene that can be used as a stand-alone unit or combined with others to

create unlimited bunded areas.- Units can be joined together with plastic connectors to inter-link the sumps and

the injection moulded mesh floor.

Order reference Description Size Sump capacityPPE0100806 Polyethylene sump flooring

2 x 200L drum1260mm L x 860mm W x

150mm H150 l

PPE0100807 Polyethylene sump flooring 4 x 200L drum

1660mm L x 1260mm W x 150mm H

300 l

PPE0100808 Polyethylene sump flooring 4 in line 200L drum

2610mm L x 895mm W x 150mm H

300 l

25 l

2x200 l

Page 307: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

306 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

RX® SUMP FLOOR RAMPPolyethylene Floor Ramp can be used to aid access to the sump floor.

Order reference Description SizePPE0100809 Polyethylene ramp for sump floors 650mm L x 800mm W x 165mm H

RX® POLYETHYLENE SPILL CONTAINMENT PALLETS- Manufactured from Medium Density Polyethylene (MDPE).- Complies with the guidelines issued by the Environment Agencies (PPG26) and

The Oil Storage Regulations.- Robust.- Broad range chemical compatibility.- Injection moulded removable plastic mesh deck.

Order reference Description Size Sump capacityPPE0100810 Polyethylene spill pallet 2 x

200L drums1220mm L x 820mm W x

330mm H240 l

PPE0100811 Polyethylene spill pallet 4 x 200L drums

1310mm L x 1310mm W x 370mm H

410 l

PPE0100812 Polyethylene spill pallet 4 x 200L drums - low profile

1280mm L x 1280mm W x 275mm H

250 l

PPE0100813 Polyethylene spill pallet 8 x 200L drums

2560mm L x 1350mm W x 510mm H

1140 l

RX® POLYETHYLENE SPILL CONTAINMENT PALLETS- Large capacity IBC spill pallet, manufactured from Medium Density Polyethylene

(MDPE).- Built-in dispensing area.- Suitable for use with most common sizes of intermediate bulk container (IBC).- Complies with the 110 % regulations.- Broad range chemical compatibility.- Support columns moulded into the unit (instead of a removable deck).

Order reference Description Size Sump capacityPPE0100814 Polyethylene spill pallet 1

IBC1350mm L x 1400mm W x

750mm H1100 l

PPE0100815 Polyethylene spill pallet 2 IBC’s

2340mm L x 1360mm W x 510mm H

1150 l

2x200 l

Page 308: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 307

10

Spill Control

DRAIN PROTECTION

RX® DRAIN SEAL - Urethane layer keeps spills from entering drains.- Excellent for use in parking areas, loading docks and other areas where drains

may be at risk from traffic spills.- Flexible, non-absorbing bottom layer is reinforced with tear resistant mesh.- A valuable addition to any emergency response plan or spill kit.- Supplied without storage case

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100816 Drain seal plus 61cm x 61cm 1 pce/box

RX® DRAIN SEAL WALL MOUNT UNIT- Drain Seal Wall Mount Units allow quick response to any spill, just “grab and go!- Made of durable polyethylene. Velcro strap allows quick and easy access.- Non-slip handle for easy carrying.- Mounting hardware included.- Supplied without drain seal.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100817 Drain Seal wall mount unit for storage of

RX-SCDS-611 pce/box

MISCELLANEOUS RETENTION5

RX® ROOF DRIP DIVERTER- Catch roof leaks and divert them away from offices and equipment.- Large, vinyl-coated fabric catches roof leaks and channels them to standard hose

hook-up.- Hose can be directed to proper drainage point.- Heavy-duty grommets in each corner make installation quick and easy.- Keep fluid leaks off the floor - eliminate slip hazards and chemical exposure. - Supplied with hose adaptor and adjustable bungee cords.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100818 Roof drip diverter 210cm x 210cm 1 pce/box

Page 309: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

308 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

10

Spill Control

RX® POP UP RETENTION POOLPop Up Retention Pool instantly expand to capture leaks from saddle tanks, pipes, hydraulic lines and many other industrial incidents.- Ultra Pop Up Retention Pool are available in 250 l and 568 l sizes to meet your

needs. Simply remove them from their protective carrying case and give them a quick shake.

- They instantly expand and are ready for response to any emergency.- Unique, patented design - foam ring rises with level of liquid to raise sidewalls.- Compact folded size - stores effi ciently inside spill kits; with storage cage to hang

on a wall near Dispatch and Goods receiving areas.- Excellent chemical resistance, including diesel fuel, antifreeze, acids, caustics and

corrosives.- Helps minimize environmental damage and related cleanup costs.- Other applications include use as a decontamination pool and collection pool for

soiled sorbents.

Order reference Description Size Sump capacityPPE0100819 Pop up retention pool 1067mm x 1347mm x

305mm250

PPE0100820 Pop up retention pool 1930mm x 1626mm x 305mm

568

RX® POP UP RETENTION POOL STORRAGE UNIT- Store Pop Up Retention Pool behind the cab, out of the way, but ready for any

emergency.- Durable, all-polyethylene construction will resist harsh weather effects.- Cover is lockable for security purposes.- Pop Up Retention Pool can be stored outside of the cab, preserving valuable

interior space.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0100821 Wall mounting tube for RX-SCPUP-250 or

RX-SCPUP-5681 pce/box

Page 310: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 309

10

Spill Control

NOTES

Page 311: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

310 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

Pictograms, signs and marking systems are indispensable tools for protecting employees and visitors against a range of threats within a particular building or area.Clearly displayed safety signage undoubtedly helps to raise awareness of potentially dangerous situations and objects.Using the appropriate kind of pictograms and pipe marking in the right places can easily help to avoid accidents.

Lockout-tagout prevents machines from unexpectedly being turned on or moved or substances from being released.

There are also certain situations in which a particular area needs to be cordoned off. This can be done using demarcation poles, caution ribbon or warning tape...

Please do not hesitate to contact our product specialists for more information or an individual consultation.

SAFETY SIGNS / SITE SAFETY

Page 312: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 311

11

Site Safety

Pictograms, signs and marking systems are indispensable tools for protecting employees and visitors against a range of threats within a particular building or area.Clearly displayed safety signage undoubtedly helps to raise awareness of potentially dangerous situations and objects.Using the appropriate kind of pictograms and pipe marking in the right places can easily help to avoid accidents.

Lockout-tagout prevents machines from unexpectedly being turned on or moved or substances from being released.

There are also certain situations in which a particular area needs to be cordoned off. This can be done using demarcation poles, caution ribbon or warning tape...

Please do not hesitate to contact our product specialists for more information or an individual consultation.

SAFETY SIGNS / SITE SAFETY

Page 313: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

312 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

430 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 431

11 11

Signalisation | Safety signs Signalisation | Safety signs

We have thousands of safety signs to choose from in a ran-ge of materials including (but not limited to) rigid plastic, self-adhesive vinyl, aluminium or photoluminescent pro-ducts.

Stock items conform the latest BS EN ISO 7010:2012 Standard so you can be assured that you receive techni-cally correct products combined with the best possible le-vels of service and quality.

With new ranges including PVC banners, eye-catching pos-ters and economical fluted polypropylene signs we conti-nue to lead the way with innovation and design.

If you can’t find the sign message that you want in the size or material that you require, we can also produce custom signs to meet your requirements.

SAFETY SIGNS

It’s never been easier to find the sign you’re looking for

For your copy of the ERIKS comprehensive signs catalogue please contact your local ERIKS branch

or call 0845 006 600

For your copy of the ERIKS comprehensive signs catalogue please contact your local ERIKS branch

or call 0845 006 600

Page 314: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 313

11

Site Safety

430 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 431

11 11

Signalisation | Safety signs Signalisation | Safety signs

We have thousands of safety signs to choose from in a ran-ge of materials including (but not limited to) rigid plastic, self-adhesive vinyl, aluminium or photoluminescent pro-ducts.

Stock items conform the latest BS EN ISO 7010:2012 Standard so you can be assured that you receive techni-cally correct products combined with the best possible le-vels of service and quality.

With new ranges including PVC banners, eye-catching pos-ters and economical fluted polypropylene signs we conti-nue to lead the way with innovation and design.

If you can’t find the sign message that you want in the size or material that you require, we can also produce custom signs to meet your requirements.

SAFETY SIGNS

It’s never been easier to find the sign you’re looking for

For your copy of the ERIKS comprehensive signs catalogue please contact your local ERIKS branch

or call 0845 006 600

For your copy of the ERIKS comprehensive signs catalogue please contact your local ERIKS branch

or call 0845 006 600

Page 315: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

314 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

432 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Signalisation | Pipe marking tapes

By clearly identifying the substances flowing through pipes in your facility, your co-workers can better assess risks and avoid accidents. Well identified pipes also support main-tenance and intervention teams.

Brady offers pipe markers in a range of quality materials, able to resist the fluids they identify and general harsh con-ditions. All Brady pipe markers can carry internationally recognised GHS/ CLP symbols when required. Combined with specialty adhesives, Brady markers will identify your pipes for years.

Every Brady pipe marker material already comes with an arrow on each side of the marker. A perforated strip makes it easy to tear off the arrow you do not require. Brady ther-mal transfer printers can help you create your pipe marker on site and apply it immediately to identify both the sub-stance in the pipe, and the direction it flows in. Brady pipe markers are also available in pre-printed versions.

Scan the QR code to see how easy it is to print your own pipe markers with Brady’s BBP™85 Sign and Label Printer.

Ask your contact at ERIKS for more information!

PIPE MARKERS

Identify the flow of hazardous fluids

Page 316: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 315

11

Site Safety

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 433

11

Signalisation

Mark traffic lanes, rotation angles, areas around machines, storage areas and walkways in your facility using quality floor marking. Not only can it help you increase safety, you can also take a big step forward in lean manufacturing, in-creasing efficiency and productivity by clearly identifying your workflow.

ToughStripe identifies specific areas for years to come, unless intentionally removed. Its specialty adhesive ensu-res it will stick to most surfaces. ToughStripe is available in various colours.

Ask your contact at ERIKS for more information!

TOUGHSTRIPE

Safe & Lean: Toughstripe™ Floor Marking

Page 317: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

316 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY TOUGHSTRIPE POLYESTER FOR FLOOR MARKING

ToughStripe™ floor marking products have been made from Brady polyester B-514. ToughStripe is ideal for marking paths, hallways and storage locations and shows you the way to safety facilities and escape routes.- Thickness: 0.2 mm.- Operating temperatures between -18°C and 54°C.- Application conditions: min. 5 °C, dry, dust-free floor.- Recommended for indoor use and in dry environments.- Resistant to aggressive chemicals.- Exceeds the safety standard for clean, dry, non-slippery surfaces (ANSI A1264.2-2006 and OSHA 1910.22).

BRADY FLOOR MARKING TAPE RED/WHITEAlso available in black, white, red, green, blue, orange and black/white.

Order reference SizePPE0084500 50.8 mm x 30 mPPE0084501 76.2 mm x 30 mPPE0084502 101.6 mm x 30 m

BRADY FLOOR MARKING TAPE BLACK/YELLOWAlso available in black, white, red, green, blue, orange and black/white.

Order reference SizePPE0084503 50.8 mm x 30 mPPE0084504 76.2 mm x 30 mPPE0084505 101.6 mm x 30 m

BRADY FLOOR MARKING TAPE YELLOWAlso available in black, white, red, green, blue, orange and black/white.

Order reference SizePPE0084506 50.8 mm x 30 mPPE0084507 76.2 mm x 30 mPPE0084508 101.6 mm x 30 m

BRADY YELLOW DOTS300 dots with a 89 mm diameter.Also available in black, white, red, green, blue and orange on request.

Order referencePPE0084509

Page 318: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 317

11

Site Safety

BRADY YELLOW FOOTPRINTS10 foot prints 254 x 89 mm (5 left + 5 right).Also available in black, white, red, green, blue and orange on request.

Order referencePPE0084510

BRADY YELLOW ARROWS100 arrows per box.Also available in black, white, red, green, blue and orange on request.

Order reference SizePPE0084511 50.8 mm x 127 mmPPE0084512 76.2 mm x 203.2 mmPPE0084513 101.6 mm x 254 mm

BRADY YELLOW CORNER PIECES ‘L’20 corner pieces per box.Also available in black, white, red, green, blue and orange on request.

Order reference SizePPE0084514 50.8 mm x 127 mmPPE0084515 76.2 mm x 203.2 mmPPE0084516 101.6 mm x 254 mm

BRADY YELLOW CORNER PIECES ‘T’20 corner pieces per box.Also available in black, white, red, green, blue and orange on request.

Order reference SizePPE0084517 50.8 mm x 127 mmPPE0084518 76.2 mm x 203.2 mmPPE0084519 101.6 mm x 254 mm

Page 319: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

318 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY YELLOW CROSS PIECES ‘+’20 cross pieces per box.Also available in black, white, red, green, blue and orange on request.

Order reference SizePPE0084520 50,8 mm x 127 mmPPE0084521 76,2 mm x 203,2 mmPPE0084522 101,6 mm x 254 mm

BRADY BUMPERS IN POLYURETHANEBumpers in yellow/black in flexible and firm styrofoam, length 1 m. To be secured with adhesive.

Order reference TypePPE0084763 APPE0084764 BPPE0084765 C

BRADY WARNING POST IN POLYETHYLENEPosts yellow/black (4 pieces) with plastic.Complete with triangualr concrete base, or round hollow base which can be filled with water or stand.

Order reference TypePPE0084766 Round fillable basePPE0084767 Trinagular concrete base

BRADY WARNING CHAIN IN POLYETHYLENEAvailable in 25 meter standard pack.

Order reference ColorPPE0084768 YellowPPE0084769 Black/YellowPPE0151000 ‘S’ Hook Yellow

Page 320: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 319

11

Site Safety

LOCKOUT/TAGOUT

BRADY COMPACT SAFETY LOCK NYLON CASING - ALUMINIUM HASP- Weighs only 65 g.- Hasp: height 38 mm (also available in 25, 50 and 75 mm), diameter 4.7 mm.- 6 locks per box, Key Different.- Maximum operating temperature 120 °C.

Order reference: PPE00840XXColour Brown Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple White Grey Black

XX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

BRADY COMPACT SAFETY LOCK NYLON CASING - STEEL HASP- Hasp: height 38 mm, diameter 6.5 mm.- 6 locks per box, Key Different.

Order reference: PPE00841XXColour Brown Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple White Grey Black

XX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

BRADY COMPACT SAFETY LOCK NYLON CASING - NYLON HASP- Sparkless.- Hasp: height 38 mm, diameter 6.5 mm.- 6 locks per box, Key Different.

Order reference: PPE00842XXColour Brown Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple White Grey Black

XX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10

BRADY BASIC UNIVERSAL LOCKING SYSTEM- System for locking various types of valves in various sizes in open and closed

position.- Made of red fibreglass enforced nylon, high chemical resistance.- Opened clamp fits over hand wheels and levers.- Kit comes with base unit, bl.ocking arm and cable.

Order reference TypePPE0084400 Small kit for 19 to 25 mm handlesPPE0084401 Large kit for 31.75 to 41mm handlesPPE0084402 Additional blocking arm smallPPE0084403 Additional blocking arm largePPE0084404 Additional cable 2.44 m

Page 321: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

320 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

438 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Signalisation

Lockout/Tagout is a simple but effective procedure that candrastically reduce accidents related to harmful energy sour-ces encountered during maintenance. A lockout device blocks the energy source in the off-position, and is secured with a padlock. Your maintenance worker holds the key to reopen the energy source after maintenance. A tag is used to identify who locked out the energy source and why.

Brady offers a series of lockout devices designed to lock different types of valves, buttons and handles. Padlocks are available in a range of materials that can resist harsh condi-tions. You can opt for single keyed padlocks or master keyed series.

Lock Boxes or Lockout/Tag out Workstations can facilitate the implementation of your Lockout/Tagout procedures. Brady also offers a Lockout/ Tagout Global Best Practices Training Movie in various languages, to train your staff and increase safety during maintenance.

Ask your contact at ERIKS for more information!

LOCKOUT/TAGOUT

Reduce accidents during maintenance

Page 322: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 321

11

Site Safety

BRADY LOCKOUT FOR BALL VALVESSmall system interlocks pipes between 12.5 and 31 mm in open and locked state, large system 50 to 200 mm in locked state.

Order reference TypePPE0084405 SmallPPE0084406 Large

BRADY LOCKOUT FOR LOCKS WITH HAND WHEELFor blocking hand wheels with 25 to 330 mm diameters.

Order reference For diameterPPE0084407 27 - 64 mmPPE0084408 66 - 127 mmPPE0084409 129 - 165 mmPPE0084410 167 - 254 mmPPE0084411 256 - 330 mm

BRADY LOCKOUT CASING FOR HAND WHEEL LOCKS1 case adaptable to most hand wheel locks diameters between 25 and 165 mm.

Order reference For diameterPPE0084412 25 - 165 mm

BRADY MINI CABLE LOCKOUT- System with a 2.44 m metal or nylon cable, stored in the system - works like a

flexible measuring tape.- Fits in the palm of your hand and can easily be stored in the tool box. A system for

both electrical as well as mechanical lockout applications. Saves time and money.- Space for 6 padlocks.

Order reference TypePPE0084413 Cable steelPPE0084414 Cable nylon

Page 323: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

322 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY UNIVERSAL LOCKOUT CABLE SYTEM- The ergonomic grip makes it easy to tighten the cable.- Can be used for interlocking hand wheel cranes, switches, circuit breakers etc.- Space for 4 padlocks.- Metal cable with vinyl coating.

Order reference TypePPE0084415 System with nylon cablePPE0084416 System with metal cablePPE0084417 Nylon cable 2,44 mPPE0084418 Metal cable 2,44 mPPE0084419 Nylon cable 3,65 mPPE0084420 Metal cable 3,65 mPPE0084421 Metal cable 3,00 m

BRADY BREAKER LOCKOUT SYSTEM 400-600V- Perfect for interlocking extra large and irregularly shaped switches.- The self-adhesive active conductors are permanently glued to the panel, no need

for drilling.- Red blocking bar: circuit breaker ‘off’, green blocking bar: circuit breaker ‘on’.- The kit contains 2 conductors, 1 red and 1 green bar and 3 alcohol wipes.

Order reference TypePPE0084422 KitPPE0084423 Blocking bar red, pack 5PPE0084424 Blocking bar green, pack 5PPE0084425 Yellow mounting rails, pack 2PPE0084426 Blocking bar holder, pack 5

BRADY LOCKOUT MINIATURE INTERRUPTION SYSTEM- Safe and efficient method for interlocking most European machines.- Suitable for single-polar or multi-polar interruptors.- Miniature interlocking system can be installed without tools.- Available in boxes containing one or 6 pieces.- Kit contains: 1 of each; pin-out standard, pin-in standard, pin-out wide, pin-in

wide, tie bar.

Order reference TypePPE0084427 1 Pin-Out StandardPPE0084428 6 Pin-Out StandardPPE0084429 1 Pin-In StandardPPE0084430 6 Pin-In StandardPPE0084431 1 Pin-Out WidePPE0084432 6 Pin-Out WidePPE0084433 1 Tie-Bar (TBLO)PPE0084434 6 Tie-Bar (TBLO)PPE0151100 Demo Kit

Page 324: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 323

11

Site Safety

BRADY MULTI PADLOCK HASPS- Steel hasp with vinyl coating, suitable for 6 pad locks.- Supplied in pack of 12- Max shackle diameter 9.5mm

Order reference Colour SizePPE0084435 Red 25 mmPPE0084436 Red 38 mmPPE0084437 Yellow 25 mmPPE0084438 Yellow 38 mm

BRADY NYLON HASP- Non-conductive interlocking system for 6 padlocks.- Max shackle diameter 9mm

Order reference ColourPPE0084439 Orange

BRADY LOCK BOARDLock board 546x597 mm for 36 people.

Order referencePPE0084440

BRADY GROUP LOCK BOX- For lockout situations involving a large number of employees and equipment.- Ensure that no employee has access to the box unless all employees have personally removed their lock or tag. Size: 152x227x88.9 mm.- Mild steel sheet- 13 padlocks can be applied.

Order reference ColorPPE0084441 RedPPE0084442 BluePPE0084443 Yellow

Page 325: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

324 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY GROUP LOCK BOX FOR WALL MOUNTINGMetal lock box for wall mounting.- Small: 178x203x57.15 mm for 7 padlocks.- Large: 178x406x57.15 mm for 12 padlocks.

Order reference TypePPE0084444 SmallPPE0084445 Large

BRADY LOCKOUT BELT BAGPut all lockout materials in the bag, having them close at hand right away.(120x190x50 mm)

Order referencePPE0084446

BRADY TAGOUT

In order to indicate who applied the interlocking, for which purpose and who is authorised to remove or change these. The tags are made of supple polyester which is resistant to water, oil and extreme temperatures. They have a mat surface on which you can easily write with a ballpoint or marker.A wide range of standrad tags are available. Plesae ask your local ERIKS service centre for details.

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 443

11

Signalisation

With a quality printer on your premises, you can print all the safety signage you need, when you need it. Professional creation wizards support you in printing compliant safety signage for your new workplace expansion, or newly imple-mented machinery. Brady printers can also support you to create general facility identification and logistics barcode labelling.

Brady offers a range of portable and benchtop thermal transfer printers to support you in creating your own safety signs, pipe marking, general facility identification and logis-tics barcode labelling. All printers are pre-programmed with symbols that are specialist and compliant with legislation. You can print your own safety signage on a wide range of

materials to suit your application and you can customise your signs with your company logo or other desired infor-mation.

Specialist software adds even more customisation options and ease of use. Easily create all the safety signs, pipe mar-kers, general facility identification and logistics barcode la-belling you need. When you need a new sign, all you need to do is send it to the printer. It’s as simple as that!

Ask your contact at ERIKS for more information!

PRINTERS

Print your own safety signs

Page 326: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 325

11

Site Safety

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 443

11

Signalisation

With a quality printer on your premises, you can print all the safety signage you need, when you need it. Professional creation wizards support you in printing compliant safety signage for your new workplace expansion, or newly imple-mented machinery. Brady printers can also support you to create general facility identification and logistics barcode labelling.

Brady offers a range of portable and benchtop thermal transfer printers to support you in creating your own safety signs, pipe marking, general facility identification and logis-tics barcode labelling. All printers are pre-programmed with symbols that are specialist and compliant with legislation. You can print your own safety signage on a wide range of

materials to suit your application and you can customise your signs with your company logo or other desired infor-mation.

Specialist software adds even more customisation options and ease of use. Easily create all the safety signs, pipe mar-kers, general facility identification and logistics barcode la-belling you need. When you need a new sign, all you need to do is send it to the printer. It’s as simple as that!

Ask your contact at ERIKS for more information!

PRINTERS

Print your own safety signs

Page 327: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

326 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY PRINTERS AND CONSUMABLES

BRADY PORTABLE LABEL PRINTER BMP 21The BMP™21-PLUS Portable Label Printer is an all-in-one labeller for voice/datacom, electrical and general industrial teams. With label materials designed specifically for harsh environments, the BMP™21-Plus printer can quickly and easily create clear labels that stay stuck for years - despite extreme temperatures and curved or highly textured surfaces- Drop and lock print cartridges.- Super rugged with moulded rubber bumpers- Rechargeable lithium-ion battery.- 7 durable continuous materials from widths from 6 to 38.10mm- Automatic label formatting for wire wraps, terminal blocks, patch panels, cable

flags and general banner labels.- 104 symbols for electric, smart home, safety and datacom.- Label grabber, printer holds labe;l after cutting- Standard 2 year warranty.

Order reference TypePPE0084600 Label printerPPE0084605 Kit electrical symbols UKPPE0084606 Kit datacom symbols UKPPE0084601 Adaptor

BRADY WHITE TAPE FOR BMP 21White polyester band, 6.4 m long, for printer labels with the BPM 21.

Order reference WidthPPE0084700 9.53 mmPPE0084701 12.7 mmPPE0084702 19.05 mm

Page 328: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 327

11

Site Safety

BRADY PORTABLE LABEL PRINTER BMP 71- The portable BMP71 label printer can print on more than 30 different types of

materials. Whether you need a vinyl label for indoor or outdoor use, shrink sleeves or die-cut labels, you can be sure that you will find the right label type for your application with this BMP71 printer.

- The BMP71 is equipped with a full keyboard, available in 4 versions, QWERTY, AZERTY, QWERTZ and CYRILLIC.

Delivery scope:- BMP71-AZERTY-EU: printer, hardtop carrying case, 2 label rolls, 1 black printing

ribbon, rechargeable battery, AC adapter, USB cable, mounting piece for TLS2200® , HandiMark™ rolls, quick start guide, product CD (with printer driver, Tutorials, full manual), cleaning kit.

- BMP71-QWERTY-EU: as above but with QWERTY keyboard.- BMP71-QWERTYZ-EU: as above but with QWERTYZ keThe BMP™21-PLUS

Portable Label Printer is an all-in-one labeller for voice/datacom, electrical and general industrial teams. With label materials designed specifically for harsh environments, the BMP™21-Plus printer can quickly and easily create clear labels that stay stuck for years - despite extreme temperatures and curved or highly textured surfacesd.

- BMP71-CYRILLIC-EU: as above but with CYRILLIC keyboard.- BMP71-QWERTY-UK: as above but with QWERTY keyboard and UK adapter.- Additional software available - See page 12.

Order reference TypePPE0084608 BMP71-QWERTY-EUPPE0084609 BMP71-AZERTY-EUPPE0084610 BMP71-QWERTZ-EUPPE0084611 BMP71-CYRILLIC-EUPPE0084612 BMP71-QWERTY-UK

BRADY PRINT RIBBONS FOR BMP 71

Type MT71-R4400Order reference ColourPPE0150108 White

Type MT71-R6900Order reference PPE01502XX

Colour Red Yellow Green Blue MagentaXX 02 04 05 06 36

Type MT71-R4300Order reference ColourPPE0150310 Black

Type M71-R6000HFOrder reference ColourPPE0150410 Black

Page 329: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

328 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY TAPE FOR BMP 71High performance industrial vinyl, resistant against fats, oils and chemicals. Band length 15,4 m.

Order reference Color Colour XXPPE00848XX Width 25.4 mm Clear 00

Brown 01Red 02

Orange 03Yellow 04Green 05Blue 06

Purple 07White 08Grey 09Black 10

Light blue 11Gold 31

Ochre 32Pink 33

Sky blue 34Tan 35

PPE00849XX Width 50.8mm Clear 00Brown 01Red 02

Orange 03Yellow 04Green 05Blue 06

Purple 07White 08Grey 09Black 10

Light blue 11Gold 31

Ochre 32Pink 33

Sky blue 34Tan 35

BRADY SELF-LAMINATING LABELS FOR BMP 71White vinyl labels with a transparent laminating layer for marking wires and cables.

Order reference For diameter Large Size Printable areaPPE0084710 Min/max: 3/5 mm 25.4 x 25.4mm 9.53mmPPE0084711 Min/max: 4/12 mm 50.8 x 38.10 mm 12.7mm

Use with MT71-R43DD Black RibbonPPE0150310

Page 330: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 329

11

Site Safety

BRADY SHRINK SLEEVES FOR PRINTING WITH BMP 71White shrink sleeves on rolls, self-extinguishing polyolefin with shrink ratio 3:1.1000 piece/roll, shrink sleeve width 25.78 mm.

Order reference For diameterPPE0084712 Min/max: 1,17/2,79 mmPPE0084713 Min/max: 1,57/3,81 mmPPE0084714 Min/max: 2,39/5,46 mm

Use with MT71-R4300 with black ribbon.PPE0150310

BRADY TYPE PLATE LABELS FOR BMP 71Labels in polyethylene foam laminate on rolls, to replace engraved plates.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0084715 27 x 18 mm silverPPE0084716 35 x 18 mm yellowPPE0084717 35 x 18 mm silverPPE0084718 45 x 15 mm yellow

Use with MT71, R6000HF Black ribbonPPE0150410

BRADY STAND ALONE LABEL PRINTER BBP 31- The BBP™31 pictogram and label printer is all that a printer should be. It’s

user-friendly and filled with functionality. This printer can also print on various materials making it suitable for all label requirements in your company.

- The functions you will probably use most are ready for use immediately. Thanks to the touchscreen and “Drag & Drop” function, you can move objects and text, until the label looks exactly as you want it to.

- Supply voltage 240V. Install the material and printing ribbon and the printer will do the rest. The Smart Cell technology in these materials tells the printer exactly how the label should be made, depending on the material that was inserted.

- Print labels from 12.7 mm up to 101 mm in width, maximum length for continu-ous labels is 3 m.

- More than 220 built-in images.- Templates for frequently used labels and a comprehensive library containing more

than 250 ready-to-use pictograms and labels.- Built-in barcode types.

Order reference TypePPE0084620 BBP31 QWERTY UKPPE0084621 BBP31 QWERTY EUPPE0084622 BBP31 QWERTZPPE0084623 BBP31 AZERTYPPE0084624 BBP31 CYRILLIC

Additional software available, see opposite.

Page 331: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

330 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY ACTIVATED LABEL PRINTER BBP 33- The BBP™33 label printer is a user-friendly, pc driver label printer, The Smart

Cell technology in the label cartridge ensures that the correct label format is automatically set in the Brady software, avoiding calibration and unnecessary label waste. Depending on your specific applications, you can use the printer together with more than 600 labels in 40 different sizes.

- Thermic transfer printer, printing resolution 300 dpi.- Print punched (die-cut) labels from 6.35 mm up to 101 mm wide, print continu-

ous labels from 12.5mm up to 3 m long.- Built-in barcodes.- Compatible with LabelMark™, CodeSoft™ and MarkWare™ labelling software or

Windows® based software.

Order reference TypePPE0084625 BBP33 UK printerPPE0084626 BBP33 EU printer

Additional software available, see below.

SOFTWARE FOR BMP71, BBP31 & BBP33

Order reference Type ApplicationPPE0150900 Labelmark Std General labelling, cables, panels etc.PPE0150901 Labelmark Pro As standard but with additional features/functionsPPE0150902 Markware V3.9 For H&S signs and labels

Page 332: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 331

11

Site Safety

BRADY TAPE FOR BBP 31 AND 33High performance industrial vinyl with extra strong adhesive and limited shrinkage.Very suitable for rough, bent and irregular surfaces. Adheres to surfaces with low surface energy, such ABS, PVC and other synthetics.Band length 30.4 m

Order reference Color Colour XXPPE00850XX Width 57 mm Clear 00

Brown 01Red 02

Orange 03Yellow 04Green 05Blue 06

Purple 07White 08Grey 09Black 10Gold 31

PPE00851XX Width 101 mm Clear 00Brown 01Red 02

Orange 03Yellow 04Green 05Blue 06

Purple 07White 08Grey 09Black 10Gold 31

BRADY PRE-PRINTED GHS/CLP LABELS FOR BBP 31 AND 33Used for identification of hazardous substances. Thanks to the white label with pre-printed ‘diamonds’, a GHS/CLP label can be made in one print run.

Order reference Type Size Qty/RollPPE0084720 With 1 diamond 55 x 85 mm 340PPE0084721 75 x 110 mm 270PPE0084722 105 x 155 mm 200PPE0084723 With 2 diamonds 55 x 85 mm 340PPE0084724 75 x 110 mm 2710PPE0084725 105 x 155 mm 200

Use with B30-R10000 ribbon.

Page 333: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

332 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

BRADY INK RIBBON FOR BBP 31 AND 33- High-quality printing ribbons ensure a long-lasting, non-erasable print. - W 110 mm x L 60.9 m.- Version R-10000, the ink ribbon that is used in the continuous tapes, as well as

the most part shown in this catalog.- R4300, R4400, R6000, ... print ribbons that are needed for printing self-lamina-

ting labels,anti-fraud labels. Ask info to your contact person.

Order reference: PPE00852XXType R10000

Colour Red Orange Yellow Green Blue White Black MagentaXX 02 03 04 05 06 08 10 36

Order reference: PPE00853XXOthers Colour B30-R4400-WT white B30-R4300 black B30-R6000 black

XX 08 40 60

BRADY SELF-LAMINATING LABELS FOR BBP33White vinyl labels with a transparent laminate layer on a roll for marking wires and cables.

Order reference Type Size PackagingPPE0084730 For BBP 31 and 33 12,70 x 31,75 mm 2800 pcsPPE0084731 25,40 x 38,10 mm 2300 pcsPPE0084732 Only for BBP 33 25,40 x 25,40 mm 3000 pcsPPE0084733 25,40 x 31,75 mm 3000 pcs

Use with B30-R4300 ribbon

BRADY METALISED LABELS FOR BBP 31 AND 33Silver-coloured metalized labels, ideal for serial and type numbers.

Order reference Size PackagePPE0084734 38,10 x 19,05 mm 3154 pcsPPE0084735 50,80 x 25,40 mm 1226 pcs

Use with B30-R6000 ribbon

Page 334: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 333

11

Site Safety

VISUAL TAGGING

BRADY SHRINK SLEEVES FOR PRINTING WITH BMP 33White shrinking sleeves from self-extinguishing polyolefin with shrinking ratio 3:1 on a roll.Shrink sleeve width 50.8 mm.

Order reference For diameterPPE0084736 Min/max: 1,6/3,8 mmPPE0084737 Min/max: 2,4/5,5 mm

Use with B30-R4300 ribbon

BRADY WHITE LABELS FOR BBP 33Polyester labels for identifying printing plates and components.2500 labels/roll width 38.10 mm, height 6.35 mm.

Order referencePPE0084738

Use with B30-R4300 ribbon

Page 335: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

334 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

11

Site Safety

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 449

11

Signalisation

Avoid accidents related to faulty equipment by clearly com-municating results of the last inspection on your equip-ment. Your co-workers will be informed when the equip-ment was last inspected, when the next inspection is due, and if the equipment is safe to use.

Brady offers a system of holders and tags specifically deve-loped for many types of equipment such as small drills, ladders, scaffolding, forklifts, safety harnesses, or even a chemical tank. The holders are specifically created to clea-rly communicate the safety status without interfering with the use of the equipment.

Each tag contains information about the equipment’s safety status and can communicate clear warnings and manda-tory duties to follow, or offer extra space to write. When equipment fails to pass an inspection, the tag is removed. The holder then displays a clear warning that the equip-ment must not be used.

Ask your contact at ERIKS for more information!

VISUAL TAGGING

Clearly communicate equipment’s safety status

Page 336: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 335

11

Site Safety

NOTES

Page 337: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

336 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

Of course, prevention always comes first! However, should an accident occur we must be able to deal with it quickly and efficiently. You and your employees should have adequate and appropriate equipment such as first aid, first aid kits, emer-gency showers and eye baths etc.

Industrial accidents caused by falling and slipping, can be prevented by using non-slip mats. In addition, the use of anti-fatigue mats and flooring in areas where employees are standing for long periods improves comfort, which results in increased productivity.

In the following pages you will find an overview of some common first aid products and ergonomic flooring solutions.

For more information and advice please contact your local ERIKS Service Centre.

FIRST AID / WELFARE

Page 338: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 337

12

First aid

Of course, prevention always comes first! However, should an accident occur we must be able to deal with it quickly and efficiently. You and your employees should have adequate and appropriate equipment such as first aid, first aid kits, emer-gency showers and eye baths etc.

Industrial accidents caused by falling and slipping, can be prevented by using non-slip mats. In addition, the use of anti-fatigue mats and flooring in areas where employees are standing for long periods improves comfort, which results in increased productivity.

In the following pages you will find an overview of some common first aid products and ergonomic flooring solutions.

For more information and advice please contact your local ERIKS Service Centre.

FIRST AID / WELFARE

Page 339: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

338 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

452 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

Gehoorbescherming

ERIKS offers a wide range of First Aid products for the UK market.The following pages contain a selection of HSE

Compliant First Aid essentials for the industrial workplace.

For details of our complete range of First Aid products - including Kits which meet the standards of BS8599-1,

please contact your local ERIKS Service Centre.

Page 340: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 339

12

First aid

SALVEQUICK PLASTER DISPENSER- The Salvequick Dispenser (W 23 x H 12 D 5,5 cm) and Salvequick Plasters are a

complete, easy to use system. The plasters are always available, ready to use. The refills are locked, which prevents waste.

- Easy to use with one hand: when a plaster is pulled from the dispenser, one of its adhesive surfaces is exposed and it can be applied easily with one hand.

Contents:- 40 Fabric Plasters.- 45 Plastic Plasters. Each plaster is sterile and individually wrapped.There are two different sizes of plasters in each refill: 72 x 19 mm and 72 x 25 mm.

Order referencePPE0087018

FIRST AID STATION CEDERROTHThe First Aid instructions on the station are easy to follow and there are clear instructions on each product package.Wall mounting, dimensions:  H 56 x W 29 x D 12 cmThe transparent door makes it easy for you to see when you need to refill any products.Contents:- 2 Cederroth 4-in-1 Bloodstoppers.- 3 Cederroth 4-in-1 mini Bloodstoppers.- 1 Cederroth Triangular Bandage, 2-pack.- 1 Cederroth Protection Kit.- 1 Salvequick Plaster Dispenser including 45 sterile Plastic Plasters and 40 sterile Textile

Plasters.- 2 x 20 Salvequick Wound Cleansers.- 1 First Aid Instructions.- 1 Refill Key.

Order referencePPE0087011

MINI FIRST AID PANEL CEDERROTH- Mini First Aid Panel is a small panel with just plasters and Bloodstoppers.- Dimensions: W 26 x H 44 x D 17 cm.- Suitable for small areas or to supplement other First Aid equipment.- When a plaster is pulled from the dispenser, one of its adhesive surfaces is

exposed and it can be applied easily with one hand.Contents:- 1 Cederroth 4-in-1 Bloodstopper.- 3 Cederroth 4-in-1 mini Bloodstoppers.- 1 Salvequick Dispenser.

Order referencePPE0087012

CEDERROTH REFIL PRODUCTS FOR FIRST AID KITS

Order reference DescriptionPPE0127100 4-in-1 BloodstopperPPE0127101 4-in-1 Mini BloodstopperPPE0127103 Cederroth Triangular Bandage (pk2)PPE0127104 Savett Wound Cleanser (pk40)PPE0127105 Salvequick Fabric Plaster (6x40)PPE0127106 Salvequick Washproof Plaster (6x40)

Page 341: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

340 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

EYE WASH STATION WITH PLASTER DISPENSER CEDERROTH- The Eye Wash Station contains an extra space for your own accessories, e.g.

Bloodstoppers, protective glasses or gloves.- Station’s dimensions: B 29 x H 56 x D 12 cm.- The transparent door makes it easy for you to see when you need to refill the eye

wash.Contents:- 1 Salvequick Plaster Dispenser including 40 sterile Textile and 45 sterile Plastic

Plasters- 1 Eye Wash Instructions- 1 Key

Order referencePPE0087013

EYE WASH CEDERROTH- An easy-to-use bottle with an ergonomic eye cup and a generous flow of fluid.- Cederroth Eye Wash is opened in one simple operation. Simply twist the bottle to

open it!- The eye cup is shaped to channel the fluid to the eye without unnecessary waste

while helping to keep the eye open.- The integrated dust cover keeps the eye cup clean. The dust cover also acts as an

opening device.

Order reference ContentPPE0087015 500mlPPE0087016 235ml

CEDERROTH WALL BRACKET FOR EYE WASH 500 ML - Robust and practical wall bracket for Cederroth Eye Wash 500 ml.- The wall bracket gives the bottle a fixed location so everyone knows where it is.- The bottle is held in the wall bracket, and opens automatically when twisted out of

the bracket – so flushing can begin immediately.- Cederroth Eye Wash can be positioned in several different ways, making it suitable

for all workplaces.

Order referencePPE0087017

SAVETT CLEANING WIPES IN DISPENSER- Savett Wound Cleansers do away with cotton wool and bottles of antiseptic.- Convenient and simple to use. Well protected in their packaging.- The cleansing fluid consists of sterile physiological saline solution.- The refill is automatically locked in the dispenser, and cannot be removed without

the special red key.Contents: 40 pcs Savett Wound Cleansers 11 x 12 cm.

Order referencePPE0087014

Page 342: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 341

12

First aid

EYEWASH STATION, 2 X 500M- Robust, wall mounted Eye care station with mirror. - Incorporates two HypaClens Eyewash bottles (500ml) solution. - Clear instruction panel indicates correct use of eye wash. - Highly visible design,

Order referencePPE0127018

EYEWASH BOTTLE, 500ML- HypaClens Eyewash Bottle 500ml 0.9% Saline Solution.

Order referencePPE0127019

BREATH ALYZER (PACK OF 10)- Designed to give an indication of breath alcohol. - The checker works by determining the amount of alcohol in exhaled air, which is dependent on the amount of alcohol in the blood. The indicator line, set at the drink/drive limit of 0.8%, shows if a person is within or exceeds this legal UK limit. - Contains a pack of 10 disposable tester sticks.

Order referencePPE0127020

PLASTERS WATERPROOFHigh quality hypoallergenic plasters Individually wrapped and sterile Available in assorted sizes or in boxes of 100 of one size Assorted packs of 20 include 3.8x3.8cm and 7.2x2.5cm plasters Assorted packs of 100 contain all 5 types of plaster.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0127007 Assorted 100 pcsPPE0127008 Plaster 72 X 25mm 100 pcsPPE0127009 Plaster 50 x 72mm 100 pcsPPE0127010 Fingertip plaster 100 pcsPPE0127011 Knuckle plasters 100 pcsPPE0127012 Spot plasters 25mm 100 pcs

Page 343: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

342 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

BLUE PLASTERS METAL DETECTABLEIndividually wrapped and sterile Metal detectable Essential for catering and food handling applications Assorted packs of 20 include 3.8 x 3.8cm and 7.2 x 2.5cm plasters Assorted packs of 100 and 150 contain all 5 types of plaster pictured (exc. finger extension)

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0127013 Assorted 100 pcsPPE0127014 Plaster blue 72 x 25mm 100 pcsPPE0127015 Plaster blue 50 x 72mm 100 pcsPPE0127016 Fingertip plaster blue 100 pcsPPE0127017 Knuckle plaster blue 100 pcs

HSE COMPLIANT EVOLUTION FIRST AID KIT- Fully stocked and compliant with Health & Safety regulations. - Available for 1-10, 11-20 and 21-50 persons. - Durable hinged case. - Contents clearly identified on back of case

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0127000 Evolution First Aid Kit 1-10 personsPPE0127001 Evolution First Aid Kit 11-20 personsPPE0127002 Evolution First Aid Kit 21-50 persons

HSE COMPLIANT EVOLUTION CATERING FIRST AID KIT- Fully stocked and compliant with Health & Safety regulations. - Contains blue products specially suited for catering and food handling applicati-ons. - Available for 1-10, 11-20 and 21-50 persons. - Durable hinged case. - Contents clearly identified on back of case.

Order reference Description PackagingPPE0127004 Catering First Aid Kit 1-10 personsPPE0127005 Catering First Aid Kit 11-20 personsPPE0127006 Catering First Aid Kit 21-50 persons

VEHICLE FIRST AID KIT- Essential Firt Aid Kit for Drivers. - Supplied in a Nylon case.

Order referencePPE0127003

Page 344: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 343

12

First aid

SHOWERS / EYE WASH BOTTLES

EYE-/FACE WASH UNIT WITH BOWL AND LID- Stainless steel.- Water inlet: 3/8” male.- Water outlet 1 1/4” male- Dimensions (HxWxD) : 245x355x305 mm.

Order referencePPE0087230

BODY SHOWER, WALL MOUNTED- Galvanized steel, powder coated white.- Water inlet: 1” female.- Total length: 500 mm.

Order referencePPE0087231

FREESTANDING BODY SHOWER WITH EYE/FACEWASH- With bowl, floor mounted.- Water inlet: 1 1/4” female.- Projection: 640 mm, total height: 2270 mm.- Galvanized steel, powder coated white.

Order referencePPE0087232

FREESTANDING BODY SHOWER WITH HAND-HELD EYE SHOWER- With two spray heads 45 °.- Water inlet: 1 1/4” female.- Projection: 640 mm, total height: 2270 mm.- Galvanized steel, powder coated white.

Order referencePPE0087233

HAND-HELD EYE SHOWER WITH ONE SPRAY HEAD- Universally wall or table mounted.- Water inlet: 1/2” female.- Height: 250 mm.- Hose length: 1500 mm.

Order referencePPE0087234

Page 345: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

344 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

BACK & WRIST SUPPORTS/ KNEE PADS

PROFLEX EXTRA LONG KNEE PAD TYPE 342Extra Long Cap All Terrain - Injected Gel: Biggest, baddest beast you can get. Monster to the world, teddy bear to your knees and tendons. 100 % injected gel and PU foam for long lasting comfort. Extended shin protection optimizes stability and comfort.Fulfils requirements of EN 14404:2004.

Order referencePPE0013195

PROFLEX SHORT KNEE PAD TYPE 355- Short cap all terrain kneepad, 100 % injected gel and PU foam for long lasting

comfort.- Patented suspension design redirects pressure away from the patella. Snap on

cap is easily removed for 2-in.1 kneepad.- Upper and lower elastic straps with hook and loop closure (velcro).

Order referencePPE0013196

STANDARD BACK SUPPORT TYPE 1100SF- Standard back support, durable 280 D Spandex Body material.- Patented non-conductive stays delivering firm continuous lower back support,

great durability.- Adjustable and detachable suspenders, power panel positioners.- Strechable bias binding with zig zag stitching.

Order reference: PPE00132XXSize XS S M L XL 2XL 3XL 4XLXX 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08

PROFLEX TYPE 4000 SINGLE STRAP WRIST SUPPORTThis reduces the risk of painful wrist tendinitis, carpal tunnel syndrome. The nylon material is antibacterial and ensures a dry and comfortable feeling.

Order reference: PPE00133XXRight: Size S, wrist < Ø 15 cm Medium, wrist Ø 15

- 18 cmLarge, wrist Ø 18

- 20 cmX-large, wrist > Ø

20 cmXX 02 03 04 05

Order reference: PPE00137XXLeft: Size S, wrist < Ø 15 cm Medium, wrist Ø 15

- 18 cmLarge, wrist Ø 18

- 20 cmX-large, wrist > Ø

20 cmXX 12 13 14 15

Page 346: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 345

12

First aid

TOOL LANYARDS

TOOL LANYARD TYPE 3100Stretchable nylon rope for attaching toolsfor prevention of accidents and falling tools.- The rope is provided with a carbine hook and an adjustable aluminum loop.- Length: 0,89 m -1.1 m (3,5’’ - 4,2’’)- Max. weight: 4.5 kg.

Order reference ColorPPE0013409 BlackPPE0013410 Hi Vis green

RETRACTABLE TOOL LANYARD WITH TOOL CARABINER TYPE 3000Self setting pawls Kevlar cord set desired lenght up to 42’’ (100 cm), aluminium carabiner for attaching to tool. Polycarbonate housing.Nickle plated swiveling top ring for 360° of rotation. for ultimate strenght and durability.Modular quick connecting buckle for exchanging multiple tools.

Order referencePPE0013419

RETRACTABLE TOOL LANYARD WITH TOOL LOOP TYP 3001Self setting pawls Kevlar cord set desired lenght up to 42’’ (100 cm), loop for attaching to tool. Polycarbonate housing.Nickle plated swiveling top ring for 360° of rotation. for ultimate strenght and durability.Modular quick connecting buckle for exchanging multiple tools.

Order referencePPE0013420

ACCESSORY PACK FOR 3000 & 3001 LANYARDSRetractable tool lanyard accessory pack includes 3 carabiners or 3 stretch cord loops that attach to retractable lanyards for quick exchange of multiple tools.

Order reference DescriptionPPE0128501 Pack of 3 CarabinersPPE0128502 Pack of 3 cord loops

Page 347: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

346 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

460 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

Gehoorbescherming

ERGONOMICS AND VALUE

ERGONOMICS STUDY

Anti-fatigue mats are an integral part of many Ergonomic and Safety Programmes. Standing workers love them, but production managers need to be able to justify the financial investment. Although perception studies have proven workers feel much better when they use anti-fatigue mats, Wearwell wanted to go a step further and prove that anti-fatiguematting actually increases worker productivity – resultingin real savings for the company. This study examines the bottom-line impact of using anti-fatigue matting and essentially proves a positive return on investment (ROI).

Wearwell’s 12-month ergonomics study wasdesigned to answer several questions:• Does standing on the job contribute to fatigue?• Does the use of anti-fatigue matting lessen standing

workers’ fatigue?• Can using anti-fatigue matting be linked to increased

worker productivity?• Can anti-fatigue matting generate cost savings?

The company used in the study was a manufacturer of commercial ovens. It was the largest and ‘best’ in terms of wages and benefits employer in a 48.28 km radius, but with a high injury rate and a high rate of absenteeism – as high as 10% on Mondays.Before the installation of anti-fatigue matting, a questionnaire was given to workers to assess:• Their current work surface (i.e. concrete)• The overall level of fatigue before and after their shift• The fatigue and discomfort level of their legs and feet

before and after their shift

Once the matting was installed, the workers then completed that same questionnaire on a monthly basis for 12 months. The workers’ perceptions were very clear. The participants felt considerably less fatigued before and after work when using anti-fatigue mats. In addition, the ‘at risk’ areas of their bodies, such as legs, feet, and lower back, were much more comfortable when anti-fatigue mats were used.

Installation Facts Before Mats After Mats Improvement

with Mats

Injury Rate > 3 per month < 1 per month 70 %

Absenteïsme 5.2 % (up to10 % on Mondays) 4 % 23 %

The installation of anti-fatigue mats resulted in an estimated 2.2% increase in productivity due to lower absenteeism and injury rates and a £38,016.00 reductionin insurance premiums. The numbers prove it. Through this study Wearwell was able to prove that anti-fatigue matting is good for employees and good for the business. The company studied realised a cost saving of £228,060 over the course of the one year study.

Cost Savings Related to Anti-fatigue Mats

Increased productivity £190,080

Insurance Premium Reduction

£38,016

Total Cost Savings £228,060

More of the Company’s Statistics

No. of Employees 175

No. of Shifts 2

Location Population Less than 5,000

Average Employee Tenure 4 years

Average employee age 41

Mean Employee Age 35

Ergonomic flooring and matting provides comfort that can ultimately lead to higheremployee productivity, health and well-being. The simple act of standing and being inmotion extensively throughout the day potentially causes pain and discomfort in keyareas of the body. Our ergonomic mattings and flooring solutions are designed toreduce this risk.

Page 348: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 347

12

First aid

SAFETY AND ANTI-FATIGUE MATS

CLEAN ROOM MAT 095- Easy to use- pull off and discard, colour white.- Use on low-pile carpet, tile or concrete surfaces.- Packed in 4

Order reference SizePPE0013450 457x910 mmPPE0013451 457x1140 mmPPE0013452 610x1140 mmPPE0013453 610x910 mmPPE0013454 910x1140 mm

TALL WALL SANITIZING FOOTBATH MAT 222- Fill with disinfectant solution to remove contaminants and germs.- Pliable rubber scrapers dislodge contaminants.- Capacity 5.5 gallon (20,8 l).

Order reference ColorPPE0013455 BlackPPE0013456 Black/yellow

ULTRASOFT DIAMOND-PLATE MAT 414 ‘- Ideal for heavy-use production and lab areas, the high-tech diamond-plate surface resists abrasion and most chemical spills. - 24 mm (15/16ö) thick with all edges beveled for maximum safety, UltraSoft is

designed for employees who need a little extra comfort.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013457 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013458 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013459 610 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013460 610 x 22860 mm Black/yellowPPE0013461 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013462 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013463 910 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013464 910 x 22860 mm Black/yellow

Page 349: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

348 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

DIAMOND-PLATE SPONGECOTE MAT 415One of the most popular anti-fatigue mats on the market today, this is the original Diamond-Plate mat. - The Nitricell sponge base is a nitrile rubber composite that offers unparalleled

comfort. - Heavy-duty PVC Diamond-Plate surface is abrasion and chemical resistant.- Ideal for use in dry environments, Diamond-Plate will withstand the abuse of multi-

ple shifts and heavy traffic.- 14 mm (9/16ö) overall thickness.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013465 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013466 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013467 610 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013468 610 x 22860 mm Black/yellowPPE0013469 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013470 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013471 910 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013472 910 x 22860 mm Black/yellowPPE0013473 1220 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013474 1220 x 22860 mm Black/yellow

DIAMOND-PLATE WITH GRIT SHIELD MAT 416Diamond-Plate SpongeCote is now available with a GritWorks® surface. - Ideal for primarily dry areas with slight overspray or where grease and oil get

tracked onto the mat. - Grit Shield increases traction by over 40 %.- Available in two thicknesses, standard 14 mm (9/16ö) and UltraSoft 24mm

(15/16ö). - All mats come with safety-beveled edges.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013475 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013476 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013477 910 x 22860 mm Black

SOFT STEP MAT 427- One of the most affordable anti-fatigue mats on the market, this blown vinyl PVC

sponge provides a “soft stepö to lessen workers fatigue and the impact of heel strike.

- An excellent choice for practical and economical comfort, Soft Step also has an attractive pebble embossed pattern.

- Available in workstation mats and rolls, it can easily be “customö cut to fit work areas.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013478 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013479 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013480 610 x 18290 mm BlackPPE0013481 610 x 18290 mm Black/yellowPPE0013482 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013483 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013484 910 x 18290 mm BlackPPE0013485 910 x 18290 mm Black/yellow

Page 350: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 349

12

First aid

WELDSAFE WELDING MAT 447- 3,2 mm (1/8ö) Thick, heat resistant rubber surface has a melt point of over 260

?C.- Leather embossed texture on surface.- Unparalleled performance and comfort.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013486 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013487 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013488 910 x 22860 mm Black

WORKRITE 474 - Lightweight design for frequent cleanings.- Suitable for wet, non-caustic agents.- Molded-in safety edges.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013489 910 x 1525mm BlackPPE0013490 910 x 3050 mm BlackPPE0013491 910 x 6100 mm Black

INDUSTRIAL WORKSAFE 476- Cutting fluid resistant.- Bright, molded in safety borders.- Long-term comfort and value.- NItrile rubber.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013492 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013493 910 x 1220 mm Black/yellowPPE0013494 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013495 910 x 2950 mm Black/yellow

GRADE A 482- 100 % anti-microbial rubber, terracotta .- Built in handles for easy cleaning.- Designed for superior drainage and support.

Order reference SizePPE0013496 760 x 910 mmPPE0013497 760 x 1520 mm

Page 351: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

350 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

DIAMOND-PLATE SELECT MAT 495- Blown PVC sponge.- Chemical and abrasion resistant surface.- Comfortable and functional.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013498 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013499 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013500 610 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013501 610 x 22860 mm Black/yellowPPE0013502 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013503 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013504 910 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013505 910 x 22860 mm Black/yellow

SMART DIAMOND PLATE MAT 497- 100 % recycled urethane composite. - Chemical and abrasion resistant surface.- Comfortable and functional.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013550 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013551 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013552 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013553 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013554 610 x 910 mm BlackPPE0013555 610 x 910 mm Black/yellowPPE0013556 610 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013557 610 x 22860 mm Black/yellowPPE0013558 910 x 1520 mm BlackPPE0013559 910 x 1520 mm Black/yellowPPE0013560 910 x 22860 mm BlackPPE0013561 910 x 22860 mm Black/yellow

VITALITY SQUARED INTERLOCKING TILE AND MATS 502- Exceptional comfort.- Interlocking System prevents separation.- Easily replace single pieces or sections as needed to reduce costs.- Virtually indestructible.

Order reference Type SizePPE0013570 Center mat 305 x 910 mmPPE0013571 Center mat 610 x 1520 mmPPE0013572 End mat with female connector 610 x 1520 mmPPE0013573 End mat with male connector 610 x 1520 mmPPE0013574 Center mat 910 x 1520 mmPPE0013575 End mat with female connector 910 x 1520 mmPPE0013576 End mat with male connector 910 x 1520 mmPPE0013577 Tile 912 x 910 mmPPE0013578 Female tile ramp 50 x 990 mmPPE0013579 Male tile ramp 50 x 990 mm

Page 352: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 351

12

First aid

VITALITY SQUARED MAT 502- 100 % urethane black.- Exceptional comfort.- Virtually indestructible.

Order reference SizePPE0013510 610 x 910 mmPPE0013511 610 x 1520 mmPPE0013512 910 x 1520 mm

VITALITY DOMED INTERLOCKING TILE 502- Exceptional comfort.- Interlocking System prevents separation.- Easily replace single pieces or sections as needed to reduce costs.- Virtually indestructible.

Order reference TypePPE0013595 305 x 910 mmPPE0013596 910 x 910 mm

FIT KITS- Each kit contains all the components for a complete mat.- Assembled in 5 minutes or less with no cutting or tools required.- Patented LockSafe® connections simply snap together and zip apart.- Create larger sizes and custom configure with additional tiles.

Order reference Type SizePPE0013580 Standard 544 685X760 mmPPE0013581 685X1070 mmPPE0013582 685X1370 mmPPE0013583 685X1680 mmPPE0013584 685X2286 mmPPE0013585 990X1680 mmPPE0013586 With grit 545 685X760 mmPPE0013587 685X1070 mmPPE0013588 685X1370 mmPPE0013589 685X1680 mmPPE0013590 685X2286 mmPPE0013591 990X1680 mm

Page 353: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

352 | | Personal protective equipment www.eriks.co.uk

12

First aid

FIT EMERGENCY SHOWER AND EYEWASH MAT- Created for high visibility per ANSI recommendations. Red is for emergency

showers.and green is for eyewash areas.- Elevates user above hazardous overflow.- Designates area and encourages unencumbered access.- Conforms to ANSI Z535.1-1998 standard.

Order reference Size ColorPPE0013515 685 x 760 mm 546GN Green/yellowPPE0013516 685 x 760 mm 546RD Red/yellowPPE0013517 685 x 1070 mm546GN Green/yellowPPE0013518 685 x 1070 mm 546RD Red/yellow

ERGODECK COMFORT SOLID 556Exceptional comfort in wet or dry applications, closed structure.- Customize in 3” increments to fit any area or configuration.- Positive Interlocking System prevents separation.- Easily replace single pieces or sections as needed to reduce costs.- 100 % silicone free PVC tiles provide maximum durability.

Order reference SizePPE0013597 457 x 457 x 22mm

ERGODECK COMFORT OPENExceptional comfort in wet or dry applications, open structure.- Customize in 3” increments to fit any area or configuration.- Positive Interlocking System prevents separation.- Easily replace single pieces or sections as needed to reduce costs.- 100 % silicone free PVC tiles provide maximum durability.

Order reference SizePPE0013598 457 x 457 x 22mm

Page 354: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipment | | 353

12

First aid

ERGODECK INTERLOCKING TILESTiles 457x457x22 mm with exceptional comfort in wet or dry applications with an open or closed structure.- Type 560-563: heavy duty and wheel traffic.- Type 564-567: ‘soft’ for greater workplace comfort.- Divisible into pieces of 7.6 cm (3 “), fits in almost every area.- LockSafe® Positieve Interlocking System prevents separation.- Easily replace single pieces or sections as needed to reduce costs.- 100 % silicone free PVC tiles provide maximum durability.

Order reference Type DescriptionPPE0013520 560 Open surfacePPE0013521 561 Open with GritWorksPPE0013522 562 Solid surfacePPE0013523 563 Solid with GritWorksPPE0013524 564 Open surfacePPE0013525 565 Open with GritWorksPPE0013526 566 Solid surfacePPE0013527 567 Solid with GritWorksPPE0013528 Ramp yellow 460x150 mmPPE0013529 Outside corner yellow 380 x380 x150 mmPPE0013530 Inside corner yellow 230 x230 x150 mm

24/SEVEN MATSMats composed of snap-on tiles 910x910X16 mm (3’x3’x5/8”) and corresponding ramps 76x990 mm (3”x39”). Surface:- Closed for dry zones: standard type 570, with grit type 574.- Open structure for drainage and debris: standard type 572, with grit type 576.- 3 different rubber compounds: GR for areas with water or dry debris. NBR (100 % nitrile) for areas with petroleum-based fluids.

Order reference TypePPE0013531 570 GRPPE0013532 572 GRPPE0013533 Corner GR male yellowPPE0013534 Corner GR female yellowPPE0013535 570 NBRPPE0013536 572 NBRPPE0013537 Corner NBR male yellowPPE0013538 Corner NBR female yellowPPE0013539 574 NBRPPE0013540 576 NBR

Page 355: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

354 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

Index

AACCESSORY PACK RETRACTABLES ERGODYNE .....................................................345ALCO-CHECK SCREENING KIT PACK OF 10 SINGLE TESTS ....................................341ANCHOR POINT ......................................................................................................267ANCHOR SLING ......................................................................................................272ANTIBAC DISPENSER DEB ......................................................................................279APCLO .....................................................................................................................322APRON HEAT PROTECTION ....................................................................................205APRONS DISPOSABLE .....................................................................................222,223

BBANDAGE PACK TRIANGULAR ...............................................................................339BATTERY ACID SPILL KIT ........................................................................................301BEARD MASKS ..........................................................................................................25BELTS .....................................................................................................................224BIB & BRACE BIZWELD ...........................................................................................193BIB & BRACE ENGINEERS ......................................................................................166BIB & BRACE TEXO CONTRAST ..............................................................................171BIB & BRACE TEXO HI-VIS ......................................................................................181BIOLOGICAL OIL STAIN REMOVER ..........................................................................303BIOLOGICAL SMALL PARTS CLEANER ....................................................................305BIOLOGICAL UNIVERSAL DEGREASER ....................................................................303BLOCFOR ................................................................................................................268BLOCFOR ................................................................................................................269BLOCKING ARM ......................................................................................................319BLOODSTOPPER .....................................................................................................339BLOODSTOPPER MINI ............................................................................................339BODY SHOWER .......................................................................................................343BODYWARMER .......................................................................................................217BODYWARMER HI-VIS .............................................................................................183BODYWARMER TEXO ..............................................................................................217BOILERSUIT AKRON ...............................................................................................165BOILERSUIT BIZWELD ............................................................................................193BOILERSUIT COTTON ......................................................................................166,167BOILERSUIT EURO ...........................................................................................168,169BOMBER JACKET HI-VIS .........................................................................................190BOOTS RIGGER .......................................................................................................248BOOTS S1 ...............................................................................................................241BOOTS S1P .............................................................................................. 241-244,246BOOTS S2 ...............................................................................................................240BOOTS S3 ....................................................................................................... 233-239BOOTS SB ....................................................................................................... 245-247BREAKER BLOCKER ................................................................................................322BROWGUARD ...........................................................................................................56BROWGUARD CENTURION .......................................................................................18BUMP CAP CENTURION ...........................................................................................16BUMP CAP CENTURION AIRPRO .............................................................................20BUMP CAP CENTURION COOL CAP ..........................................................................20

CCHINGUARD CENTURION ........................................................................................18CHINGUARDS ...........................................................................................................56CHINSTRAP CENTURION ..........................................................................................19CIRCUIT BREAK LO .................................................................................................322CLEAR FOAM WASH ................................................................................................278COAT COTTON ........................................................................................................172COAT FRONTAL HEAT PROTECTION ......................................................................205COAT HEAT PROTECTION .......................................................................................204COAT STANDARD ....................................................................................................172COATS NONWOVEN ................................................................................................221CONNECTOR AM53 FOR ROD .................................................................................272

COVERALL BIZWELD ...............................................................................................194COVERALL CHEMTEX ..............................................................................................207COVERALL COLD-STORE .........................................................................................208COVERALL FLEXOTHANE ........................................................................................178COVERALL FR/AS ....................................................................................................196COVERALL HI-VIS ....................................................................................................182COVERALL HI-VIS FR ...............................................................................................197COVERALL HI-VIS GO/RT .........................................................................................180COVERALL MODAFLAME .........................................................................................195COVERALL MULTI-NORM ................................................................................195,196COVERALL NOMEX ..................................................................................................194COVERALL NONWOVEN ..........................................................................................220COVERALL OFFSHORE MULTINORM ......................................................................198COVERALL OFFSHORE MULTINORM ......................................................................200COVERALL TEXO .....................................................................................................171COVERALL TEXO HI-VIS ...........................................................................................181COVERALL TYCHEM ................................................................................................207COVERALL TYVEK ....................................................................................................220

DDEB RESTORE 1L DISPENSER ................................................................................281DISPENSER DEB CLEANSE LIGHT ..........................................................................279DISPENSER HEAVY DEB .........................................................................................280DISPENSER SAVETT ................................................................................................340DISPENSER TOUCHFREE DEB ................................................................................278

EEARPLUG DISPENSER 3M E-A-R ONE TOUCH ..........................................................32EARPLUG BANDED 3M 1310 ....................................................................................36EARPLUG BANDED 3M E-A-RCAP ............................................................................36EARPLUG REUSALBLE 3M E.A.R.TRACERS .............................................................35EARMUFF 3M PELTOR OPTIME ................................................................................37EARMUFF 3M PELTOR X SERIES .........................................................................38,39EARMUFF CENTURION AEGEAN .............................................................................42EARMUFF CENTURION BALTIC ...............................................................................41EARMUFFS HOWARD LEIGHT ............................................................................. 39-41EARPLUG BANDED BILSOM .....................................................................................36EARPLUG DISPOSABLE 3M 1100 SERIES .................................................................33EARPLUG DISPOSABLE 3M E.A.R CLASSIC ...............................................................32EARPLUG DISPOSABLE 3M E.A.R CLASSIC SOFT .....................................................32EARPLUG DISPOSABLE 3M E.A.R SOFT ....................................................................33EARPLUG DISPOSABLE 3M E.A.R. SOFT ...................................................................32EARPLUG DISPOSABLE BILSOM 303 ........................................................................33EARPLUG DISPOSABLE BILSOM 304 ........................................................................33EARPLUG DISPOSABLE DETECTABLE 3M E.A.R. SOFT ............................................33EARPLUG DISPOSABLE HOWARD LEIGHT LASER LITE .............................................34EARPLUG DISPOSABLE HOWARD LEIGHT MAX ........................................................34EARPLUG DISPOSABLEDISPENSER HOWARD LEIGHT .............................................34EARPLUG REUSABLE 3M 1200 SERIES ....................................................................35EARPLUG REUSABLE 3M E.A.R ULTRAFIT ...............................................................34EARPLUG REUSABLE HOWARD LEIGHT PILOT ........................................................35EARPLUG REUSABLE HOWARD LEIGHT SMARTFIT .................................................35ESCAPE MASK ...........................................................................................................83EVAPORATIVE COOLING BANDANA CHIL-ITS ERGODYNE .......................................19EVAPORATIVE COOLING TOWEL CHIL-ITS ERGODYNE ............................................19EYE WASH BOTTLE .................................................................................................341EYE WASH STATION ................................................................................................341EYE-/FACE WSH UNIT .............................................................................................343EYEGUARD PETZL VIZIR ...........................................................................................17EYEWASH BOTTLE ..................................................................................................340EYEWASH STATION WITH PLASTER DISPENSER ....................................................340

Page 356: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 355

Index

FF.I.T. KIT ..........................................................................................................351,352FACE SCREEN CARRIER ...........................................................................................56FACE SCREEN CARRIER CENTURION ..................................................................17,18FACE SCREEN CARRIER CENTURION ..................................................................17,19FACE SCREEN CENTURION ......................................................................................18FACE SCREEN HONEYWELL ......................................................................................55FACE SCREEN PERFORAMA NOVA ......................................................................56,57FACE SCREEN PETZL VIZEN .....................................................................................17FALL ARREST ROPES & CONNECTORS ........................................................... 270-272FILTERS FOR RESPIRATORS ................................................................................82,83FIRST AID KIT .........................................................................................................342FIRST AID PANEL - MINI .........................................................................................339FIRST AID STATION ................................................................................................339FLEECE .............................................................................................................209,215FREE-STANDING BODY SHOWER ...........................................................................343

GGAITERS HEAT PROTECTION ..................................................................................206GLOVE GRABBERS ..................................................................................................136GLOVES ANTI-VIBE POLYCO TREMOR-LOW ............................................................118GLOVES BODYGUARDS VITRILE ..............................................................................132GLOVES CHEMICAL ANSELL BARRIER ............................................................ 112-115GLOVES CHEMICAL ANSELL EXTRA T ............................................................. 112-116GLOVES CHEMICAL ANSELL NEOTOP ............................................................. 112-117GLOVES CHEMICAL ANSELL SOLVEX .............................................................. 106-112GLOVES CHEMICAL POLYCO CHEMPROTEC ................................................... 112-118GLOVES CHEMICAL POLYCO JET .................................................................... 112-119GLOVES CHEMICAL POLYCO NOVEX LITE ....................................................... 112-120GLOVES CHEMICAL POLYCO SUPERGRIP ....................................................... 112-121GLOVES CHEMICAL RX® CHEMRESIST ............................................................ 112-122GLOVES COLD PROTECTION ............................................................................118,119GLOVES COTTON ...................................................................................................125GLOVES CUT RESIST ANSELL HYFLEX ............................................................ 106-113GLOVES CUT RESIST ANSELL NEPTUNE ........................................................ 106-114GLOVES CUT RESIST BODYGUARDS TAEKI .................................................... 106-115GLOVES CUT RESIST POLYCO CAPILEX .......................................................... 106-116GLOVES CUT RESIST POLYCO DYFLEX ............................................................ 106-117GLOVES CUT RESIST POLYCO DYFLEX ULTRA ................................................ 106-118GLOVES CUT RESIST POLYCO GRANITE 5 ...................................................... 106-119GLOVES CUT RESIST POLYCO REFLEX K ........................................................ 106-120GLOVES CUT RESIST RX® DYNEEMA® SAFE3 .................................................. 106-121GLOVES DISPENSER ...............................................................................................135GLOVES DISPOSABLE HYBRID ................................................................................134GLOVES DISPOSABLE LATEX ............................................................................128,130GLOVES DISPOSABLE NITRILE ........................................................................ 130-132GLOVES DISPOSABLE PE ........................................................................................134GLOVES DISPOSABLE SHIELD PE ............................................................................133GLOVES DISPOSABLE SHIELD PE ............................................................................134GLOVES DISPOSABLE SYNTHETIC ..........................................................................134GLOVES DISPOSABLE VINYL ........................................................................... 132-133GLOVES DRIVER ......................................................................................................125GLOVES ELECTRICIANS ...........................................................................................122GLOVES GEN HANDLING ANSELL HYCRON .................................................... 103-106GLOVES GEN HANDLING ANSELL HYD-TUF ................................................... 103-107GLOVES GEN HANDLING ANSELL HYLITE ....................................................... 103-108GLOVES GEN HANDLING ANSELL HYNIT ........................................................ 103-109GLOVES GEN HANDLING ANSELL POWERFLEX .............................................. 103-110GLOVES GEN HANDLING ANSELL TIGER PAW ................................................ 103-111GLOVES GEN HANDLING POLYCO BLUE GRIP ................................................ 103-112GLOVES GEN HANDLING POLYCO MATRIX D GRIP ........................................ 103-113

GLOVES GEN HANDLING POLYCO MULTITASK ............................................... 103-114GLOVES GEN HANDLING POLYCO REFLEX ..................................................... 103-115GLOVES HEAT PROTECTION ANSELL CRUSADER FLEX ...................................116,117GLOVES HEAT PROTECTION ANSELL MERCURY .............................................116,118GLOVES HEAT PROTECTION JUTEC .................................................................116,119GLOVES HEAT PROTECTION TERRYCLOTH .....................................................116,120GLOVES NEOPRENE ................................................................................................135GLOVES PRECISION HANDLING ANSELL HYFLEX ........................................... 100-102GLOVES PRECISION HANDLING RX® DURAFIT NFT ....................................... 106-124GLOVES PRECISION HANDLING RX® NITRI-4-GRIP ........................................ 100-104GLOVES PRECISION HANDLING RX® TOP-FLEX .............................................. 100-103GLOVES PVC .................................................................................................... 126-128GLOVES PVC ................................................................................................... 126-129GLOVES RIGGER ..............................................................................................123,124GLOVES RUBBER .............................................................................................135,136GLOVES WELDING ........................................................................................... 119-121GOGGLES HONEYWELL .............................................................................................55GOGGLES WELDING NORTH .....................................................................................59GRITTYFOAM DEB® ................................................................................................280

HHAIR & BODY WASH ...............................................................................................278HAIRNETS BLUE .......................................................................................................24HAND AND SURFACE WET WIPE RX .......................................................................284HANDHELD SHOWER UNIT ....................................................................................343HARNESS FALL ARREST ................................................................................. 260-263HAT FLEECED .........................................................................................................225HAT KNITTED ..........................................................................................................225HEADLAMPS & ACCESS PETZL ........................................................................... 21-24HELMET CENTURION 1100 ......................................................................................14HELMET CENTURION 1125 ......................................................................................14HELMET CENTURION CONCEPT ..........................................................................14,15HELMET CENTURION REFLEX ..................................................................................14HELMET CENTURION SPECTRUM ............................................................................15HELMET CENTURION VULCAN .................................................................................16HELMET PETZL VERTEX BEST .................................................................................16HELMET PETZL VERTEX VENT ..................................................................................16HIGH VISIBILITY WINTER CAPE CENTURION ...........................................................20HOOD HEAT PROTECTION ......................................................................................205HYGIENE KITS EAR MUFFS HOWARD LEIGHT ..........................................................43HYGIENE KITS EAR MUFFS PELTOR .........................................................................42

IINSOLE GEL .............................................................................................................250INSOLE THERMAL FLEECE .....................................................................................250INSTANTFOAM® DEB .......................................................................................281,282

JJACKET ACTION ......................................................................................................168JACKET AVIEMORE .................................................................................................210JACKET BIZWELD ....................................................................................................192JACKET BOMBER ......................................................................................191,192,211JACKET BOMBER HI-VIS .........................................................................................191JACKET CHROME ....................................................................................................169JACKET ENGINEERS ...............................................................................................166JACKET FLEXOTHANE .............................................................................................177JACKET FR/AS .........................................................................................................200JACKET FULDA .......................................................................................................154JACKET HEAT PROTECTION ...................................................................................204JACKET HI-VIS ................................................................................... 186-188,190,210JACKET HI-VIS FR/AS ..............................................................................................202

Page 357: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

356 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

Index

JACKET MAYO ..................................................................................................167,168JACKET MULTI PROTECT ........................................................................................203JACKET OFFSHORE MULTINORM ...........................................................................197JACKET ORKNEY .....................................................................................................179JACKET PEWTER .....................................................................................................214JACKET PILOT .........................................................................................................214JACKET PILOT COLUMBUS .....................................................................................213JACKET PILOT FRANKFURT ....................................................................................212JACKET RAIN ..........................................................................................................178JACKET RAIN HI-VIS ...............................................................................................185JACKET RAIN STEEL ...............................................................................................213JACKET SEALTEX ....................................................................................................186JACKET SOFTSHELL .........................................................................................209,216JACKET SOFTSHELL DRESDEN ...............................................................................216JACKET TEXO CONTRAST .......................................................................................170JACKET TEXO HI-VIS ...............................................................................................180JACKET WINTER .....................................................................................................208

KKNEE PADS .............................................................................................................223KNEE PADS .............................................................................................................344

LLABEL PRINTER & ACCESSORIES ................................................................... 326-333LACES .....................................................................................................................251LEGGINGS FR/AS ....................................................................................................201LENS CLEANING SOLUTION ......................................................................................62LIFELINE ..........................................................................................................266,267LOCK BOX ........................................................................................................323,324LOCKOUT BALL VALVE ............................................................................................321LOCKOUT BELT .......................................................................................................325LOCKOUT GATEVALVE ............................................................................................321LOCKOUT HASPS & SHACKLES ...............................................................................323LOCKOUT MINI CABLE ............................................................................................321LOCKOUT STATION .................................................................................................323LONG JOHNS SEGURA ............................................................................................218

MMAT CLEAN ROOM .................................................................................................347MAT DIAMOND-PLATE GRIT SHIELD ......................................................................348MAT DIAMOND-PLATE SELECT ...............................................................................350MAT DIAMOND-PLATE SPONGECOTE .....................................................................348MAT REJUVENATOR SQUARED ..............................................................................351MAT SMART DIAMOND PLATE ................................................................................350MAT SMART DIAMOND PLATE ULTRA SOFT ..........................................................350MAT SOFT STEP ......................................................................................................348MAT TALL WALL SANITIZING FOOT ........................................................................347MAT ULTRASOFT DIAMOND-PLATE ........................................................................347MAT WELDSFAE ......................................................................................................349MAT WORKRITE ......................................................................................................349MAT WORKSAFE GREASE RESISTANT ....................................................................349MIRROR FOR EYEWASH BOTTLE ............................................................................340MOB CAPS ................................................................................................................24

NNOISE INDICATOR 3M ..............................................................................................42

OOVERALL AUGSBURG .............................................................................................158OVERALL MULTINORM ...........................................................................................198OVERALL NEWARK ...........................................................................................163,164

OVERALL OFFSHORE MULTINORM ........................................................................197OVERBOOTS TYVEK ................................................................................................221OVERSHOES CPE ....................................................................................................222OVERSHOES DELUX ................................................................................................222OVERSHOES TYVEK .................................................................................................221OVERSLEEVES POLYTHENE ...................................................................................222OXYBAC EXTRA DEB ...............................................................................................279

PPANE GOLD SECURITY GLASS ................................................................................206PARKA HI-VIS MULTINORM .............................................................................203,204PEAKED CAPS ...........................................................................................................25PLASTER DISPENSER SALVEQUICK ........................................................................339PLASTERS BLUE DETCTABLE .................................................................................342PLASTERS FABRIC REFILL PACK ............................................................................339PLASTERS WATERPROOF REFILL PACK .................................................................339POCKETS DETACHABLE HOLSTER ..........................................................................225POLO SHIRT BORNEO .............................................................................................174POLO SHIRT BORNEO ............................................................................................174POLO SHIRT BOTTROPP ..................................................................................174,175POLO SHIRT FR/AS .................................................................................................201POLO SHIRT HI-VIS .................................................................................................182POLO SHIRT RWS ...................................................................................................183POLO SHIRT TEXO ..................................................................................................175POLYURETHANE SAFETY BUMPERS ......................................................................318POST & CEMENT BASE ...........................................................................................318POST & FILLABLE BASE ..........................................................................................318POWER WASH DEB .................................................................................................280PRE-WORK SKIN CREAM DEB UNIVERSAL PROTECT .............................................277

RRESPIRATOR FACE SEAL CLEANER ..........................................................................83RESPIRATORS DISPOSABLE 3M ......................................................................... 75-79RESPIRATORS DISPOSABLE RX .......................................................................... 72-75RESPIRATORS REUSABLE 3M .............................................................................80,81RESTORE DEB .........................................................................................................281RETRACTABLE CARABINER ERGODYNE ................................................................345ROLLBEAM ..............................................................................................................267RUCKSACK ..............................................................................................................192

SSAFETY PADLOCK ...................................................................................................319SAFETY PADLOCK COMPACT ..................................................................................319SHIRT THERMAL .....................................................................................................219SHOES S1 ..................................................................................................241,247,248SHOES S1P .............................................................................................. 241-244,247SHOES S2 ................................................................................................................240SHOES S3 ........................................................................................................ 233-240SHOES SB ....................................................................................................... 245-248SHORTS TEXO CONTRAST ......................................................................................171SINGLE CARABINER ERGODYNE ............................................................................345SINGLE STRAP WRIST SUPPORT ERGODYNE .........................................................344SKIN PROTECTION CENTRE DEB ............................................................................283SLEEVES CUT RESIST ANSELL HIFLEX ............................................................ 106-122SLEEVES CUT RESIST ANSELL NEPTUNE ....................................................... 106-123SLEEVES HEAT PROTECTION ..................................................................................206SLEEVES TYVEK .......................................................................................................221SNOOD CAPS ............................................................................................................25SOCKS ............................................................................................................. 225-227SPARE CHINGARD FOR PERFORMA NOVA ..............................................................57SPARE CROWN FOR PERFORMA NOVA ....................................................................57

Page 358: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

www.eriks.co.uk Personal protective equipement | | 357

Index

SPARE LENS FOR NORTH SPECS ........................................................................52,59SPECTACLES CASES ..................................................................................................61SPECTACLES HONEYWELL ........................................................................ 50,53-55,59SPECTACLES NORTH ................................................................................ 50-52,54,59SPECTACLES OVERSPECS .........................................................................................55SPECTACLES VISITORS .............................................................................................54SPILL CONTAINMENT ..................................................................................... 305-308SPILL CONTROL BOOM OIL ONLY ...........................................................................296SPILL CONTROL DRUM TOP COVER .......................................................................298SPILL CONTROL MOBILE RESPONSE KIT ................................................................302SPILL CONTROL PAD CHEMICAL ............................................................................299SPILL CONTROL PAD MAINTENANCE ....................................................................297SPILL CONTROL PAD OIL ONLY ..............................................................................294SPILL CONTROL PILLOW CHEMICAL .......................................................................300SPILL CONTROL PILLOW MAINTENANCE ..............................................................298SPILL CONTROL PILLOW OIL ONLY .........................................................................296SPILL CONTROL PORTABLE KIT .............................................................................301SPILL CONTROL ROLL CHEMICAL ...........................................................................300SPILL CONTROL ROLL MAINTENANCE ...........................................................297,298SPILL CONTROL ROLL OIL ONLY ......................................................................294,295SPILL CONTROL SOCK CHEMICAL ..........................................................................300SPILL CONTROL SOCK MAINTENANCE ..................................................................298SPILL CONTROL SOCK OIL ONLY ............................................................................295SPILL CONTROL SWEEP OIL ONLY ..........................................................................296SPILL CONTROL TRAFFIC MAT OIL ONLY ...............................................................295SPILL CONTROL TRAFFIC ROLL ..............................................................................299STANDARD BACK SUPPORT ERGODYNE ...............................................................344STOPFOR ................................................................................................................268STORAGE UNITS FOR SAFETY EQUIP .................................................25,43,62,83,136SUNSCREEN DEB SUN PROTECT ...........................................................................277SWEATBAND CENTURION ........................................................................................17SWEATBAND ERGODYNE ..........................................................................................19SWEATER NATO ......................................................................................................176SWEATSHIRT CARIBIEN ...................................................................................175,176SWEATSHIRT WITTEN .............................................................................................176

TT SHIRT FR/AS ........................................................................................................200T SHIRT HI-VIS .................................................................................................182,183T SHIRT THERMAL ..................................................................................................218TABBARD ................................................................................................................172TAPE TOUGHSTRIPE ....................................................................................... 316-318TELESCOPIC POLE FOR FALL ARREST ....................................................................272TILE 24/SEVEN ........................................................................................................353TILE ERGODECK ...............................................................................................352,353TILE REJUVENATOR .........................................................................................350,351TILE TERRRA COTTA ...............................................................................................349TRACTION DEVICE ICE ............................................................................................250TRIPOD ...................................................................................................................270TROUSERS ACTION ................................................................................................169TROUSERS BERKELEY .....................................................................................162,163TROUSERS BIZWELD ..............................................................................................193TROUSERS COMBAT ...............................................................................................165TROUSERS DORTMUND .........................................................................................153TROUSERS ENGINEERS ..........................................................................................166TROUSERS ERFURT .......................................................................................152,153TROUSERS FLEXOTHANE .......................................................................................177TROUSERS HEAT PROTECTION ..............................................................................205TROUSERS HI-VIS .....................................................................................182,187,188TROUSERS HI-VIS GO/RT ........................................................................................180TROUSERS MANNHEIM ...................................................................................156,157

TROUSERS MAYO ...................................................................................................168TROUSERS OLDENBURG ........................................................................................157TROUSERS PITTSBURGH ................................................................................160,161TROUSERS RAIN .....................................................................................................179TROUSERS RAIN HI-VIS ..........................................................................................185TROUSERS TEXO CONTRAST ..................................................................................170TROUSERS TEXO HI-VIS ..........................................................................................181TROUSERS THERMAL .............................................................................................219TROUSERS TUNGSTEN ...........................................................................................170T-SHIRT POTSDAM .................................................................................................173

UUNIVERSAL FLEECE HELMET LINER CENTURION ...................................................20UNIVERSAL LOCKOUT BASE ...................................................................................319UNIVERSAL WIPES DEB ..........................................................................................284

VVEST HI-VIS ......................................................................................................184,185VEST HI-VIS EXECUTIVE ..........................................................................................184VEST HI-VIS FR .......................................................................................................202VEST PARADA .........................................................................................................218VISORS ......................................................................................................................56

WWARNING CHAIN ....................................................................................................318WASHPROOF DRESSINGS BLUE .............................................................................342WASHPROOF DRESSINGS PINK ..............................................................................341WASHROOM DISPENSER ........................................................................................278WEBBING LANYARD ....................................................................................... 263-266WEBBING STRAP ....................................................................................................272WELDING HELMET NORTH PROTA SHELL BABY .....................................................60WELDING HELMET NORTH SHELLFO ......................................................................60WELDING HELMET 3M SPEEDGLAS .....................................................................58,59WELDING HELMET NORTH TIGERHOOD ..................................................................60WELLINGTONS & WADERS ......................................................................................249WIPES REFILL SAVETT ............................................................................................339WORK JACKET MAINZ ............................................................................................151WORK JACKET ROCKFORD .....................................................................................159

Page 359: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

358 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

Index

NOTES

Page 360: ERIKS Personal Protection Equipment Catalogue [Engels]

2 | | Personal protective equipement www.eriks.co.uk

2

12

11

10

9

1

3

4

5

6

7

8

Gehoorbescherming | Wegwerp oordopjes PERSONAL PROTECTION EQUIPMENT

ww

w.eriks.co.uk

Personal Protection EquipmentERIKS UK

Amber Way, Halesowen, West Midlands, B62 8WG

www.eriks.co.ukCall 0845 006 6000

UNREGISTERED

EB

12

8/0

61

4 ©

ER

IKS

Indu

stria

l Ser

vice

s, a

ll rig

hts

rese

rved

.


Recommended